The Game On Girlfriend Podcast

View Details

When I tell you you can start a business out of anything, do you have like an internal eye roll? Today’s guest started a business out of her living room. You can start a company simply because you want to help others. It really is that simple, but simple doesn’t mean easy.

Rhea Lana Riner is the CEO and founder of Rhea Lana’s Children Consignment Events, a national franchise with 120 locations in 26 states. What started as a simple clothing swap in her living room has evolved into a multi-million-dollar business.

Listen for the moments of courage – we're talking about the courage to start small and try again when something doesn't work exactly as planned the first time. It takes courage to keep going when you're not sure what the next step will look like.

Rhea Lana was a stay-at-home mom who grew up in a military family. She was an introvert and, according to her, not someone you'd call a leader.

“There was a season in our life where my husband left the corporate world and went into nonprofit work. We moved to another state, and I had these three small children under the age of five,” says Rhea Lana.

She loved the hunt for secondhand shopping. However, the experiences with secondhand shopping weren't great at that time, ranging from garage sales to consignment stores – Rhea Lana felt there had to be a better way with more accountability.

She got 11 women to sign up as consignors. It was a win. But no shoppers came to her first sale. She asked for a second chance and got to work on grassroots invitations. She printed flyers and made yard signs.

“I wanted each mom that was selling her things with me; I wanted her to be able to see exactly what sold and exactly how much so that there would be no questions of just integrity of what happened.”

You really can start with nothing and turn it into something. As women we're so creative; we generate idea after idea. It's essential that we find joy in what we do in business, and we don't have to undertake huge, risky ventures. It can be moment by moment.

Rhea Lana says for that first sale, expectations were low. She remembers when she made $200; it was a win. She went out and bought a fancy purse – the first new thing she'd bought for herself in a long time.

“Because all the money that came in, it went for the kids, or the bills, or the house payment. And I do think that's what women do experience,” says Rhea Lana. “We tend to put ourselves last. And so when I did this little business, all of a sudden, Of course, there was some tension.”

She had to spend money but also felt the freedom to buy for herself, which was motivating. She says that the push for growth helped her narrow her focus to grow and increase her earnings. Her business grew gradually with each event. After working for a few years, Rhea Lana realized she was making in one event what a friend made in a year.

“It was just part of the journey of probably giving me the push I needed to kind of take that next step towards franchising.”

She didn't have the money to hire a consultant; instead, her sister helped her test an event in another community. She read "Franchising for Dummies".

“It just kind of felt manageable. And, sure, there's a level of risk, but just a small amount. And we didn't know if anybody would buy it. I had no idea.”

For some women, chasing their dreams or finding their purpose in life is about being good at what they do. Success isn't cookie-cutter. Expanding into your joy and what truly makes you happy and trusting yourself to have the courage to take step after step -- that's a little bit different for everybody.

Free gift: Book a complimentary, 30-minute consultation call to offer women in your audience valuable insights on the next step in their journey. Maybe it's a business or entrepreneurial interest in our franchise system, or maybe it's something else. I will also be sending a free leadership resource to aid them in their journey of personal growth, along with some free Rhea Lana's merch! Book your call here https://www.rhealana.com/podcast/#contactform

Connect with guest Rhea Lana Riner: https://www.rhealana.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

The Impact of Your Small Steps on Success: https://sarahwalton.com/small-steps-success/

How to Make BIG Changes and Invest in Yourself When You’re Scared: https://sarahwalton.com/invest-in-yourself/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m honored that you’re here and would be grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#BuildingJoy #FranchiseBusiness #StartingABusiness #IntuitiveBusiness #JoyBusiness #BuildingWithPurpose #BuildingPassion #WomenInBusiness #EntrepreneurLifestyle

View Details

Is marketing online enough to make you want to stick a fork in your eye? If you've been feeling that way, I want you to know one, you're not alone, and two, something's happening in online marketing that not enough people are talking about: the authenticity factor.

We have a nose for BS. We know when people feel desperate. We know when things aren't going well. We know when someone is showing up just to show up, because they think they're supposed to.

If you've been wondering how you can show up in an authentic way and have people really be attracted to you and not in the I'm going to call it the “white broligarchy way”, but in the, “Hey, I have this amazing thing and I think I can help way,” -- this is going to be the episode that's going to help you get there.

Christine Blosdale is the expert authority business coach. She successfully guided more than 500 business owners, coaches, authors, and nonprofits in developing and expanding their brand and business, helping them achieve magnificent growth and success.

If you've been feeling stuck about how to market and how to show up just as yourself, you're going to want to pop in those earphones.

Christine says her whole trajectory has always been about helping people and creating. From speaking the truth in assessing a client’s work, to helping them share their natural gifts, she says it’s about zeroing on each person’s individual superpower.

“I use my intuition when I'm working with clients to see their expert authority, their gift,” says Christine. “If they're not conveying that in a real clear way, as a lot of business owners, a lot of entrepreneurs do, then they need just need help in getting the word out the message.”

She remembers helping her mother get ready for work each day. Her mom would always ask how she looked, seeking Christine’s opinion.

“At a really young age, I think that formulated something within me that, oh, I have value in what I, you know, what I think,” says Christine. “To this day, if I go to a hotel or a spa or wherever, a restaurant, I'll pick out the things that they're doing well.”

This extends to her clients. She says especially as women, we suffer from limited beliefs about what we can accomplish and imposter syndrome.

“My job is to really dismantle all of that, because the stories that we say to ourselves, even when we're at the top of our game and where we've got such great skills and wisdom -- it's that story that we're not good enough; who's gonna listen to me?”

Christine says people stepping into their passion and acknowledging their strengths isn’t ego or arrogance. It’s tapping into who we were, not who the world wants us to be. You can’t be an impostor if you’re being your authentic self.

“You'll reach a certain age and reach a certain point in your life, and you'll look back and you go, ‘Oh wow. I did all this for other people but what I could have done is at least tap into those passions that are important to me.’ You could have even been a better role model.”

Christine says a common challenge for her clients is visibility. Often, when she looks at their website and socials, she finds the scent of desperation in their content.

“No one wants to necessarily go onto a sinking ship,” she says. “That is a real game changer for people because it flips the script. … It's, ‘hey, I'm here. This is why I'm so confident in what I can do.’”

Christine says it’s important to look at the socio-cultural landscape. People are moving away from the Kardashians and Dynasty-type perfection. They’re looking at content creators and speakers who are authentic and relatable.

“You want to have that authenticity and that relatability going out so that your people will come to you,” says Christine. “The less perfect you are, the more people are going to be attracted to you.”

Free gift: Free copy of “The Social Media and Branding Survival Guide”: https://mailchi.mp/4bbbfb0a3de4/survivalguide

Take the expert authority quiz: https://forms.fillout.com/t/g77G9QD1yjus

Connect with Christine Blosdale: https://www.ExpertAuthorityCoach.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Marketing Not Working? This Might Be Why: https://sarahwalton.com/marketing-not-working/

How to Find Your Signature Talk: https://sarahwalton.com/tedx-speaker-coach

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#AuthorityMarketing #PositionYourself #ContentMarketing #ExpertPositioning #GrowYourBusiness #AskExpert #SalesCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #EntrepreneurLifestyle

View Details

Are you someone who wants to give a TED Talk? The entire idea of that platform is ideas worth spreading. Maybe you want to be better on stage or understand what makes a speaker so compelling. There's something that makes people connect to us when we're on a screen or on a stage.

Sometimes, it works, and sometimes, it doesn't. How does the person's authentic, awesome, gooey-goodness self get up and deliver something that hits us in a way that is so compelling we can't look away?

Jen Oliver has devoted her life to becoming a speaking coach. As an executive producer, she's deeply connected to the entire TEDxCommunity. Jen coaches women to speak with impact and is highly effective at helping her clients show up REAL while leveraging their story, mission, and embodiment to exert a powerful influence.

To understand how Jen pulls people onto the stage to share her story, she begins with her own.

She recalls her second marriage—she rushed into it. She thought she'd restored the legacy for her children after her first marriage ended and herself as an upstanding woman. She was with a wonderful man but didn't belong in the marriage.

She wrestled with the truth of it. It was making her feel sick and ill at ease in her body.

She remembered what a relationship mediator told her, "It is so profoundly unkind to not tell the truth. You're torturing another person because you're they're dealing in the absence of communication. They are dealing with a fiction That's so far worse than the reality. Give them the dignity of the truth. Speak your truth."

Jen had to admit she didn’t belong in the marriage.

"It's those little moments where we look at what is the dis ease? Where am I not showing up true? Where am I not saying what is honest? Like, where's that voice?" says Jen.

Jen says she's unconventional in her work as a speaking coach because she focuses on authenticity and sharing that truth as a means of connection beyond the typical tips of how to be persuasive, make eye contact, etc.

Helping people tell their truth puts energy behind their words, ideas, or coaching. Whether you're on stage in front of 4,000 people or in the boardroom, you have energy watching you, and if you don't meet that energy, it will bowl you over.

“Here's what happens and is the mistake: We don't partner with and see that energy there in service to us,” says Jen. “We instead take it as an indictment and an indicator that we're somehow inadequate for that task.”

Those feelings of fight or flight are normal because this is a higher-stakes situation than your average moment in the day.

"Let's teach you to drop into your body, which is what I do with women is drop into your body, connect with that. Let's partner with it," says Jen. "I'm real, showing up like a real human as opposed to this perfectly polished, managed little automaton."

Jen says we need to pay attention to what we've grown numb to. Before her business took off, Jen needed to own the parts of herself she was ignoring so that she could help others.

When you do that personal work, it really is the precursor to other things. You can, in fact, shake the nervousness off – it resets your nervous system. You can hold your truth and have your nervous system contain it.

“It doesn't mean that when the contraction happens in that same week, because it's this ebb and flow, that something's wrong, or you're not making the progress. You are,” says Jen.

When Jen works with others to find their signature talk, she asks them to slow down.

"I believe that the body if you can slow down long enough and regulate and listen to it, is the voice of spirit and soul. It holds memories, it holds emotions, it holds so much wisdom and data points," says Jen.

She asks her clients to tap into their bodies instead of their minds—the mind can be a bully. If you want to give a TEDx Talk, start by connecting yourself to your deepest, truest wisdom.

"Some of those people, their talk shifts a little bit, and the premise behind their talk, and their main tenets and talking points and the thing they ache to give their audience morphs and changes," says Jen. "It's their truer work."

Transform your idea into a signature talk: https://realjenoliver.myflodesk.com/free-download

Connect with Jen Oliver: https://REALjenoliver.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Power of Pause: Why Your Brain Cannot Solve the Problem

https://sarahwalton.com/take-pause/

3 Easy Tips for Your Sales Conversations

https://sarahwalton.com/sales-conversations/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#SignatureTalk #SpeakerTips #TEDTalks #SpeakingCoach #BusinessCoach #AskExpert

View Details

Time is limited, but it's also, there's lots of it. So you've got room to make mistakes. Have you ever wondered what people do to get successful? What makes the difference?

Today’s guest, Kate McGuire, will share her journey, and she talks about those moments in life that you think are like the success moments. The ones where you think “I’ve made it!”

For her, it was her first $100,000 month. What do you do with milestones like that?

What are the steps you're supposed to take first?

Kate is a dynamic entrepreneur, devoted mother, and a passionate advocate for health and personal growth. Kate's journey is fueled by her desire for independence, which shapes her strategic approach to business and life.

In her 20s, Kate was struggling to learn what she was going to do with her life. It caused her anxiety and stress; she went to her doctor. She wasn’t interested in taking prescriptions, and ended up seeing a naturopath. It was life changing.

“I was exposed to the importance of my health. And the choices I had to make to actually get your head straight, get your head right, right? And I didn't need pharmaceuticals. And I was really struck with how easy it was to go down that path,” says Kate.

After having such a positive experience, she wanted the world to know there were other options and that you could be the biggest advocate for your own health.

“It is not easy to look after yourself. It does mean researching. It does mean talking to people. It does mean shutting out the circle of family and friends that you have that have their opinions about the way you should be managed,” says Kate.

Her passion for health and seeing her father's role model entrepreneurship pushed her into the industry.

“It does require you having some guts and having some faith in yourself,” says Kate. “It's okay if you fail, it's okay. Like your life is so long and when you're young, you feel like what's happening in that moment is like so important and so immediate.”

If we don't feel safe, it's really hard to show up in your business as your best self, get excited about marketing, and do all the things. Some business owners get to a certain level and then they pull back because they worked so hard to get there.

Steady sales. Income levels. They did it. But it means they don’t try anything new. They’re afraid of making mistakes, so they don’t take any more chances. And the biggest lessons can bring the most hurt.

It can be hard to overcome because there is always someone to compare yourself to.

“Sometimes entrepreneurs are encouraged to get around other entrepreneurs who are doing much bigger and better things than them. And I think you need to tread lightly with that. depending on your personality. Because for me, that was actually a little bit detrimental,” says Kate.

Some people can go all in as a CEO, but others might need to divide their time and avoid burnout. Putting in the internal work so that you can arrive at your business already fully yourself is important. Make what you’re creating through the business an extension of creativity and joy – and that will bring money.

When Kate started working in the health industry, she was a sales rep for Omega-3 fish oil. She worked on commission. Her method was handshake by handshake, brick by brick, and door by door. She encountered so many nos before she’d get a yes.

But then she started to get momentum. For her, it was hard work and belief in herself that paid off. There was no magic answer for her success.

“You can end up in the job that you hate and it's safe, or you can take a chance on yourself and, you know, make mistakes and get in a bit of trouble,” says Kate. “But the exhilaration and the enjoyment and the things you'll learn and the people you talk to, I really do believe it's worth it.”

Free gift: Benecin immune supplement: https://bit.ly/411buZW (Use 20% off code GOG20)

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Feel Like You’re Pushing Water Uphill? This Will Help You Find Success

https://sarahwalton.com/pushing-water-uphill/

Why Zigzagging Your Path Means More Success

https://sarahwalton.com/susan/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#SuccessMindset #SmallStepsBigResults #BuildMomentum #AchieveYourGoals

#DailyHabits #ChangeYourLife #SustainableSuccess #HealthAdvocate #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #AskExpert

View Details

What causes people to change? We have a really tough time actually shifting who we are, and how we’re walking through the world. The answer is one that I touched on, in the very first podcast episode of the Game on Girlfriend podcast when I said, “don't live a life of almosts.”

Sun Yong Kim-Manzolini was born in South Korea and abandoned at birth by her family. She spent her early years in an orphanage, enduring hardships that she likened to living in a modern-day concentration camp. Today, Sun Yong is a highly successful seven-figure entrepreneur and the CEO of Lush Enterprises, LLC.

In 2015, she retired from a $35,000 a year job with no savings and limited resources. Determined to change her circumstances, she dedicated herself to options trading. By the end of her first year, she had earned $178,000, six times her previous annual revenue. She believes that true freedom comes from living authentically, pursuing dreams without fear, and achieving financial security.

Sun Yong says being orphaned gave her a sense of abandonment – no one invested in her. She was adopted by an American family and eventually got her dream job as a certified medical assistant.

But she was missing something. She wondered how she got there.

“So that's when I started investing myself by saying, I'm going to retire, even though it was my dream job,” says Sun Yong.

She decided she would retire within a year. She had $10 in her account and was living paycheck to paycheck.

“Of course I was scared, but I thought for me to invest in myself, I have to get those things out of my mind,” she said. “I have to start taking actions. So that's the beginning of investing in ourselves. And it is very, very critical. The reason is because if we don't invest in ourselves, who's going to invest in you?”

Sun Yong says she started to learn to serve herself, as she had with her patients. She started talking about her own story – even the ugly parts that she didn’t want to share with others. She says we tend to focus on negative things, what we’ve heard and what we’ve faced. We might think we’re not worthy – the excuses and reasons are easy to find.

Sun Yong said the decision to change was made easier watching the lives of her patients. She says some of them were struggling as they got older, and in some cases by the time they were ready to retire they were too sick to enjoy it.

It prompted Sun Yong to retire while she was still healthy and could enjoy life.

Sun Yong says once you have healed, you can help others from your present self without focusing on the past.

“I’m no longer an orphan, but a lot of times we hang on to this thing like ‘Oh, I’m an orphan,’” she says. “We have to let go of the things that we used to be.”

She says it takes many pieces to become who we are – from investing with money, investing within ourselves mentally, investing in ourselves with who we spend our time with.

You have to implement every part on a daily basis to have a balanced life from your physical and mental health, to your financial stability and your relationships.

To start living the life you want, you need to take action. This is likely going to be something you’ve never done before. But the fear will be there.

Sun Yong says to think of it like loading a new album into your brain, so a new record starts to play. I want to do this! Oh no, I can’t. I don’t have the time. You have never done that before.

The record’s on repeat. So you need to do something different from how you talk to yourself, the way you talk to others, and the way you act when nobody is watching.

What can you do differently today than what you did yesterday? Those actions will be different results.

“Think about how special you are, and there's only one you. You're one of a kind in the world, right? And you have to give the best treatment that you could give to yourself.”

Free gift: Read one free chapter of Sun Yong's book, Invest in Yourself: https://drive.google.com/file/d/15XW8p-qlJsMoBc1TfOhKH3MIEk15OOI2/view?usp=sharing

Connect with Sun Yong: https://dreambigsetgoals.club/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Power of Pause: Why Your Brain Cannot Solve the Problem: https://sarahwalton.com/take-pause/

Overcome Societal Expectations of ‘You’re Not Enough’: https://sarahwalton.com/societal-expectations-for-women/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#InvestInYourself #QualityOfLife #StayInspired #SuccessTips #Motivated

#PathToSuccess #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #AskExpert

View Details

You cannot do big things if you don’t slow down. We're tackling that ever pesky, always present feeling of overwhelm. We live in such a hustle society where the to-do list keeps growing, everything keeps happening, and you can’t shake that hamster wheel feeling.

Kim Rogne is a high performance coach, and she specializes in supporting working moms. The way that Kim approaches this work is she really talks about the phase of life that you're in, understanding what that phase brings to your life, what you can and cannot do in that phase, but also remembering that that phase ends.

Kim started For the Love of, a personal and professional development company where she’s a high-performance coach and keynote speaker. She took up coaching after a traumatic skiing accident forced her to slow and really reflect on what she wanted the second half of her best life to be. Prior to coaching, she’d managed multiple real estate brokerages, but she was burnt out.

She’d given herself two months’ notice to figure out her next move, when a friend told her she’d pay Kim to coach her. She knew then she’d start her own business.

“As much as I coach and I teach and I’ve written about mindset, I don’t always have my own mindset in check, and hearing it from somebody else helped me cross that bridge,” says Kim.

Kim believes overwhelm is based on choices. It’s based on having high standards and comparing ourselves to others. She works with working moms and part of that means acknowledging the phases these working women are going through.

A 30-year-old with young children can’t compare to Kim talking about waking up at 5:15 a.m. to journal and sip her coffee. It’s just not realistic. It’s not that you’re falling behind, you’re comparing yourself to others who aren’t at the same stage in life as you are.

“I think it's really just taking a step back and asking the question, ‘what can I do right now based on the phase of my life that I am in without comparison,’ ” says Kim.

It’s also owning your choices – deciding what you are going to choose. It’s also allowing yourself some rest and recognizing when to have that downtime. There is no right or wrong way to rest, it’s about figuring out what works for you … and doing it.

Kim says one of two of her clients both took a month off. They learned that their business could survive without them and what it meant to be recharged. What you can do right now matters and it’s sufficient.

“[Allow] yourself to be okay and trust yourself when you're like, ‘this is enough. I don't need to do more,’” says Kim.

When Kim started her business, she committed to a few things: her word of the year was “confident” – she would embody confidence internally and externally; she hired a social media director, and she was going to do daily mindset journaling.

January 3, 2023, was her first entry – she had three borrowed prompts: I will let go of, I’m grateful for and I will focus.

She started sharing her entries with a friend. It was their way of holding each other accountable. Somehow, this expanded to her clients sending snapshots of their entries. The journaling was working.

Kim worked with her sister, a publisher, to rethink the journal. They chose new prompts. For the Love of was built from three parts: planning your week for success, mindset prompts and an end of week reflection.

As women, we tend not to brag about our accomplishments; sometimes we forget them. We push through and keep going. Take a moment to recognize what you’ve done.

Connect with Kim Rogne and download her personal growth journal: https://stan.store/KimRogne/p/floself

Mentioned in this episode: The Gap And The Gain, https://amzn.to/4h3fuhN

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Overwhelmed? Plan Your Week to Reclaim Your Time: https://sarahwalton.com/importance-of-weekly-planning/

What Burnout REALLY Is (And How It Differs From Stress): https://sarahwalton.com/burnout-versus-stress/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#FeelingBehindInLife #NoFakeHustle #MindsetShift #PersonalGrowth #SuccessJourney

#AskExpert #JournalPrompts #BusinessCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

The Gap and The Gain: The High Achievers' Guide to Happiness, Confidence, and Success

View Details

When someone inherits money, you have to mourn the loss of your life as you have known it up until that time before you can move on. Most people don't think about that. They think, “Oh, $18 million, woohoo!” But it's a big change.

If the idea of making a lot of money scares you, because you think it will make you a jerk, today’s episode will give you insight into the mindset of heirs to incredible wealth. We are leaving so much about our relationship with wealth and money unexamined.

Let’s blow the relationship with wealth wide open: People with and without money are almost identical – not in their day-to-day, but how they view themselves. Our guest, Myra Salzer is an advocate for people who have received a significant inheritance.

Since she founded The Wealth Conservancy, she has worked with inheritors who have collectively inherited billions. The firm's services combine life and wealth coaching and financial planning.

If you are thinking this doesn't apply to you, it does, especially if you are trying to grow your business and earn more money.

Myra says it’s important to recognize the people she works with don’t have an advocate, and they’ve been born into a situation they have no control over.

“There's no manual on how to manage $50 million … and yet they're expected to be happy,” says Myra.

Business owners, too, can get insecure about money. There’s this idea that if you have money, you must somehow be bad. Myra says she sees this with her clients as well. Their net worth and self-worth are misaligned, and they are afraid of judgments. This might mean hiding their wealth, because they want to fit in

This is true on the other side of the financial spectrum as well. Whether you’re born into wealth or poverty, there’s a pattern of thought that says you’re just supposed to know what to do with money, and we’re not supposed to talk about it.

Myra notes that being an heir isn’t like winning the lottery. Usually, it’s a gradual event. Myra recalls one of her first clients as a financial planner: A young couple booked an appointment – he came in downcast that he didn’t have any income; she was playing with a large engagement ring.

Myra learned he’d lived off trust income for his whole life, but it terminated when he hit 35. He didn’t know what to do with the $18 million in the bank. Her ring was $60,000, and she was wearing it with the stone towards her palm – embarrassed at the thought of showing her father who couldn’t make a mortgage payment.

This appointment laid the foundation for Myra’s specialty.

“The amount of money doesn't matter. It's the impact it has on your life,” says Myra. “So it could be $100 to a homeless person. Or $1,000 to a recent high school graduate. If it impacts their standard of living, it's a lot.”

Myra breaks down the five stages of inheritance progression as: innocent stage, denial, ignorant acceptance, learning, growing and integrated authority.

Ignorant acceptance is where Myra steps in to help. People have accepted their financial circumstances, but they have no training.

Reaching the final stage of integrated authority is empowering. Heirs start thinking outside the box. They start thinking in a way that maybe deviates from what their family thought patterns are.

Oftentimes, inheritors are only second or third generation from the wealth creator. The wealth creator's mindset is completely different they are future-focused and abundance-oriented. Whereas an inheritor is legacy-based and scarcity-oriented with a fear of loss, says Myra.

But an inheritor might face hostile envy from people who feel like they didn’t benefit from the same luck. Heirs need to have that sense of perspective, so that their investment managers are aligned with the inheritor's values and objectives.

Money isn’t who we are, but it can magnify us. Myra says if inheritors tend be a philanthropist or entrepreneur, they can be great ones. Money just helps boost their personalities and skills; it enables them to amplify what’s already there.

Connect with Myra Salzer: https://www.thewealthconservancy.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How Your Nervous System Shapes Your Money Habits: https://sarahwalton.com/nervous-system-regulation/

You Deserve the Money: https://sarahwalton.com/bookkeeping-for-women/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#FinancialLiteracy #Wealth #FinancialSuccess #Abundance #WealthBuilding #MoneyMindset

#PersonalFinance #AskExpert #WealthCoach #FinancialFreedom

View Details

If hunger isn't the problem, food isn't the solution. If you're hating your body, starving it, or overfeeding it, chances are you're hindering your impact on this planet. Because when we don't feel good, we don't want to show up.

Your health is your number one business asset. How you view your body, walk around inside your body, and use your body daily furthers your mission. Today's guest, Laura Conley, is the founder of the Yummy Mummy Method, which has successfully helped hundreds of women lose weight for the last time. Her clients have lovingly labeled her the fun weight loss coach.

This is one of those episodes that will make you feel good about your life and probably help you on your journey to becoming the most successful entrepreneur you can be.

Laura was stuck in corporate as a drug rep. She admits it was a cushy job: she had the company car, a fun lifestyle, and made a lot of money, but it wasn't fulfilling.

"There might not be such a thing as your passion just dropping in your lap," says Laura. "But when I started to feel the lack of fulfillment, I started to follow just my curiosity."

That curiosity led her to teach yoga. She and her husband developed an exit strategy, and a week later, her corporate boss sat her down. The company was going to be laying off 50% of its workforce. She would be spared, but she didn't want to be. She took a voluntary severance package.

Laura eventually became a life coach and niched down to become a weight-loss coach, body-love coach, and food freedom coach because she didn't want to pass down her diet drama to her daughter.

"When I was six weeks postpartum, and I got out of the shower," says Laura. "She's like cooing up at me, smiling, being so cute, and fat, and chubby and perfect. And I'm beating myself up for not bouncing back into my pre-baby jeans 'fast enough,'"

She started applying the coaching tools and psychology principles she was using to help her clients change their lives to weight loss.

Hormones were a significant piece of the puzzle. Laura always thought she needed to be on a calorie deficit to lose weight – she didn't like it, and it was unsustainable.

Your hunger hormones are insulin, leptin, and ghrelin. About 94% of Americans have an imbalance in hunger hormones. Once you balance those hormones, your cravings go away. It's like a natural Ozempic.

"Nobody is teaching us this because the big pharma can't make money off of teaching us how to heal our hunger hormones," says Laura.

The other piece was to stop using food for what it's not for. Laura says she was using food for boredom relief, stress relief, pleasure, and comfort. She points to grabbing a handful of nuts when she is bored or some dark chocolate at 9 p.m. It was the little things.

A lot of people think that if they want to lose weight or change their relationship with themselves, their body, or their food, they're bad or wrong for wanting that. You can approach that change from abundance.

The question becomes how to give yourself a true pleasure versus a false pleasure. Laura likens it to a check engine light. Ask yourself, what is going on? Do you need to be replenished? For many people, food is a false pleasure because it's a net negative that leaves us hung over.

The journey to loving your body really does start with two thoughts that feel neutral or in the ballpark of acceptance. What are one or two thoughts about your body that don't make you feel hate or shame?

Our bodies are desperate for our love, and we can give it to them.

Free gift: https://www.lauraconley.com/plan Laura's podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lose-weight-for-the-last-time-with-laura-conley/id1540639164 Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#WeightLossJourney #BodyAcceptance #HealthyMindset #WeightLossTipsforWomen #WeightLoss #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WeightLossCoach

View Details

Have you ever slogged through writing a sales page on your website thinking, "This is the one; it's going to work!" And crickets. Nothing seems to stick. If you run a business and you have a website, you know what I'm talking about.

Kris Jones will explain exactly why that's happening and what you can do to fix it. StoryBrand's Donald Miller hand-selected Kris as a mentee. She's cracked the code on turning expertise into sales.

She helps coaches and consultants scale from $30,000 to $300,000 months using her signature storytelling system, proving that you don't need endless content or complicated funnels to attract premium clients – just one story told very well.

"My heart's always been with that self-employed business owner, the small business, the solopreneur, the people that are really also on the planet doing the work that they're meant to do, right, that are really aligned with their purpose," says Kris. "Those are the people that I like to help. And those are the people that really can benefit the most from telling a really powerful story."

When you apply a story to your website, people recognize that you're somebody they can really trust. It's important that the story you're telling them doesn't pressure them to take action but inspires them to take that next step of wanting to work with you.

"Our environment has changed a lot as far as the digital world that we live in, but we are all wired for story, and that is never going to change," says Kris.

Kris says the biggest mistake people make on their websites is making themselves the hero of their story. She likens it to meeting someone for a quick coffee date—you sit down and connect with them first, then check in with where they are.

You wouldn't sit down and say, "I just had a flood at my house, and this is the best plumber, and you should work with this plumber!" They don't have any plumbing issues. Take the time to connect with them first.

In your website copy, you want to let people know that they matter and understand what is going on in their lives before you start talking about yourself and the problems you solve.

The call to action needs to be a natural next step in working with you. She says many people offer a "learn more" call—nobody wants to "learn more."

People don't want to have to go to multiple pages to gather the information they need. Kris suggests a one-page homepage format, which allows users to scroll. It's a comfortable and natural mobile design.

It also allows the story to unfold and provides all the information rather than siloing your website's copy on different pages, such as services or testimonials. Changing pages requires more effort than the scrolling motion.

Another common website mistake is designing the page as an afterthought. The design components need to bring your story to life and align with it. Our brains process visuals so fast.

Photographs are so powerful. Instead of having pictures of ourselves, show the client in their happy, successful state. Shift the lens to make your clients the hero of your story through both words and visuals.

"When you're the hero of your own story, you kick a potential client out of your story," says Kris.

That's the most powerful way to create that connection on your website—really articulate their problem. Clients then feel seen, heard, validated, and not alone. Most importantly, when we articulate their problem well, they feel like we are the best ones to solve it, says Kris.

"The way that I see a lot of people doing this wrong is that they take this opportunity to talk about features of the work they do, which is actually talking about yourself," says Kris. "We really want to answer that question that they have in their brain when they land on their website. They're asking three important questions: What's in it for me? What's in it for me? And what's in it for me?"

Connect with guest Kris Jones: From Click to Client: https://www.reddoordesigns.com/book

How to Write Compelling Copy in 5 Minutes: https://www.reddoordesigns.com/free-resources

Building a Story Brand Book: https://amzn.to/3P4JYUE

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Write Sales Copy That Sells: https://sarahwalton.com/how-to-write-sales-copy/

Storytelling, Sharing With Clients and Taylor Swift: https://sarahwalton.com/sharing-your-story/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here, and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom and clicking “Write a review.” Then, we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#WebFlow #WebSuccess #HowtoStartaBusiness #WebDesign #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness #SalesCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

Building a StoryBrand: Clarify Your Message So Customers Will Listen

View Details

Things could get easier if men could connect to the idea that taking personal responsibility leads to expansion, more love, and what they want. However, they have to stop looking at themselves with the self-sabotaging belief that they're not enough.

We have Dr. Ray Doktor as our first male guest on the Game on Girlfriend podcast because he is working very diligently to help the men on this planet heal. I personally believe this can have a massive effect on how we as women do business, how the world works overall, how our sons feel as they grow, and the examples that men give to each other.

Much like it's going to take women talking to other women about invisible unpaid work, we're also going to need men to work with other men to show them the example of men who can be assertive, confident, and wonderful while still being warm, having integrity, and understanding their own emotions.

Dr. Ray is a best-selling author recognized by the team behind the Chicken Soup for the Soul series. With a doctorate in clinical psychology and over 28 years of experience as a life and relationship coach, he has shared stages with some of the most influential voices in personal development, including Marianne Williamson, Bruce Lipton, John Gray, and Eckhart Tolle.

Dr. Ray says that for men who don't have confidence, are insecure, and want to be in a partnership, the message that they're getting is that if they approach a woman, they could offend them.

On the other hand, some men are not seen as predators and are well-received. Dr. Ray says that, in his case, he's been told he's mansplaining as an expert over the past four years. He's even had his coaching partner – a woman – receive messages questioning her judgment and accusing him of narcissism.

"I have just come off as a confident man with a certain level of certainty, but I'm also very assertive, you know, and I'm direct, but it triggered stuff in them."

Dr. Ray points to the more conservative men, who might be looking for a 1950s housewife and are too narrow-minded to accept women who want to be able to show up and express themselves.

He said regardless of what type of man you're talking about, the issue is that most men are not doing the inner work. They want the easy path. They'll seek pleasure over pain, even knowing it's going to lead to pain again, so they make poor choices. Or they say, "I can do it, I'll figure it out," but they don't.

Dr. Ray says many men value performance more than inner work. He finds that when he posts about holding space for women and their emotions, the men typically want to shut down those posts and ideas. Due to insecurity, the perspective can become competitive and combative.

Dr. Ray says many men are very much immersed in the collective narrative of competition and perfectionism. For example, if their partner shares something and it is delivered using an "I statement," such as "the way you spoke to me, it didn't feel good, and I didn't feel safe," it's important to realize that this is not a conclusion.

"[Women are] basically saying that I'm here to improve also. I want to grow with you, also. And therefore, when you take personal responsibility, I'm excited again," says Dr. Ray. "But what happens men go into denial, they go into saying, well, you're not perfect."

As far as what women can do, Dr. Ray says men have to do the inner work. No matter how many compliments you give him, he won't hear it if he doesn't love himself. He says women can be mindful of language when they are engaging.

Seeing a man who has remained masculine, assertive, and confident and still has access to his emotions is the example that so many men are looking for. They need to see that it's safe to heal and if they'll still be accepted in the world if they do this work.

Drop One Big Hidden Belief and Transform Your Life: https://www.allittakesisonebook.com/

Connect with Dr. Ray Doktor: https://raydoktor.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Sick of People Pleasing? Childhood Trauma Might Be The Source

https://sarahwalton.com/people-pleasing-trauma-response/

The 5 Stages of Healing

https://sarahwalton.com/stages-of-healing/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#MenHealing #MensMentalHealth #Masculinity #MentalHealth #TraumaRecovery

#HealingJourney #AskExpert #BusinessCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness

View Details

You want to be on podcasts! What a great way to be introduced to someone else's audience, share your story, and have people learn about your business and what problems you solve. However, there are some ways to blow that opportunity as a podcast guest.

Jessica Rhodes founded Interview Connections back when no other agencies like it existed.

She loves helping entrepreneurs who feel like the best-kept secret grow their business online through genuine, human-to-human connections. The podcast interviews Jessica and her team have booked have helped their clients generate millions of dollars in sales, sell thousands of books, and transform countless lives.

Jessica has three important pillars for becoming a podcast guest.

The first pillar is the relationship with the podcast host. Many people leverage podcast guesting as a ticket to someone else's audience, but they don't focus on the host. Podcast interviewing is about networking, collaboration, and having a connection with another human being who's in your line of work and has your target market.

Recognize the value of the interview, even if nobody listens to or downloads the show. The opportunity to answer questions, share a story, and reflect on how powerful what you're saying is valuable. Jessica recommends connecting with the host on social media and learning about their business.

"I don't think entrepreneurs really understand or know the amount of resources, time, and money that goes into having a podcast," says Jessica. "Whether there's 50 people listening or there's a thousand people listening."

The second pillar of podcast guesting is repurposing the content: What stories are you talking about? What are you sharing? What anecdotes are you sharing? What are you saying about your story? Prepping the host by explaining what you will share will help you have a compelling interview.

Jessica says it's important to have good-quality equipment, from learning how to use your microphone correctly to having good lighting. Some audience members might listen to audio only, while others might watch clips. When you give a good interview, there will be many clips that can be edited and leveraged on social media.

The third pillar is to give a clear call to action. It should be free—it's not a webinar or a pitch. If you gave a good interview and people liked hearing from you for the first time, where can they get more? It might mean a discovery call or offers to join the guest's online community—whatever gets a conversation going.

"There is so much less legwork on the back end once they opt-in versus an ad lead who's very cold and just kind of you caught their attention,” says Jessica.

Podcasting can be a great way to generate warm leads. Jessica says this is all about being intentional with show selection. It expands and opens you up to audiences that aren't in your immediate circle of influence.

Podcasting is a long-term strategy. Refine your message over time, and it's a skill to give a great podcast interview, whether you're a host or a guest. Stay visible and stay consistent.

It also takes time for people to hear you.

The podcast industry is continuing to grow—the medium is not going anywhere. There are more than 3 million podcasts, and they are becoming more targeted and niche. This can mean a better return on investment because they're small podcasts with more concentrated listeners.

“You're going to see really targeted small audiences that drive big results because you're in front of the right people,” says Jessica. At its core, podcasting is a networking strategy.

“If one out of every 10 podcasters that interviews you, you guys end up doing something amazing together, that's incredible. So see the value in every interaction, every opportunity.”

Check out Jessica's free Podcast Interview Prep Checklist:

Connect with Jessica Rhodes: https://interviewconnections.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to get the PERFECT guest to say yes to your podcast: https://youtu.be/Ta8bSk4bOG4

How to Make Money Podcasting (Without Burning Out!): https://sarahwalton.com/make-money-podcasting/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#PodcastTips #PodcastGuest #Podcasting #Interview #AskExperts #WomenInBusiness #PodcastHost #PodcastHelp #PodcastGuesting

View Details

There is a misconception that pausing means ceasing any and all activity, that you are lazy, or that you are incapable. Ironically, the pause is actually where the acceleration happens.

Are you up against a problem that you've had more than once? Maybe you're starting to notice this is a pattern; something's happening where you're constantly uncomfortable, things don't feel right, or you are exhausted. The truth is, your brain is not going to solve that problem for you.

How do you deal with this? Today's guest, Wendy Paige Sterling, has the answer. She helps us tap into the power of the pause and walks us through how to move forward when we're feeling our most stuck.

Wendy says that from a young age, she had the innate ability to be OK with how different she was—but that feeling got silenced. She was the granddaughter of Holocaust survivors on two sides of her family. So when her grandparents moved to the U.S., it was all about fitting in, the American dream.

"I was not born to fit into anybody's mold or role," says Wendy. "I needed to finally stand up for myself to stop playing small, to stop feeling lost on a daily basis and seeking external validation, to stop feeling suffocated by the weight of other people's expectations."

She says at the end of the day, her fire within was all about helping other women turn on their lights inside. Taking a pause and listening to their intuition would help guide them.

"It's really about resetting your fuse so that you can ignite the fire within you to start living that dream, but ultimately, it's got to come in these moments of pause where we give ourselves that ability to not only breathe but to fully exhale," says Wendy.

Those deep exhale moments can come with fear and doubt, but for Wendy, they mean choosing yourself and your authentic being.

We all have the power to pause. But Wendy says women juggling multiple balls—that they might see as accolades—feel the pressure to keep going; they can't put them down.

She hates hustle culture and the idea of powering through. It only gives you a false sense of momentum because all you are doing is doing. But you're not present or connected; there is no intention or focus.

"You think your focus is on the outcome, but you are completely ignoring everything in between," says Wendy. "And what the pause gifts you is the in-between, which then attaches the outcome that much faster."

She says the pause silences your mind. It's in your mind that fear, doubt, regret, judgment, and ego live. It's loud and distracting. Wendy says she's not the type to meditate. Her pauses come on walks with the dog or even in the shower—they're places where you can hear your intuitive thoughts and inner wisdom.

Intuition is a calm, easy, firm little, "Hey there." You're going to have no logic attached to it. Intuition is going to be something that you've never even thought of.

"When your mind is driving the bus, it is not the right answer for you. But when your body gets curious, and it feels very calm, then that's the direction you can flow," says Wendy.

Because listening to the noise isn't serving you, Wendy says we tend to downplay the ripple effect. If you're operating on fear, everybody in your universe is feeling that frequency. It's contagious. You can be more conscious about the energy you're putting out there.

"This is why it's so important for us to slow down, to engage in more moments of pause so that we are feeling in deeper alignment, not only with ourselves but with the people that we want to bring into our life," says Wendy. "Or that the people that are in our life, how we want them to feel when they are with us."

Book a free intuitive call with Wendy: https://calendly.com/wendysterling/intuitivecall

Connect with Wendy Paige Sterling: https://wendypaigesterling.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Stop Trying to Figure Things Out – Feel Them Instead: https://sarahwalton.com/amy-eliza-wong/

What You REALLY NEED from an Intuitive Business Coach: https://sarahwalton.com/need-a-business-coach/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom and clicking “Write a review.” Then, we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#PowerOfPause #RedefiningHustle #LifeTransitions #ClarityAndFocus #StrengthInTheStillness #PauseForClarity #Mindfulsuccess #WomenSupportingWomen #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

Things in motion tend to stay in motion. It takes more energy to change than to keep going down that path. That's where we can get into trouble because we are net depleting ourselves—we are not net gaining. If you constantly give more than you're getting, you will eventually burn out.

How do we get clear on where the burnout is coming from? What is actually stressing us out?

Dr. Camilla Moore helps ambitious women leaders burnout-proof their businesses by focusing on the most crucial element: themselves.

"Oftentimes when we are stressed and trying to prevent our own burnout, we default to the things that we know we 'should be doing,'" says Dr. Camilla. "These are complex issues. Burnout is a complex issue, and it needs a little bit more refinement to get down into the root cause."

Burnout is not an inside job. If you're trying to fix yourself, you cannot fix the burnout piece. Dr. Camilla says we have three terms that are often misused or misunderstood.

Stress is supposed to be a short-term event. It is a survival mechanism, a physiological response. You're driving down the highway, you get cut off, you white-knuckle it, the other driver drives off, and you recover. That is stress.

Chronic stress is when you have a bombardment of stressful events, and you don't have the ability or the capacity to recover from each one individually before the next one comes. So if you're driving to work, you get cut off, but before you can fully recover, you go into the office. Suddenly, you need to manage a crisis and another fire drill. You get compounded stress, and you're not able to recover. In the long term, we know that leads to chronic disease, that leads to depression, that can lead to anxiety.

That's where our physiological changes really occur. We are at a greater risk for things like obesity, Type 2 diabetes, sleep disorders, and all of those things that function physiologically because our biology hasn't been able to recover from each stressful event.

Burnout is really about the depletion of who we are as people. It is a product of not being seen or heard in a relationship or a workplace. Dr. Camilla says that when burnout was studied in the 1970s, it was a workplace issue.

"But what I have seen in my work over time is that women in particular get burnt out in relationships, in their marriages, in their partners, as well as in other caregiving roles," she says. "When we are giving of ourselves, not just the tasks that we're doing, not just the work that we are doing, we begin to feel like we don't matter and our needs are not met, and that's where you start to get extinguished."

She says you can have chronic stress, and you can have burnout that overlaps. But when we break it down there are very different root causes.

Dr. Camilla says we want to start evaluating based on our energy. The most straightforward exercise you can start with is to journal and make two columns, charges, and drains on your energy. Write down everything that comes to mind.

"The key to this, and this is where it all connects with mindfulness, is being able to look from the 30,000-foot view to zoom out on our life and to be able to listen to our guts and listen to ourselves about what is actually filling us up and what is actually draining us," says Dr. Camilla.

When you start setting boundaries, you have another lens through which to look at your life because it's not necessarily saying no; it's saying less. What you're doing is recognizing your limitations.

"When you start to live based on your values of what is most important to you in that gut feeling, then it becomes much easier to set those boundaries," she says.

Mentioned: The $3.6 Million care gap: https://sarahwalton.com/care-gap/

Quiz:

Connect with Dr. Camilla Moore : https://www.thewellnesscabinet.co

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Build Your Business Without Burnout: https://sarahwalton.com/business-without-burnout/

Feeling Stressed? Catch Your Breath: https://sarahwalton.com/breathing-and-stress/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#Burnout #Stress #BurnoutAwareness #StressManagement #BurnoutPrevention

#SelfCare #BurnoutRecovery #MentalHealthAwareness #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness

View Details

Did you know that only 2% of female business owners break the million-dollar mark? If you've ever struggled with marketing, thinking it’s just not working, or you’re wondering if you’re wasting marketing dollars on paid ads, today’s guest will show you where to focus.

Victoria Hajjar, founder of Ugli Ventures, specializes in assisting startups in scaling from 6 to 7 figures. She focuses on helping entrepreneurs optimize sales and marketing strategies, team building, and leadership development to establish sustainable and profitable 7-figure enterprises. Her clients have had million-dollar months and earned billion-dollar revenues in their businesses, and she has mentored women who have landed Forbes 40 under 40. Listen in to what Victoria shares about how to market, the power of your storytelling, and the fear that so many of us have around really connecting our stories to our businesses, which is the one thing, especially if you're worried about AI, that will continue to set you apart.

“As a business owner, you need to understand how to sell the words that sell,” says Victoria. “You need to know your customers more than anyone else. And it's not something you can easily outsource 100%."

Victoria says she's seeing an increasing divide between brands that make genuine effort to create copy that tells stories and brands that post regurgitated AI. Using AI posts and comments can be an ineffective marketing strategy when people crave effort and authenticity. However, AI lends itself well to help with brainstorming and generating ideas.

She says you can have massive growth by writing an amazing blog or doing a podcast—whichever channel you choose to optimize. But it needs to start with something that you like.

If you enjoy podcasts and want them to be your lead generation tool, there are so many avenues for getting exposure. You could advertise other podcasts. You don't have to show up on social media.

You could write an excellent newsletter and focus on making it incredibly rich. You don't have to show up on social media every day to connect. Ask where social media sits in your marketing strategy.

"I think so many of us assume that social media is an awareness strategy, meaning we're going to be reaching brand new people, like brand new prospects and leads through social media," says Victoria. "But the reality is, if you're not really all in on your social platform, you are not going to be getting exposure to anyone new."

She says some people believe that they can just remove social ads and that their organic audience will grow. If you've earned your way into your organic audience on social media, then it is a good time to start supplementing that with some paid traffic.

She says she's seen many companies where the owner doesn't understand what success looks like and wants to hire everyone to do it for them. Those businesses often fail.

“You have to understand how to sell, how to market,” says Victoria. “And then I believe it's the moment where you can start giving it away, and you can start outsourcing it and all of those things.”

Victoria says the most important thing to focus on as a business owner is building a sales-focused marketing strategy.

It's the steps of your client journey – from finding prospects to converting them. She says the problem is when you learn the basics and do the minimum at each stage across each channel. You spread yourself too thin, and when nothing works as you expect, it's easy to get discouraged. Learn to do one channel well.

You don't have to go fast, says Victoria. You just got to keep going. Listen in for more about how to leverage a marketing flywheel with your team.

Connect with Victoria Hajjar: A Free Guide to End Marketing Overwhelm, which teaches the number one marketing system founders need to streamline their marketing effort, measure results, and make data-driven decisions: https://www.ugliventures.com/overwhelm

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Why You Should Invest in Marketing: https://sarahwalton.com/invest-in-marketing/

How to Write Sales Copy That Sells: https://sarahwalton.com/how-to-write-sales-copy/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#ResultsDrivenBranding #ProfessionalBranding #MarketingInsights #MarketingForBeginners #BrandingStrategy #marketing #marketingstrategy #AskExpert #SalesCoach #BusinessCoach

View Details

Why do we pull back from stepping into the awesome current that is currency? Do you know what women do with money? Do you know how awesome we are when we have money? Your clients are already here. What are you waiting for? Step into who you are and let them know you're here. Dealing with money is no different.

It is my birthday episode. And today I'm celebrating a big one! Yep, 50th birthday. I have some girls’ trips planned, and those of you that are joining me for the Reimagine Your CEO Life Retreat in St. Bart's, we're going to keep the party going there, too.

Here's what I'd love to share about the lessons I've learned over this last year and also, what I think is so important for all of us as we step into the roles that we are here to do. Because we are all deserving of wealth and abundance.

This is what I've embraced mostly over the last probably three or four years; I've really stepped into owning what I'm here to do. I truly believe that it is time for women to step up into our power. And at this moment in time, it's really increasing our financial wealth.

I want you to watch what just happened to your own body when I said the words “financial wealth.” What happened? Did it feel dirty to you? Did you wince?

I want you to ask yourself something: If I don't alter my relationship to money over the next year, what will the next two years look like? What will the next three years look like? What will the next five years look like? And I want you to get really honest with yourself.

I do an exercise at conferences where I hand a $100 bill to the front row of people, and they pass the bill from person to person until it comes back to me. In all of that transacting, did the $100 lose any value? No. And what did it do on its journey? It brightened the life of every single person who touched it along the way, and then it always comes back.

So over this year, my challenge to you is to really heal your relationship to money. And what that's going to take is you healing the need to be liked, you healing the need to be understood.

One of the gifts I want to give you on my birthday, on my 50th birthday this year, is I would love for you to find a childhood photo of yourself from ages 2 or 3.

I want you to look at that child and I want you to tell that child it doesn't deserve wealth. That child is not deserving of love. Tell that child she can never succeed in business. She just doesn't have what it takes. Tell her she doesn't really deserve all of the success and the joy and the happiness that she desires because she's just not good enough.

Watch what happens to you.

What will happen as you see the beauty of that little one is you will start to understand that of course you are deserving of everything that you want on planet Earth. And it doesn't matter what it is that you want, you deserve to have it simply because you want it.

You were given your desires because they are yours to have. I don't want the same things you want, and you probably don't want the same things I want. I want to make sure that I help as many women as possible make as much money as they would ever want.

Because I know the women that are attracted to me and that want to work with me understand that that money is just flowing through them. It's just being borrowed for a little bit until they decide what to do with it, and then it moves on and it goes to someone else.

But we can't play at that level if we're pretending like we don't deserve it. We can't play at that level if we allow all the things that other people put on top of that little child that you're going to look at that picture.

So my gift to you on my 50th birthday, is that we are elevating this year. We are stepping into worthiness. We are stepping into deserving. We are stepping into power.

I cannot wait to see what magic you create, the lives you change, and how differently you start to feel as you walk through your own life over the next 365 days.

Mentioned in this episode: Patricia Washington: https://patricewashington.com/ Cathy Heller: https://www.cathyheller.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How The Abundance Academy Changed My Life: https://sarahwalton.com/abundance-academy-changed-my-life/

5 Tips to Create an Environment for Abundance: https://sarahwalton.com/abundant-environment/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#MoneyMindset #Abundance #FinancialLiteracy #FinancialFreedom #WealthBuilding #BuildWealth #GrowYourMoney #MoneyManagement #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness

View Details

Have you ever watched the movie The Secret? It shares this idea that you can manifest whatever you want you desire. One of the misconceptions is that if you really want something, you should just meditate or hope, and it will just fall on your head.

Today, we’ll demystify what manifestation actually is, with Alea Lovely, who is a spiritual advisor and philosopher who's been an intuitive and energy coach for over seven years. She's the creator and host of the podcast, Spiritual Shit, which is a No. 1 podcast on iTunes.

I really hope you hear the humanity in Alea's story and how she talks about her journey in childhood. She shares about learning to listen to herself over the rest of the world and what that takes from each one of us to find the courage, the strength, and the honesty to do that with integrity.

Alea had a religious upbringing. She was used to asking others – the priest, the pastor, the college professor – what her experiences meant rather than finding those answers within herself. She went through the process of learning her intuition, how her trauma informs her decisions and anxiety, and then trying to find her inner voice and questioned how it spoke to her.

“It's really important for me in the work that I do that I not only help guide others to, you know, the answers that they're looking for, but also give them the tools and the depth of understanding how to do that themselves,” says Alea. “So that way they're never reliant or never dependent on someone else again.”

Alea says manifestation was her gateway into spirituality. At 25, she became an atheist and was in a dark place where she felt she had no guidance and no one to turn to. She was scrolling on her phone, and “The Secret” came across her feed.

She dove headfirst into the idea of manifestation, positive thinking and affirmations. But she found missing elements to The Secret’s formula, because they were calling it a law, but it doesn’t work the same for everyone every time.

“I can think positive all day long, but I'm still a Black woman of size in this world,” says Alea. “There are certain things that are of it feel available to me and that are not in my socioeconomic status."

She says positive thinking is important, because if you’re in a negative mindset, it’s going to be more difficult to see those opportunities.

The Imagine Method came from Alea asking, what does it mean to live a good life?

“I start people off before you even get into the method of listing off your five maxims,” says Alea. “Your five maxims are like the top five things that you need to have in order to have a good life. So to give an example, financial security, romantic love, time spent with family, health and wellness.”

Then rate your list. What follows is the Imagine Method framework:

Inception – what are you starting from, and what is your current reality? Manifestation – the acknowledgment of what you want and asking why you want it. Are you being influenced? Or is that an authentic need that's per your maxims? Anti-Belief – What is the belief challenging what you want? Growth – What change needs to happen to get what you want? Integration – How do you apply that change to your life? Notice – Observing the signs and synchronicities to help you expand Expansion – What do you do once you’ve manifested?

Alea says the last step, expansion, is one rarely talked about. What do you do once you’ve realized that manifestation? And what happens if you worked really hard and realized this isn’t what you wanted?

“All my problems weren't solved because I got that manifestation. I think that that's so important for people to realize that happiness is an inside job,” says Alea. “I really believe that manifestation is only here to help us learn about ourselves, who we are, what we want, our identity, those kinds of things. And then the process starts all over again.”

Free workshop that goes along with Meaningful Manifestation: https://www.thelovelyalea.com/shop/p/1g1f1awnn6g0hw16f0kxaipg5og3og

Connect with guest Alea Lovely: https://www.thelovelyalea.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

7 Steps to Manifesting: https://sarahwalton.com/julie-foucht/

Ready to Reinvent Yourself? A Conversation: https://sarahwalton.com/reinvent-yourself/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#Manifestation #ConsciousCreation #SelfImprovement #LifeTransformation #PositiveThinking #Mindfulness #TransformYourLife #Spirituality #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

Being ready is a choice. If you've been on the cusp of something new -- you hired a new coach. You tried the new course. You did the thing. And then you hit this invisible wall that seems to say, "No more for you!" And you believe it? It's a really common experience.

You can create an online course about anything. That's where the fun and power lie. And being ready is a choice. Are you ready to choose business success or not? That's the question I want running around in the back of your mind as you listen today.

Caitlin Bacher is the CEO of Scale with Success, a company dedicated to teaching coaches and course creators how to turn their online courses into a 7-figure business without launching. She's learned this lesson the hard way after years of being trapped on the launch roller coaster, which resulted in inconsistent revenue and sleepless nights wondering where her next sale would come from.

"As entrepreneurs, there's always a million reasons why we can't do something," says Caitlin. "It's really up to us to think about how we can. On any given day, anything that we have to do, a million reasons why we can't do it, but that doesn't matter. It's so important that we remain focused on figuring out how we can."

No magic checklist will tell you when you're ready to start a business. It's a mindset shift that asks the business owner to recognize you are ready to start. You are willing to make mistakes. You are willing to encounter unexpected challenges. But it's a choice to get started and keep moving forward.

Launching typically requires two to three months of intense list building and content distribution, which leads to an open cart. The open cart can be for your services, one-on-one, or enrolment in your course—whatever it is. That open cart lasts anywhere from five to seven days, and no one can buy until your next launch.

"What most course creators find is that when that launch ends, so does all of the momentum that they've been working so hard to generate," says Caitlin. "Then it's radio silence for your business until you begin the launch cycle all over again."

Using an evergreen model allows you to enroll new students in your program on an ongoing basis, not just a couple of times a year, enabling you to grow over time.

You can continue to collect data on what marketing messages resonate with your audience. You can make little pivots as needed, and you're putting less pressure on yourself to make this one big thing go or else—evergreen doesn't have to be all or nothing, which is a feeling that comes up when you're launching.

"I think that a lot of times people, they get caught up in feeling like, 'you know what, I'm launching and I really don't, I just don't like it. It doesn't really mesh with my lifestyle and my personality, but I feel like it's the only way to do it,'" says Caitlin. "And so I'm here to basically shed light on another approach that may be more fitting for someone."

For anyone considering selling a course, Cailin outlines three key steps to keep in mind.

You have to love your topic. Teach what you know. Connect with your audience.

Caitlin notes that when she's working with clients who scale past six or seven figures, they've learned how to manage their emotions and measure their results.

"It's just like this constant iteration," says Caitlin. "Every second that you spend stuck in the drama of it all is taking you further and further away from your goal."

When your head's down and focused on your goals, nobody's there to applaud you. Nobody's there to tell you, "Good job". They don't even know what you're doing. And that's why it is so important that when you are choosing a topic, when you are figuring out what it is that you want to do with your business, that it's something that you're very passionate about and connected to, so you have that to pull yourself forward.

Watch Caitlin's free masterclass, "How to Generate Launch-Sized Revenue Without Launching" https://wwwcaitlinbacher.com/masterclass

Connect with Caitlin Bacher: https://instagram.com/caitlinbacher

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Test That Marketing Tactic to Accelerate Your Business https://sarahwalton.com/test-marketing/

Building Community Online https://sarahwalton.com/building-community-online/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#EvergreenContent #CreatorInsights #ContentCreatorTips #ContentMarketing #AskExpert #SalesCoach #BusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness

View Details

Are you facing down the ambivalent monster? This might sound like, "I want to get healthy and strong! But I'm not waking up at 5 a.m." It could be a goal or a new project, and all of a sudden, there's a big BUT. (Yes, I made that joke.)

Ambivalence is a natural part of change, though. If you're struggling to make a change—even a positive one—this episode will discuss some strategies for finding your motivation and reconnecting with your intentions.

Meg Rentschler loves helping other people live their best lives. After 20 years as a psychotherapist, she transitioned into executive coaching in 2008 to help create healthy workplaces where people can thrive. Meg believes in the power of coaching and its ability to break down barriers and create connections. To that end, she's trained and mentored over 2,000 coaches so they can bring their impact into the world.

After 20 years as a psychotherapist, she transitioned into executive coaching in 2008 to help create healthy workplaces where people can thrive.

"I began to see that so many of the people that were coming to see me for therapy were working in really dysfunctional work environments," says Meg. "They were being asked to lead without being given leadership skills. They were being led by people who were great individual contributors, but then made to be a leader and had no earthly idea how to lead."

She says when we think about what lights us up, if we start to feel like the energy drain is not matching the energy input from what we do, we should assess what's going on. Can you be the best you can be in this environment?

Meg says it's important to pay attention to whether or not you're looking forward to going to work or dreading it. Are you excited to engage with and be a part of it? You need to pay attention to those little energy shifts.

Sometimes, we have to do things because the boss has a deadline to hit. But if all our motivation comes externally and we're not getting that internal drive, it won't be driven by the same fuel.

Some people might feel the disconnect between giving a project or client everything they've got and doing well but hating it. You may be doing something strictly for someone else.

Meg asks, "What makes the work important to you?" What motivates you and creates a fullness of life? In some cases, Meg says her clients might have a day job that isn't giving them that sense of purpose, but on the weekends, they might find it in volunteer work. Others might use that day job to help bridge the gap between starting their business as entrepreneurs.

"What are you doing to continue to build that so that when you make that transition, it's not a transition of scarcity?" asks Meg.

Even the corporate clients Meg works with sometimes need that leap of faith that entrepreneurs find themselves struggling with – can they go for that next promotion, do they have what it takes?

Anytime we consider doing something differently, we'll say, "I want to, but…" But this is more comfortable. But this is routine. Meg says ambivalence is a natural part of change.

Even if it's a positive change, it might be hard. Normalize the ambivalence. Acknowledge it.

"Do I continue with the change that I said was important, or am I doing something else? And if I do something else, what's the cost of that?" asks Meg.

Because sometimes priorities and goals do change.

Maybe you need to consider the advantages of the change and why you wanted to make it in the first place. What are the costs of not making it? Four months down the road, those advantages and costs might seem increasingly distant. How can you tap into your intention?

Feeling that ambivalence is just a sign you need to tweak some things and move down a different path.

Free gift for listeners: 7 Steps to Clarity and Triumph

Connect with Meg Rentschler: https://www.linkedin.com/in/megrentschler

Sarah's Episode on Star Coach Show: https://starcoachshow.com/403-abundantly-successful-sales-pages-with-sarah-walton/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

The Truth About Motivation (and Why it Feels Mysterious) https://sarahwalton.com/truth-about-motivation/

Rewrite Your Unspoken Rules to Live Like You're on Permanent Vacation https://sarahwalton.com/unspoken-life-rules/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#Motivation #Changes #Motivation2025 #SuccessMindset #Ambivalence #Confidence #IdentifyingAmbivalence #AskExpert #SuccessCoach #WomenInBusiness

View Details

When we’re busy and tired, we give up the things that bring us joy because we don’t see them as important. I'll read that book when I've got time. I'll do that puzzle when I've got time. I'll go for that massage when everything else is done. It’s not going to be done.

This is an episode you’re going to want to come back to when you feel burnout creeping in. Host of the Simpler Business Podcast, Marissa Roberts is going to turn all the stress and anxiety on its head for you.

What I want you to listen for is how much our feelings and emotions as the business owner leak out into the business. If we’re feeling anxious and nervous, it’s going to impact our revenue. So listen for what Marissa says is possible as you relax and bring more money in.

Marissa’s first business was Beautifully Organised. She went into homes and helped make the lives mothers with young children easier. She was burnt out in two months.

“My house is messy because I'm spending eight hours a day tidying other people's homes,” says Marissa. “And then I come home and I'm like, I can't do anything, and I'm too tired to play with my kids … I've dug this hole too deep and now I have to deliver on it and I don't have enough hours in the day to do it.”

From there, Marissa pivoted to online courses. She went down a rabbit hole of passive income and scalability.

“I wanted to make life easier for me, and now I get to make life easier for other people.”

Business owners might have a hard time asking themselves, “What feels hard for me, and how can I delegate?” For Marissa, this meant hiring a virtual assistant who helps her with self-promotion.

We’re so driven by productivity, achievements, goals and actions. Marissa says taking the time to pause and really do the internal work of why something feels difficult is key to knowing when it’s time to delegate.

Sometimes a small tweak can make a big difference. For example, if you feel overwhelmed with email, telling your clients you’ll only be responding to emails between certain times each day might be the boundary you need.

“Clients don't mind if you set a boundary because it lets them know exactly what to expect, and they're not guessing while they're working with you,” says Marissa.

Burnout can manifest differently for different people, and at various points in your life. We have an innate ability to handle things as they are raised, but what you can handle in your 20s, might look different in your 40s, or if you’re handling one client versus seven.

“A lot of what the strength and the resilience we get overtime comes from challenges,” says Marissa. “So it's this really interesting dynamic where I get stronger, I get tougher, I get better at problem solving, but I also get more tired and more worn out and full.”

Remember that this isn’t the only opportunity, and if you’re clinging to the client or job as if it’s your only chance, the energy you’re giving out is one of desperation, need, and lack.

Whereas if you recognize the opportunity, and think, “This is fantastic, I want to give it my best but I can’t do that this month,” you can go back to the client thank them, and check if they can be flexible. The change is the delivery.

The ultimate self-care is tuning into what you personally need in that moment. Sometimes it will be a glass of water, sometimes it will be two weeks off.

If you are having a really hard day, what would you crave to make that day feel better?

“All of those things we should be doing for ourselves and it shouldn't be lost. It's just as important as any other project we're working on,” says Marissa.

Connect with Marissa Roberts : https://www.marissaroberts.com

Less Effort, More Results: https://www.marissaroberts.com/affirmations-for-rest-abundance-business-owner-edition/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Rewrite Your Unspoken Rules to Live Like You’re on Permanent Vacation https://sarahwalton.com/unspoken-life-rules/

The Importance of Putting Yourself First https://sarahwalton.com/putting-yourself-first/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#BusinessWithoutBurnout #SustainableSuccess #WorkSmarterNotHarder #EntrepreneurLife #BurnOut #BusinessTips #AvoidBurnout #WomenSupportingWomen #AskExpert #BusinessCoach

View Details

It is time to travel. It is time to get back out there and enjoy what this world has to offer, from amazing food, the sound of different languages to vibrant cities. If you've been feeling the travel itch, you’re going to love today’s guest.

Anna Fishman is founder of the Olegana Travel Boutique. With a passion for crafting unforgettable experiences, Anna has redefined luxury travel, making it accessible to families, couples, and now an exclusive community of women.

She calls it her second wind career. She had worked in daycare, police departments, she did taxes – and her last corporate job was in marketing and advertising compliance.

“I didn't love any of those experiences, I never felt at home when I was at work and never felt like I was making a difference,” says Anna. “I remember sitting in my last job in a cubicle thinking, is this it?”

Having her first baby flipped her life upside down. She says looking back, she had postpartum depression. Returning to work after maternity leave had her dreading going into the office week after week. But on paper, she says everything was great. Anna took some time to get honest with herself.

“I asked myself if I didn't have to do anything … if I don't have to pay for mortgage or care for the baby. What the heck would I do with my life?” asked Anna. “Travel. It's always been travel. Good times, bad times. You know, like I travel to forget. I travel to celebrate, I travel, I just travel.”

With that realization, Anna used her four-hour commute each day to research how to start a travel business. She had no experience running one, but she says for the first time in 15 years, she felt alive. She credits the support of her husband as being the most important catalyst on her journey.

“His belief in my vision, his belief in giving me that freedom to quit my corporate job a year and a half into this … if he didn't show me that support, mental, financial, emotional, … if I didn't have him, this would never have happened. So I want to stress how important it is to have that support,” says Anna.

“We're fighting against the market, the clients, the suppliers. But we're also fighting this invisible fight at home against our partners who are not supporting us. Unfortunately, it will never work if you're fighting on if you're divided on two fronts,” she says.

Six years into her travel business, Anna started focusing on small group trips for women. The camaraderie and connection she found was powerful.

“Being in a destination with the client who comes alone, was a little nervous, a little shy, doesn't know anyone, maybe just lost a partner, maybe just, you know, got divorced. … That said, ‘that's enough. It's time for me to put me first and take this crazy step.’ … We have all kinds of interesting people that come on our trips, and then seeing them, open up like a flower throughout the trip and really start enjoying life again, if I may say that, … It's such an incredible, powerful experience and emotion and feeling,” says Anna.

The experience allows her clients, who might be burnt out, to get a reprieve from decision fatigue. Anna says her job is really to know the client and what they’re looking for, and she has many conversations with women about not waiting to retire to travel.

“Women who come on our trips are a little bit older, but I don't want to wait till I'm in my 50s,” says Anna. “I don't want to wait to retire, to live my life. I need to fulfill myself now so I can be better for my kids and for my husband and for my clients.

“I don't care if you block it ten years from now, or one year from now, or three months from now, unless you get on the calendar and say, ‘this is when I'm going to Italy or Greece’ or whatever you want to go, it will never happen.”

Connect with Anna Fishman : https://www.oleganatravelboutique.com/ Anna is offering $250 off group trips for listeners in 2025.

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Ready to Reinvent Yourself? https://sarahwalton.com/reinvent-yourself/

The Importance of Putting Yourself First https://sarahwalton.com/putting-yourself-first/

How to Deal With Mom Guilt and Balance https://sarahwalton.com/albiona/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#TravelWell #WomanTraveler #TravelTips #SoloTravel #WomenTravelSolo #WomenWhoLovetoTravel #TravelCommunity #AskExpert #BusinessCoach

View Details

What would it be like if your life felt a little bit more like a vacation? Now, before you freak out and go, that is for other people. That is not possible. That is for irresponsible people who don't have responsibilities and who don't have bills. That's not real life. I hear you. And I want you to know I've been one of those skeptics for years.

But today, with this guest, Marni Battista, I think you're going to hear something you maybe haven't heard before. Marni helps you understand what unspoken rules and what invisible laws are running your life.

“I was just really inspired by the reinventing. That is possible if you follow your soul,” says Marni.

Her first step is breaking down the “shoulds” in life. Question every assumption because the unspoken rules that we have about our lives and what things “should” look like are so baked in.

For example, that you're not supposed to work on weekends, that you're supposed to close your laptop at 5:00 p.m., and that you're supposed to eat vegetables. All of these things are shoulds.

“Think about it this way. If you've read a great fantasy book or you watch shows like Bridgerton or movies like Marvel … you either get in with the rules of the world or you go, “no, I can't get with this,” and you abandon it,” says Marni. “But once you're in, you don't question it. Fairies fly and Iron Man has a suit, whatever it is.”

Examine the world of your life. If you were going to share it with someone who didn’t know anything about you, what would the rules be? Those are the pieces that you can start to deconstruct what your shoulds are so that you then can begin to question, is this designed by me? For me? Is this essential, explains Marni.

“We are so focused on making other people happy and what's convenient for other people at the expense of our own flow and engagement,” says Marni.

Once you’ve identified your shoulds, you can ask: where did you learn this? Who told you this? How far back does it go?

“You can choose to keep them, by the way, of course, because not all shoulds are bad. And that's the point, consciously choosing them so that you are designing a life and a world that is aligned with who you really are at the core,” says Marni.

One small step at a time, you can start to make adjustments to your life to align it with your soul map.

“Shoulds from the outside may or may not apply because you are living your life designed for you, not by everyone else,” says Marni. “That's why I say design a life you don't need to retire from. Find work that you love so much. You don't need to be free from it because it's just you doing your thing, and it doesn't even have to be paid work. It's just you living your gift. That's freedom.”

Marni says most people have the fear fantasy of being broke or homeless if they dare to pursue their dream life. She says they always come up with a safety net because it is real life, and people have to pay their bills.

“Most people just imagine or dream a 10% variation of their current life,” says Marni, who adds that experimenting is what helps you unfold and uncover the things that are beyond the 10% you can imagine.

“Actually allowing your emotional self to have psychological safety so that you can start to intuit and bring information in,” says Marni. “There's no Thelma and Louise moment in this. We want to like, live life on your terms without blowing up the life that you have.”

Connect with Marni Battista: https://www.instituteforlivingcourageously.com/

Decode Your Destiny Quiz: https://www.decodeyourdestinyquiz.com/

Your Radical Living Challenge: 7 Questions for A Meaningful Life:

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Ready to Reinvent Yourself? A Conversation: https://sarahwalton.com/reinvent-yourself/

How to Let Go of the Bully In Your Brain: https://sarahwalton.com/negative-self-talk/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#UnspokenRules #UnlockYourPotential #ManifestingYourReality #UnwrittenRuleBreakers #UnwrittenRules #WomenInBusiness #AskExpert

View Details

Put yourself first. We are bombarded with marketing messages; we're told we're not doing enough, we're not being enough, we're not pretty enough, thin enough, left enough, right enough. Pick a thing. When it's this loud out there, it's hard to remember the smallest voice in the room, which is you and your intuition.

Dr. Tiffany Smith is a trailblazing functional psychiatric nurse practitioner and founder of Aroma Functional Nutrition. She found her calling by helping her combat veteran husband recover from debilitating pain, PTSD, and other conditions. She witnessed the debilitating effects of the Western medicine approach and turned to functional medicine and nutrition to create a holistic approach to healing.

Dr. Tiffany loves empowerment. As a self-proclaimed DIYer, she likes to take control. She became a nurse and eventually went back to school to do a Master’s in Education, where she found herself working in a crisis unit for 55+ adults, and asked herself, why is there a revolving door in mental health?

“Sometimes I just talk to people and be open, and in that conversation they're able to release and those symptoms can dissipate,” says Dr. Tiffany. “And in our [health] system, it's like, oh, you're sad. … You've been saying for two weeks you can't sleep, you have a loss of appetite. You're not remembering having an issue. Oh, you qualify for a major depressive disorder, not the human aspect that again, life is just beating you down and you were screaming for help.”

Dr. Tiffany created her own practice to give that support and add wellness back into the business side of medicine and health.

“So with treatment, let's start with first life navigation and where you are and what's really pressing on you,” says Dr. Tiffany, who says the next steps can include physical and physiological.

Dr. Tiffany says when life has you by the throat, do what you can to step out of the situation. Find moments for you – even if it’s just a few extra minutes in the bathroom to take a breath.

“Make sure you are on your schedule. Make sure you have that time for you. Identify those things that make you happy that bring you relief,” says Dr. Tiffany. “You're going to be able to remove a lot of the barriers that are inhibiting you from hearing yourself, and because you need to hear yourself to figure out how to get out the heck of the stuff, you're in, right? And all that noise prevents you from doing that.”

Be fair to yourself. It’s ok to say no. Look for opportunities to take the burden off of you.

“Pay attention to what you're putting on yourself, how you got there, and then start to be very, very protective with yourself and what you bring on, what you say, who you're around,” says Dr. Tiffany. “You first. Because if you aren't, well, if you aren't doing okay, how does that affect everything else? So you first.”

You have to pause and pause frequently. If you're very stressed, you have to pause a lot. Dr. Tiffany says most people don’t come to see a psychiatrist at the beginning of their symptoms; they come at the end when they’re at their breaking point.

“You remember you and who you are. Tell yourself the things you love about you. Surround yourself with people who tell you how awesome sauce you are, and believe them. Accept them. Take their word.”

Connect with Dr. Tiffany Smith: https://www.wellness.vegas

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How Your Nervous System Shapes Your Money Habits [https://sarahwalton.com/nervous-system-regulation]

Overcome Societal Expectations of ‘You’re Not Enough’ [https://sarahwalton.com/societal-expectations-for-women/]

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#Empowerment #SelfLove #PrioritizeYourself #SelfCare2025 #SelfPrioritization #Success #SelfGrowth #AskExpert #MentalHealth #MentalWellbeing

View Details

Have you ever had a phone call with your mother and the next thing you know, you're in the pantry eating a ding dong? Yeah. How about those moments where you know you're about to look at your checking accounts, but instead you get up and decide to go for a run?

What just happened? In those moments, what's actually happening is your nervous system has taken over to keep you safe and secure when you feel scared or uneasy.

Stephanie Crochet is a nervous system regulation coach, and I've been working with her personally. I have her working with the women inside the Abundance Academy, and the results are already pretty astounding.

When you regulate your nervous system, you really start to understand what you need to be at your best. We're talking about how we react. Just that simple conversation alone is going to probably shift your entire day.

Stephanie says she loves creating a safe space for women to be authentically themselves. Her passion began in teaching yoga; it’s where she found herself.

“So much of our habits and our beliefs and our patterns as women is shaped for us by society, cultures, environments we grew up in. And yoga gave me the permission to be myself,” she says. “I have a seven year old daughter. It's really important that I'm an example of a woman who is aligned in her body, aligned with what she values, knows how to make herself feel safe from the inside so that she can step into the world, be safe to be who she is.”

A regulated person is someone who is in harmony with themselves; they feel in balance. It doesn’t mean they’re avoiding bad or sad feelings or triggers, but they can be balanced in that state. For example, Stephanie says you could be an exhausted person, but still be present. You wouldn’t try to numb, fight or resist the exhaustion.

Because our nervous system is shaped based on past life experiences and beliefs, everyone will react and respond differently when they are triggered.

“How we react a lot of the times is done on autopilot. So we might not even be aware of our reaction, and we might not even be aware of the response we're going to give to that reaction,” says Stephanie. “That actually is a dysregulated nervous system.”

When women start dealing with money, making money, and managing money, we can get triggered. And our nervous system can shape our money habits.

Someone who grew up in facing scarcity might be an over achiever who can’t relax. They might hit a financial goal and won’t celebrate it because they feel it’s not enough. And someone who grew up in abundance, might avoid a relationship with money because it was always there. They might not know how to handle it.

“We can't go after the big goals and do all the things and help all the people we want to help. If we're not first pouring into our own cup, that's also like safety right there,” she says.

The nervous system’s role is to feel. So, if you want to reshape your money habits, ask what is a practice that will fill you up and bring you joy and safety. Your nervous system needs a felt experience, a felt practice, for it to integrate.

Look at the practices that are going to help you reshape your thoughts in your mind and create new neural pathways that then become just who you are. Understanding what you need in that moment before you take an action will look different for everyone.

“You have to start with an action. You have to start with a felt experience. And for everyone that particular practice is going to be different because we're all responding differently to how we're surviving right now in life,” says Stephanie.

Connect with Stephanie Crochet: https://www.stephaniecrochet.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

“I Can’t Make That Much Money!”: https://sarahwalton.com/limiting-beliefs-women/

Feeling Stressed? Catch Your Breath : https://sarahwalton.com/breathing-and-stress/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#NervousSystem #FinancialTherapy #MoneyWounds #SelfImprovement #MoneyMindset #FinancialWellbeing #NervousSystemRegulation #AskExpert

View Details

Have you ever made a boatload of money in your business and had nothing to show for it? You're hitting high six figures, but you're not taking a salary. If you have started to run a business and chased the ever-elusive " more sales, more sales, more sales!" chances are that what's happened with those increased sales is increased expenses.

That means you're not making money in your business, which can feel horrible. The emotional toll of feeling like a fraud, like you're hiding and as if nobody knew-is a common business experience.

Today's guest, Ciara Stockeland, will break this down for us in a way no one else has. Ciara is a speaker, author, 4x Ironman, and Fractional CFO for inventory-based businesses.

Ciara is a third-generation entrepreneur. She started her first business at 13 and moved to retail to open a maternity baby store in 2006. She then built up a boutique business and franchised it.

With the second location, the expenses grew too. A second location meant more stuff, which meant the need for a forklift and forklift driver. On it went. At the time, Ciara was getting national recognition, which included speaking at the White House for small business advocacy.

“On the inside, I felt like a fraud. I was like, I feel trapped. I don't know what to do with all this debt. This is out of control,” says Ciara.

To make matters worse, Ciara noticed on social media that one of the franchisees had rebranded the store. A group of franchisees was running two point-of-sale systems and not paying royalties. Ciara filed lawsuits for trademark infringement and breach of contract.

“We won on paper, but we lost everything,” says Ciara. “And so in a year's worth of time, I went from being at the White House speaking on behalf of small business to being on my couch with no business, no team having to move because we lost our home, everything.

Ciara looked at the numbers.

"I wouldn't have pushed so hard to grow top line revenue, but instead, I would have focused on profitability and paying myself, I probably wouldn't have sold franchises to the wrong people," she says.

You have all the puzzle pieces when you understand your profit and loss statement and balance sheet.

“Looking at [the numbers] gives us reality. And when we have reality, we can make a plan,” says Ciara. “If we don’t look at it, we can’t move forward.”

Regarding profitability goals, most people either try to increase sales or cut expenses. But if you don't have the foundation for more sales, your whole business could collapse, and cutting expenses won't actually help your business grow.

Ciara likes to focus on margin instead.

“There's always options,” says Ciara.“We can not sell as much. We can sell more. We can payless for our sales. There's lots of ways to slice and dice those five categories. And I think understanding those buckets, sales, cost of sales, margin, expenses, profit. What can I do in each of those buckets to move the needle in the right direction?”

Check out Inventory Genius: https://www.ciarastockeland.com/inventory-genius-ebook-ad

Connect with Ciara Stockeland: https://www.ciarastockeland.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How The Abundance Academy Changed My Life: https://sarahwalton.com/abundance-academy-changed-my-life/

The Secret to Your Business Numbers Will ChangeEverything: https://sarahwalton.com/understand-business-numbers/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#KnowYourBusinessNumbers#ProfitAndLoss#NetProfitGoals#FinancialSuccess#RevenueGrowth#FinancialManagement#SmallBusinessOwner#AskExpert #SalesCoach#ProfitabilityGoals

View Details

If you want to make a difference based on your passion, experience, or expertise, and you're looking at 2025 thinking, 'What the heck are we going to do?" Let's talk about the top three trends you're going to see as an online business owner in 2025.

The first trend is AI; it's not going anywhere. How are you going to use it? Have you noticed how many people are starting to sound the same? I want you to look at your AI-produced content and remove the words "unlock" and "embark." I don't want any rockets in your copy. You know what I'm saying?

Don't have it be obvious.

As you're looking to build your business, make enough money to pay yourself, make sure your family has what they need, hire the right people, hit new financial goals you've never seen before, and have enough time to create beautiful content, use these tools that we have access to.

They can help you brainstorm. That's where I'd love to see you use them the most: give me ideas for different ways to say this. How many people are actually suffering from this? What are people searching for when they're upset about XYZ? Those are the different ways you can use AI to support your content creation.

Use these tools to help craft an outline of what you'd like to say. And if you're going to use ChatGPT (or my personal favorite, Claude), don't just copy and paste it. It's really transparent when someone uses AI copy that they haven't put themselves into in any way, shape, or form.

All of these tools are going to get smarter and better. Still—don't copy and paste it. I want you to ask yourself if that's how you talk. If someone's reading it, can they hear your voice? Does your brand shine through? Are you actually speaking to them, or is AI speaking to everyone because that will kill your business in 2025?

The second trend is micro-communities. We have all these different people teaching very similar things. So, how the heck are you supposed to stand out in 2025? What you can do is start to think of your people as a tight little baby community or micro-community.

What I mean is that you know who you're speaking to. It takes work to understand your micro-community—many people call it niching down (but I don't like that!). We're talking to people.

So, micro-communities have similarities that bring us together. Making more money in business is mine. I have heart-centered, passionate women who've started to have some success in business, but they're hitting plateaus and not growing. Those are my women.

We talk about that, your next 90 days, how we're going to get you to hit your next big, huge financial goal, and what that will take from you if it calls to you. You know you're one of my people. That's my micro-community.

Listen in for the third trend. Before I wrap up this episode, there's one more thing I want to leave you with: Find the joy in your business again. Daily, who are you looking to help? How do you want to change this planet? We have a lot going on, and I really believe we probably need you and what you're here to offer.

You're here to do what you are here to do and don't let anyone take that from you. In 2025, it is time for you to shine as yourself and grow your online business. Because over here at Team Sarah, it's our job to put more money in the hands of more women. Happy New Year, and let's make this one great.

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Use ChatGPT Without Losing Your Personality with Leanne Shelton https://sarahwalton.com/how-to-use-chat-gpt/

How to Increase Revenue In Your Business, Quickly https://sarahwalton.com/increase-your-business-revenue/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#BusinessTrends2025 #FutureBusinessTools #MakeMoney2025 #2025 #OnlineBusinessTrends #SalesCoach #BusinessCoach #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness

View Details

Can we just be honest about something? Everybody just thinks they're supposed to know how to be a parent, and then they freaking hand you this kid in the hospital, and you go home, and you're like, where's the manual? If you have been struggling with parenting, and you are struggling to run a business it’s not for the faint of heart.

Today's guest, Holly Swenson, is an award-winning and best-selling author of “Stop, Drop, Grow, & Glow”, a revolutionary book on conscious parenting.

She’s also a wellness blogger and perpetual student of life. Formally trained as a registered nurse and mother to four incredible sons, she brings her wisdom and lived experience to the forefront of her writing as a means to help others on their parenting and personal path.

In today’s episode, Holly drops tools, tips and talks about the five rights of parenting, which is a pattern and a method she picked up from being a nurse.

Holly says becoming an author stemmed from having her four children and wanting to create a book that would serve other parents.

“I think parenting is one of the most intense initiations you will ever face in life,” says Holly. “You know, it's awesome, it's beautiful, it's joyful, but it can be messy and trying.”

She says self-awareness is a good first step, as many parents are so busy and don’t necessarily have the time to slow down and pause. When you’re giving and giving for your family, you can forget to check in on how you’re doing as a person.

Holly drew from her background in nursing to develop the 5 rights of parenting – an homage to the 5 rights of medication administrating. This check in asks that you’re doing the right thing and not causing harm (the right medication, the right time, the right dose.)

In the same vein, the 5 rights of parenting is a way to touch base with how you’re presenting as a parent. They work to ensure you're doing the right thing and not causing unnecessary harm to your child or yourself in the process. Here are the 5 rights of parenting:

Right now: This speaks to being in the moment with your child and being present. Right intent: This is being intentional about the choices you make, the guidelines you set, and how you treat your child. If you don't know why you're doing what you're doing, it might be time to reevaluate your parenting strategy.

Right use of speech: This can be one of the toughest rights to implement. As a parent, your voice is a tool of creation; you have the power to uplift or tear down.

Right use of power: This is something that you want to wield with care. You are the one responsible for setting boundaries, the discipline, and as the parent have the final say in whatever you might arise.

Right use of love: Holly says when you let your child know how much you love them and are there for them, it will help plant their spirit in deep, rich soil as they grow. “Reflection is really that superpower in personal growth and in parenting,” says Holly. Reflection helps you take more ownership of who you are as an individual. Holly says even when you’re going through a hard time, rather than avoid the moments, try to align yourself and work through it. Try to become braver, stronger, better, kinder.

Connect with Holly Swenson : https://www.liveyourglow.live | On Instagram : https://www.instagram.com/hollyswenson_liveyourglow/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Deal With Mom Guilt and Balance https://sarahwalton.com/albiona/

Top Strengths of the Highly Sensitive Entrepreneur https://sarahwalton.com/highly-sensitive-person/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#ConsciousParenting #ParentingTips #SupportForParents #MindfulParenting #FamilyWellness #Family #EmotionalRegulation #Mindfulness #Parenting #AskExpert

View Details

Being a CEO is no joke. If you are running a business, you are a CEO. You may not think of yourself that way, but when you're a CEO, you must learn specific skills to make the business grow and remain healthy and strong.

Today’s guest Sena Wheeler has the best story about the one skill she doubled down on to increase her revenue to keep her family's business afloat. And it's something she still uses every single day. Her family's mission is to make sure that we get really healthy, pristine, beautiful food, specifically fish on our plates.

It was on an eight-hour drive to Thanksgiving dinner, where she was talking to her husband and suggested how to market his fishing business, and he reeled her in.

It was a good fit; Sena had studied onboard handling techniques that correlated to flavor and quality attributes. She knew how to market the Copper River salmon he was catching.

“I took [Marie Forleo and Laura Belgray’s] B-School and just set up the business while we had the site going, and we were selling fish by the time he left for Alaska. … So it was actually like a pretty, pretty fast,” says Sena. “And if it hadn't gone fast, I think I probably would have overthought it.”

Sena says that first summer was a lot of trial and error. There were weeks where Sena was tempted to quit, but she says her husband telling her, “You’re the CEO” helped change her mindset. She would ask herself, “what would a CEO do?” when she felt like she wanted to quit.

“It forced me to be like, have we exhausted every avenue? Is there something else to try? Let's try this.”

She started writing emails for her small but growing list every other week.

“I would get like $500 of sales on an email,” says Sena. “Very early on, I could see that that was the needle that's making the business move, you know, when not many other things are.”

She leaned into writing and did The Copy Cure. It took a bit of time. Sena says when you’re writing to a list there are levers, how good the email is and how many people are on the list.

“My best emails, I sit down to write one thing, and I write something else, and something else just comes out and, and it just starts going in a new direction,” says Sena, who finds consistency in imperfection. Getting a first draft done, even a terrible one, is better than not writing at all. Now she’s sending emails every Monday and started a Fish Friday email, which is a recipe and link to the featured fish.

“I'm going to say like 30% of the time, I'm like, ‘oops, well, this is the email that came out. So this is what we're doing.’ ”

Sena says she sets a challenge for herself to see what she can tie back to her business when she writes. Writing helped open the door for people to understand where their food is coming from and that connection provides value.

“When we have kids over, I'm going to feed them fish, right? … I will talk about Rich and how he caught it. And maybe my kid’s right there. They were out on the boat, too,” says Sena. “Just bringing that connection immediately changes how they how they perceive the food.”

Connect with Sena Wheeler and download free cookbook: https://www.senasea.com

The Copy Cure: https://www.marieforleo.com/the-copy-cure

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Write Sales Copy That Sells https://sarahwalton.com/how-to-write-sales-copy/

How to Use ChatGPT Without Losing Your Personality https://sarahwalton.com/how-to-use-chat-gpt/

Does Your Story Matter? (More Than You Know) https://sarahwalton.com/your-story-matters/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#EmailMarketing #HowToBuildEmailList #EmailListBuilding #BusinessOwner #SmallBusinessTips #EmailList #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness

View Details

Do you understand your own relationship with fear? Have there been moments in your life where you knew there was something you wanted to do, and you kept not doing it because it just seemed too big?

Today's guest, Candy Motzek, waited 10 years before she decided to pursue her dream of being a coach, and she knew she was going to be a great coach. She calls coaching a calling, but she had to overcome fear and deeply understand her relationship with fear before she could begin this journey.

Candy is an author, podcast host, and business coach for life coaches. She helps her clients get unstuck and feel more confident and clear so they can play bigger, sign clients, and create more meaningful success. She is a "recovering" corporate executive and engineer who combines practical strategy and mindset in her calming, unique approach.

"There's something really magical, for me anyway, in that one-on-one conversation with people, like there is a connection, and I see them … the essence of them and who they really are," says Candy. "And there's something super powerful in that."

For Candy, coaches call their clients out to live that bigger life, which requires them to be courageous and face things they might be scared to do in service of who they are becoming. It's one of the reasons she says it's important for coaches to have a coach.

"You just don't have that perspective on yourself that somebody else can have, and they can see those patterns that you have where you're not living to the thing that you said you wanted to do," says Candy. "You get your results faster when you have somebody that holds you as fully accountable."

It took Candy 10 years to pursue coach training. It was never convenient, and it was expensive. How would she find the time? These were some of the things Candy told herself.

"I had all the great excuses, but really, it was my ego and just my fear saying, "Oh, don't rock the boat. Don't do anything too crazy," says Candy. "There's this tension that happens."

But Candy says it's not an all-or-nothing thing. You can just start.

"We can just take the training, and we can just say, 'You know what, I'm going to have three clients. I can do three clients.' Right?" says Candy. "Or I could use these skills in another way in my life."

Coaching is a skill, so if you're thinking of starting a business, you first want to get a little training. Coach as many people as you can, get that skill, practice that skill, and then you start to feel like a coach.

Candy recommends coaching for her clients who are new to coaching. Do not build the website or start an email list. Create a program and deliver it. You watch people transform, learn from that, and make a little bit of money. So now you're ready for the next step.

Visit Step Into Success for free resources: https://stepintosuccessnow.com/pages/free

Connect with Candy Motzek: https://stepintosuccessnow.com/ Podcast: She Coaches Coaches: https://she-coaches-coaches.captivate.fm/listen

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Overcome Fears in Business to Safeguard Your Freedom and Independence https://sarahwalton.com/fears-in-business/

Can Coaches Really Make Money? BTS With MY Coach Kelsey Murphy https://sarahwalton.com/can-you-make-money-as-life-coach/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(Watch this quick tutorial if you need help leaving a review.)

#ScaredToStart #FightThroughFear #BecomeACoach #FirstCoachingProgram #NewtoCoaching #CoachingBusiness #HowToStartACoachingBusiness #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness

View Details

So many things need your attention daily as a business owner. How do you know what you're supposed to be prioritizing? How do you know which tasks are actually going to move the needle?

Amber De La Garza is the Productivity Specialist! With over a decade of experience helping small business owners maximize profits, reduce stress, and make time for what matters most by improving their time management and increasing productivity! Amber is the host of the Small Business Straight Talk Podcast and creator of Leverage Lab®.

While coaching highly successful people, Amber noticed they would come back to sessions without having done the homework or taken action—the running theme was, "I don't have time to work on my business."

"I actually shifted to productivity because I wanted to focus on the actual behavior and the skill set of managing themselves and managing time and managing others."

Amber's definition of productivity is when we're investing our best time into our best activities. This is purposely a framework because my best activities will be different because my goals are different from yours.

The best time is to focus uninterrupted and deep dive into the work.

"I just want to follow that up to say that I also believe we are not meant to be productive all day, every day," says Amber. "If you think you're going to truly be productive all day, every day, then you're diluting your high-value activities."

All tasks and activities are not created equal. Productivity is different from organization or organization.

"Have you ever met somebody that has a color-coded calendar, perfectly clean desk, and not reaching their goals? Yes," says Amber. "And have you met somebody that looks like they're practically buried behind piles of paper, but they can get into some deep work and do amazing things and slay their goals? Yes."

Amber says it's important to honor both sides. She needs a clean desk to focus on, and she generally starts her day by clearing her inbox and checking in with her team and clients before starting that deep work.

When you invest your best time, you show up your best. It's your job to find out what that is and then purposely create that environment, create that time in your schedule to show up at your best, and then focus on those high-value activities.

Amber says there are four buckets on which business owners should regularly focus their time, which will move the needle. She calls them buckets because the idea is to fill the first one and have it cascade and overflow into the next. And you don't own the bucket; if you have a team, they can help fill it as well.

The first is marketing and visibility, how you let the world know what you do. The second is sales. The third is servicing your clients or product development. And then, fourth is leadership.

Listen in for how Amber breaks down that framework and how you can use it in your own business.

Take Your Business to the Next Level Quiz: https://www.Amberdelagarza.com/quiz

Connect with Amber De La Garza: https://www.AmberDeLaGarza.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Overwhelmed? Plan Your Week to Reclaim Your Time https://sarahwalton.com/importance-of-weekly-planning/

Take Back Your Time Every Day https://sarahwalton.com/heather/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you need help with how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#ProductivityHacks #TimeManagement #WorkSmart #SuccessTips #Productivity #AskExpert #BusinessCoach #EntrepreneurLifestyle #WomenInBusiness

View Details

If you've been feeling this pressure as you age to stay the same, if you've been feeling stuck, like "this is it," today's episode will help you start to see beyond what you think is possible in a way that could change how you spend your life on a daily basis.

I know that sounds grandiose. But what if we could take that step by step and actually cause it to happen? Today's guest, Sue Willoughby, does that as she works with Equus Coaching.

She brings horses into the coaching process because horses have a profound ability to help people heal. They do that because they know the truth, they sense it, they feel it, and they know when a human being is not actually saying what's happening on the inside.

Sue Willoughby is the founder of Willoughby Coaching, where women over 40 confront obstacles and change their lives' trajectories through Equus Coaching.

"I've always been in sort of a leadership role and a mentor role," says Sue. "That background combined with the horses just really resonated with me. Horses are so intuitive. They've helped me so much in my life. I want to bring that to other people."

Finding the window or door outside of a person's comfort zone so they can step out of a place of fear—be it fear of success or failure or even just knowing where to begin—can be broken down into small steps.

If you have a dream or desire that feels too big, the usual objections might sound like you can't afford it. I'm too old. No one's going to buy anything from me.

Sue says whether it's a financial situation or maybe leaving a toxic relationship, a lot of coaching involves asking people to question themselves so that they can understand what's really going on behind the story. Where did that story you're telling yourself come from, and is it the truth?

The magic of horses can help people she coaches be more vulnerable. As prey animals, horses are always alert and awake, even when calmly grazing in a field. They have amazing intuition and survival skills.

"So being in their presence really brings people out of their head and back into their bodies," says Sue. "I can see the emotion. Can you sit with that and tell me where it's coming from? Where did it originate? And horses, you know, they feel they're very comforting, and they will mirror what they're getting from you."

Horses respond to the truth within, not the truth coming out of your mouth. Horses can sense when you're not being congruent.

"So it really puts people in a big place of vulnerability to be with a horse," says Sue, who also offers retreats.

Sue believes midlife is one of the best times to make big changes. Whether you've had some longevity in your career or raised a family, it's that natural point in our lives where, after taking care of others for so long, the question becomes, what do you want for the next 10 years of your life?

There are so many resources available now to women. Options and opportunities exist for anyone who might have felt stuck in a situation. In Sue's case, she's able to collaborate and offer retreats with any horse—not just her own. She clarified that no horse is riding while she is coaching, so no experience is necessary.

Mentioned in this episode: The Go-Giver Series: https://amzn.to/4elOx8k

Free 30-day workbook/blueprint on how to embrace discomfort and step out of your comfort zone: https://willoughby-coaching.myflodesk.com/podcastgift

Connect with Sue Willoughby: https://www.willoughbycoaching.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Ready to Reinvent Yourself? https://sarahwalton.com/reinvent-yourself/

The 5 Stages of Healing https://sarahwalton.com/stages-of-healing/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#EquineTherapy #HorseTherapy #EquusCoach #HealingWithHorses #AskExpert #BusinessCoach #IntuitiveCoach #WomenInBusiness

Bob Burg Collection 3 Books Set (Go-Givers Sell More, The Go-Giver Leader, The Go-Giver)

View Details

Have you or someone you loved received a cancer diagnosis? Chances are you just said yes. If you've ever felt talked down to when you are not feeling well or someone says something really unkind, this episode goes deep on how much we need people and how we can tell when we don't need some people in our lives.

Deb Krier is an entrepreneur, cancer advocate, and the visionary behind TryingNotToDie.LIVE. With a background in communications, marketing, and public relations, she's navigated diverse roles, from spearheading communication strategies for large corporations, small companies, and nonprofit organizations to founding her own marketing agency over 20 years ago.

It wasn't the game plan. It wasn't on her vision board. Deb says she was sailing along at her marketing firm when she had a nasty diagnosis pop up. She'd gone in for her annual physical and had a mammogram. The office called her before she'd even got home from the appointment.

"What they discovered was not a lump, not a bump, not anything easy to find. They found microcalcifications," says Deb. "The vast majority of the time, they flit away and never have any problems. ... They start gathering, and when they gather, that's when there is a problem."

Deb was initially diagnosed with zero-stage breast cancer, which is sometimes called pre-cancer. She saw a specialist and did some biopsies that came back negative, but her surgeon suggested checking her lymph nodes to be sure.

Eight of 12 lymph nodes came back as cancerous.

"We decided, you know, let's really kill this and do it really hard. Well, they about killed me. I got a complication," says Deb. "I ended up with septic shock and was this close, as in hours away from dying. My doctors were fighting about it. The one surgeon didn't want to do anything because I wasn't going to make it through the day. And the oncologist said no. And I remember thinking, excuse me, I get a vote."

Deb started working with a business coach, who pointed out to her that she didn't go through everything she went through without using it to help others. This push led to the creation of TryingNotToDie.LIVE.

"The try not to die part comes from the fact that when we have anything that is very serious, or even if it's just how we live life, we are living just to try not to die. And that's what we're focusing on," says Deb. "And the live part is we've got to focus on living our life five hours, five days, 50 years, whatever it is, we absolutely have to live our lives."

The concept is to build a support system for anybody who has cancer. Deb says one of the biggest questions she receives is what to do when someone you love gets diagnosed with cancer. What tends to happen is that people do nothing because they don't know what to do.

Sometimes, the elephant in the room is small, and occasionally, it is giant. But it is there, so don't ignore it.

"When you do go to them, don't just say, tell me if there's anything you need," says Deb. "Our little brains are so full of trying to not die that we can't think about that. So say, 'Can I bring you dinner on Thursday? Can I take your kids to the park?' Give them something specific to say yes or no to."

She also encourages people to feel anger. It's okay to get angry. Deb recommends visiting the Mayo Clinic and the American Cancer Society rather than consulting Dr. Google if you're given a specific diagnosis.

"But remember you are in charge, not your doctor, not your spouse, not whoever you are, the one in charge," says Deb. "So research it and do what YOU want."

Free Gift: We are proud to offer our "Bear Hug" Care Package™ as a way for someone to show their support to a friend, loved one, co-worker, etc., as they are on their cancer journey.

Featuring a cuddly stuffed bear named Warrior, the care package comes with essential items for someone who is bravely fighting. Use code 10SPECIAL for a 10% discount: https://tryingnottodie.live/bear-hug-care-package/

Connect with Deb Krier: https://tryingnottodie.live/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/1465660477225232

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out: Don't Believe the Hype: You're Not Special https://sarahwalton.com/notspecialv

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm honored that you're here, and I would be grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then, we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#CancerDiagnosis #CancerStories #CancerSurvivor #Cancer #Health #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

Have you noticed people cannot talk to each other? Have you noticed there is a them versus us? Andrea Goulet has studied empathy and she has studied it in a way I don't think I've ever seen before and she’s going to share her framework with us.

Andrea Goulet is on a mission to make empathy a core technical skill in software development. She is a sought-after international keynote speaker, experienced software entrepreneur, and award-winning industry leader. Her expertise centers on using empathy and effective communication to modernize legacy and mission-critical software systems.

She is currently working on her first book, Empathy-Driven Software Development, where she aims to provide detailed mechanisms and system schematics of empathy's inner workings in a way that makes sense to engineers.

Andrea started her career in strategic communications where she had a technical understanding about empathy and organizational psychology. She was approached by a friend to help build a software company and lead it as the CEO.

They landed on doing consulting together, and also ended up falling in love with each other. (Hollywood screenwriter, where are you?)

“What we ended up having in building this business was the stereotypical dynamic of the salesperson and the engineer,” says Andrea. “They don't get along professionally. I did not understand how his brain worked. I had never worked in software.”

It was 2009, and they wanted to have a software company where empathy was at the core of the organization. She says they were advised not to do that to avoid being “laughed out of the industry.” Andrea doubled down.

“[Empathy] was the thing that drove business profitability, that drove business efficiency, that contributed to organizational effectiveness,” says Andrea.

And it wasn’t just in working with clients – empathy was needed in her daily operations with her now husband and business partner, Scott. She recalls an incident where she needed to pull Scott into a client meeting, and walked over to his desk. Her ask pulled him out of his work process that led to a visceral reaction.

When they sat down to discuss why he was so upset, he likened it to the movie Inception – saying he was nine levels down, and the action of interrupting him had ripped him from the solution he was on the cusp of solving.

The feeling of being completely ripped out of something Andrea could understand. And together they came up with a way to move forward, which became the subject of Andrea’s keynotes at software development conferences.

Over the course of her work, Andrea realized there was no consensus as to what empathy meant. Phrases like walking in someone else’s shoes, treating people how they want to be treated were often heard.

“The reason that we have evolved empathy as a species is so that we work together. And as a species we don't go extinct. So we are a hyper social species,” says Andrea. “Empathy is the mechanism that enables collaboration.”

She defines empathy is a functional system of emotion, cognition, regulation, and motivation that is influenced by external factors such as culture, context, capacity, and skill.

To make empathy more concrete; she uses a model called structured reappraisal. A reappraisal is a psychological term for taking a beat before you act. And the pause can be learned and practiced.

What to do once you pause is where the structure comes in. The three rules are: collect, connect, and communicate. Listen in for ways to practice this framework.

Empathy can help us navigate through all of those different systems and then create something that is more effective through these experiments and through implementing these improvements. But you can't get there unless both people are willing to do it.

Connect with Andrew Goulet : https://andreagoulet.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Top Strengths of the Highly Sensitive Entrepreneur: https://sarahwalton.com/highly-sensitive-person/

The Art of Self-Control: https://sarahwalton.com/take-back-self-control/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

It can be terrifying to reinvent yourself and then need to tell other people -- whether it be your work or your coworkers, your significant other, or your family members -- that you are trying to do something different or you want to go in a different direction.

Those moments are real and they happen to all of us. And today's guest, Anita Rombough, will help you walk through these one by one. As a gentle yet bold change agent, Anita helps fellow big-hearted dreamers discover and align with their soul or “sole” purpose to achieve their version of Soulful Success, the sweet spot where personal fulfillment meets impact and financial prosperity. If you recognize this ache that so many people are feeling towards wanting more, but not necessarily more stuff, not necessarily more money, but more life, more joy, more connection and more love – this episode is for you.

Anita says she’s done a lot of things – her current career is a reinvention. Her love language is soulful success. So many of us have kind of chased that path of “should”, have gone through the motions of what we think the definition of success should look like.

“We're putting all this emphasis on the external part, right, like what we call ourselves at work,” says Anita. “We judge each other based on that, you know, our paychecks, what kind of flashy things we have, all those kinds of labels and accolades. … But I also, more importantly, want to feel fulfilled and impactful.”

Anita says this is what she unlocks for people, but to do that, she needed to go through it herself. She has three psychology degrees, and she was an occupational therapist. But she wanted more. She went back to school and got her MBA then worked in the corporate world for 10 years.

“I couldn't help but think, is this it?” She realized the one piece she hadn’t integrated yet was her spiritual and intuitive background.

“My background is Indian. I come from this rich ancestry of yoga and meditation and, you know, all this, this beautiful goodness that I embodied on a daily basis, but not for the external world to see.”

She says there's also those expectations and pressures from your own heart. Especially as women, we get trained at a very young age not to listen to that soft voice, because it usually tends to make other people uncomfortable.

To take a stand for the softest voice in the room can be really challenging. It's a skill like any other that we have to practice and learn how to lean into.

Entrepreneurship, reinvention, pivoting, whatever life choices you make, if they're different, it's not for the faint of heart. But it is so liberating when you can march to the beat of your own drum and just and find your own path. Anita says it’s key to listen to your energy, which is like your gas tank. You always want to keep it on high. It's about elevating your vibration, tuning into your emotions, your energy. That is the clue that you're heading in the right direction.

Mentioned in this episode:

The Surrender Experiment by Michael Singer: https://amzn.to/3UGjQD3 What Happened to You by Oprah Winfrey and Bruce Perry: https://amzn.to/4a7rL0y

Connect with Anita Rombough: https://www.anitarombough.com/

Free gift: Quick Dopamine Hits and Spiritual Lifts: https://anitarombough.lpages.co/dopaminehits/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Carve Your Career Path and Make More Money https://sarahwalton.com/women-career-path/ Overcome Societal Expectations of ‘You’re Not Enough’ https://sarahwalton.com/societal-expectations-for-women/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#ReinventYourself #MindsetTransformation #PersonalGrowth #GlowUpTips #IdentityShifting #ChangeYourLife #Reinvention #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness

The Surrender Experiment: My Journey Into Life's Perfection

View Details

When Adriana found out we were talking about The Abundance Academy and why I created it, she asked to share her experience. I knew she got results, but I was blown away by this conversation.

Adriana Keefe is a human design expert and motivational speaker who guides women in defining and embodying who they really are to bring magic back into their life (and she’s been on the podcast before!)

Adriana graduated from The Abundance Academy in the summer of 2023. She found more confidence through not only the guidance and lessons, but in the reminders that she had a lot of the answers already.

“I walked away with this insane confidence in my ability, not just as a coach, not just as an expert, but in my healing gifts and what I bring to other people in the spaces that I hold. Which, of course, was a game changer for my business because I believed more in what I was selling,” Adriana says.

Since graduating, Adriana says her business has blown up. She’s surpassed her income goal and expects to double her income this year. She’s hired another person.

“Although I don't always know the how of where I'm going, I have this really deep connection to my business that I didn't have before, which makes it easier to just talk to people about it, like on the streets and in the gym,” says Adriana. “So I share more. Obviously, that makes my business more profitable. It makes it grow.”

Adriana believes in divine timing. While working with Sarah at the Abundance Academy, her husband lost his job and was unemployed for nine months. This sent Adriana spiraling financially because her business wasn't yet able to sustain a family of five.

Adriana brought everything going on in her life to the Abundance Academy – from one-on-one calls with Sarah, to using Voxer to send message updates and discussions with the group. And a lot was happening: Their nanny was diagnosed with breast cancer, and Adriana made the decision to share her story of childhood abuse.

“If I didn't have any support, it would have been totally different for me last year.”

Adriana just finished her second round of her program Revive the Sacral. She credits the program and Sarah in helping her to have the confidence she needed to launch it. Her program is very trauma informed and she would ask herself, “Who am I to teach this to these people?”

“And something you said to me, I repeat to people all the time, you said, ‘what you went through and healed through can't be read in a book.’ And that changed everything to me.”

Adriana says she’s always struggled with putting people on a pedestal. She says she had to move through the discomfort to receive the attention of a coach like Sarah.

“I think when we put people on a pedestal, especially coaches and mentors and anyone like that, we lose the opportunity to learn so much more for from them and to actually evolve and transform with them.”

There is no work any person does on this planet lifts them up out of humanity. We all wake up and stub our toes and mess things up and do things wrong, or send an email that wasn't spell checked. And I think that shared humanity is actually what makes the program work so well.

If you're ready to enhance your relationship with money, check out the Abundance Academy: https://sarahwalton.typeform.com/to/X8lEWujM.

You'll hear directly from Sarah personally.

Connect with Adriana Keefe: https://www.AdrianaKeefe.com Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Marketing Not Working? Human Design Could Help https://sarahwalton.com/human-design-adriana/

How I Created a $1 Million Business Idea https://sarahwalton.com/how-to-create-one-million-dollar-business-idea/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#AbundanceAcademy #SuccessStories #MindsetReset #PersonalGrowth #MindsetMatters #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach #Abundance #WomenInBusiness

View Details

You can look up the steps online to make seven figures in a business. You’ll probably get a good strategy. But that’s only 20% of what will make you successful. The other 80% is where the magic happens.

This is not a gimmick. After being a coach for more than 16 years, there is a common thread among all the extraordinary human beings I’ve had the privilege and honor to work with – and that’s actually believing something is possible.

When we're up against a world where it looks like everybody's trying to sell something, everybody's being a little slimy, we start to question what's actually real, what's actually authentic, and what actually can happen. So I’m going to pull back the curtain on how I came up with my million-dollar idea.

There are several avenues to create a business that can sustain you completely. I’m going to let you inside how I work with my students in the Abundance Academy.

Now, if you’ve never heard of the Abundance Academy, it’s my signature program to answer how I could help more people faster.

If you were asking that question, you might say you would write a book. Or start recording videos. You might create an online course or become a keynote speaker. All of these are valid options for hitting seven figures.

The 20% strategy is necessary for success. But the magic happens when you start breaking down what is holding you back. We all have those niggling doubts. Can I really do it? Is it really for me? Can I really make it happen?

The magic 80% is your mindset. Because as you start to implement the 20% strategy, your mindset, your experiences, your childhood, things that didn’t land how you wanted to will have you quit.

You’ll start to chase the shiny objects. You’ll redo your website, your about page, your services page. Those shiny object activities are happening because you are bumping up against the edges of where you’ve been before and it starts to get uncomfortable.

And we were not meant to go through massive expansion periods in our lives by ourselves.

That is another way that I knew I was onto $1 million idea when we came up with the Abundance Academy. Not only were people getting held back by what they thought was real, they didn't have anywhere to go.

One of the best pieces of advice I've ever heard: when you really want to create something amazing, you want to be in rooms with people who've already accomplished what you want to accomplish, or who are up to accomplishing the same thing.

They didn't have a coach by their side; they were alone trying to figure this out. But there is so much that we can see in others that we cannot see in ourselves.

So when you're looking to create $1 million idea or how to even generate something at that level for you, maybe you need to start by saying, what's a $3,000 idea that I can execute this month? What's a $5,000 idea I can execute this month? From there, I want you to move to $10,000. From there, I want you to move to $50,000 and start expanding on what you think is possible.

If you're ready to enhance your relationship with money, check out the Abundance Academy: https://sarahwalton.typeform.com/to/X8lEWujM.

You'll hear directly from Sarah personally.

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

5 Tips to Create an Environment for Abundance https://sarahwalton.com/abundant-environment/

How to Increase Revenue In Your Business, Quickly https://sarahwalton.com/increase-your-business-revenue/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#MillionDollarBusiness #BuildingABusiness #BusinessGrowth #BusinessBooks #BusinessStrategy #AskExpert #AbundanceAcademy #SalesCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

Money is a terrible master. It will drive you into the ground if it’s running your life. But it’s also an amazing servant if you tell it where to go and you understand funds.

If you are just dipping your toes into the world of money and you feel intimidated or it feels like it's this hard, weird, complicated thing, I want you to understand first and foremost, that is by design. But honestly, managing your money well isn't really that complicated.

I consider it my job to put more money in the hands of more women, I like to deconstruct the scary and make it super simple.

In today's episode, I want to share with you the top five books I really think can make a massive difference in your financial journey, and also in helping you create a new relationship to money.

Book 1: The Psychology of Money

The Psychology of Money by Morgan Housel talks about very specific stocks that you can purchase or decide to invest in through Vanguard. (I am not an affiliate of Vanguard, but everybody that works with me knows I am a huge fan and I am actually invested in my own funds inside of Vanguard).

He really breaks down exactly where their money is, how they've decided to divide it up inside of retirement and before they retired. And it's that simple breakdown that makes this book so valuable.

The other thing I think you're really going to love about this book is the first opening chapter. It talks about how nobody on this earth decides one day to wake up and mess themselves up financially.

So if you've been beating yourself up for where you are financially or judging others, think of family members, spouses, your children, anybody and the way that they're using money, it's probably either a fear they haven't dealt with or something they just don't know.

Book 2: Quit Like a Millionaire

There are two authors for Quit Like a Millionaire, and they are actually romantic partners, and it's so great to watch their journey. It's Kristy Shen and Bryce Leung now, their journey together, you guys, they started their investment journey right before one of the biggest stock market crashes we've all ever experienced. And I so appreciate her honesty about this journey.

These two beautiful humans are part of the fire generation. If you don't know what that means, it stands for Financially Independent Retire Early the fire generation. So what they do is they share how they were able to retire well, in their 30s. And this is not like some crazy scheme.

What I appreciate about this book is the practical approach. These are two regular human beings who have figured out exactly how to invest in the market in a healthy, consistent, sustainable way and the sustainable piece, I think, is the most important.

This is one book I recommend you get an actual hard copy of in your world, because she goes into great detail about IRS rules and how you can pull out your money without creating taxable events. All legally.

Listen in for the rest of my money book recommendations. Let’s get to it!

Books Mentioned:

The Psychology of Money by Morgan Housel Amazon: https://amzn.to/4ecUNi1 Quit Like A Millionaire by Kristy Shen and Bryce Leung Amazon: https://amzn.to/4cNps45 The Soul of Money by Lynne Twist Amazon: https://amzn.to/3TgwDem Profit First by Mike Michalowicz Amazon: https://amzn.to/3Mw09sJ Unshakable by Tony Robbins: https://amzn.to/4g9PSjy The Bogleheads’ Guide to Investing Amazon: https://amzn.to/3X9ilNL #FinancialFreedom #MoneyMasteryBooks #SmartInvesting #MoneyWisdom #FinancialSuccess #MoneyMindsetBooks #WealthBuilding You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

Unshakeable: Your Financial Freedom Playbook

Profit First: Transform Your Business from a Cash-Eating Monster to a Money-Making Machine

The Psychology of Money: Timeless lessons on wealth, greed, and happiness

Quit Like a Millionaire: No Gimmicks, Luck, or Trust Fund Required

The Soul of Money: Transforming Your Relationship with Money and Life

View Details

I want to address the $3.6 million care gap in the United States. Yeah, you heard that right. The care gap deals with who in the family is providing the most care for other members of the family, community and extended family – and you guessed it, the care gap tends to fall on women.

Obviously, things are changing – and we hope they continue to change. But there is a human in a family who tends to pull back their career and care for other members of the family – this can be aging parents, Aunt Myrtle, children or people in the community. There is a level of care given that causes that human to pull back on their career and making money.

The person who does that in a family, on average, in the United States, is worth $180,000 a year. That’s shopping. That’s food planning and cooking. That’s cleaning. That’s driving.

If there isn't a family member doing it, you're paying someone else. As women, this affects our ability to have more financial power.

I think as we talk about this, one of the things that we can do is ask ourselves why we don't value the care gap work as much as we value revenue generating work? For some reason, we pretend like it doesn't matter as much.

There are varying theories about that, from this is really hard work. I don't want to do it, which means it doesn't matter. The other theory is that it's invisible work.

It's the invisible, unpaid work that makes the world work. It is making lunches. It's making sure programs are met. It's making sure deadlines are met. It's making sure people are a doctor's appointments.

My son went to college this year, and before he left there were a couple weekends where he watched me around the house. I love to clean. I love to patch drywall. I love to take care of my home. It's one of my big passions. And he was watching me do this, and he looked around and he asked, “Wait a minute, how often do you do this?” I said, once every two weeks.

There's a mental load to having life work properly. I asked him, do you know if the dog's been fed? No. Do you know if the cat's been fed? No. Are they up on their vaccinations? I don't know. Do you have a doctor's appointment coming up? I think so. Do you know when it is? No.

I went through all the things. And I didn't do that to scare him. But I want you to recognize if this happens to be you in your home, I want you to recognize the mental load that exists nonstop for you. Just feel that. Because somebody has to do it.

So if you are finding yourself feeling like you're always behind the eight ball, or you're like, what is wrong with me? Why can't I do all the things I know I need to do?

How many things are you actually doing? We don’t talk about or acknowledge that. We minimize it. We don’t pay attention to it and then we assume there’s something wrong with us when we can’t handle all of it.

I want you to keep track of what you're doing. Keep track of the time that it costs you. We have to be honest about the time that it costs us to run our lives, but also how much time there is and the reason we do what we do. Once we start to talk about something, we start to create solutions.

Mentioned in this episode: The Nordic Theory of Everything: https://amzn.to/4e3fiNM

How Much Is a Mother Really Worth? https://www.salary.com/articles/mother-salary/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Wealth is the Luxury of Choice Not a Number with Kaitlyn Carlson https://sarahwalton.com/wealth-business/

Overcome Societal Expectations of ‘You’re Not Enough’ With Wellness Coach Ali Sempek https://sarahwalton.com/societal-expectations-for-women/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#CloseTheCareGap #SAHM #FinancialFreedom #BeYourOwnBoss #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach #Abundance

The Nordic Theory of Everything: In Search of a Better Life

View Details

If you have been struggling with how to increase revenue, I want to teach you how you can increase revenue in your business without extra hustle or driving yourself crazy.

If you've been in business for a while, most of us coaches will come along and tell you to increase your prices. Sometimes that’s the right answer; sometimes it’s not.

So, let’s talk about what you can actually do to increase revenue without increasing your prices:

Look at your expenses

There is so much money flying out of business accounts and personal accounts. Ask yourself, Where are you spending money on subscriptions, and where are you spending money on software?

You can also look at things you’re spending on that aren’t necessary. Here’s an example: When I had a new client sign up for a new program, we would send huge, expensive packages all the way around the world. We loved them. But it was so much money going out.

Instead, for people who don't live inside the United States, we decided to send them gift cards to their favorite local store so they could pick out things themselves. It ended up really decreasing our expenses, and it actually increased the joy in most of our customers.

Where are your customers and clients failing

Deconstruct where your customers and clients are failing. An example from one of my recent clients was to deal with late cancellations and late shows to her one-on-one sessions. This did two things: One, it did end up increasing her revenue, and two people started showing up on time, which actually benefits everybody.

The other thing is a late cancellation fee. If someone has decided at the last minute not to rehire you for a subscription or to renew their contract with you, but they said they would and changed their mind. Similarly, you can put a fee into your contract. If they're signing the contract for six months and for some reason they choose to leave early, that's fine. But here's a cancellation fee of 50% to 100%. Make sure it is very clear in all of your documentation.

Remember as the business owner, you have the discretion whether or not to charge that fee.

Work you’ve already done.

Most of the time, just talking about what you have for sale will end up increasing sales. It may not increase sales for the one specific thing you were offering, but people remember you, and they may come back and purchase something else.

Has there been a marketing campaign that didn't work as well as you wanted? Go back and tweak it, and try it again. The benefit is that it won’t take you weeks or months to put together.

Also, reach out to past clients. How are they? What's been happening in their business? Ask them for referrals if they're not ready to work with you again right now, or if they're not looking to buy something new from you right this minute. They may know somebody who is.

Listen in for the final tip!

Mentioned in this episode: Save your spot in The Abundance Academy: https://sarahwalton.typeform.com/to/X8lEWujM

What’s Causing the Results You Have Right Now?: https://sarahwalton.com/causing-results/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Test That Marketing Tactic to Accelerate Your Business: https://sarahwalton.com/test-marketing/ 3 Easy Tips for Your Sales Conversations: https://sarahwalton.com/sales-conversations/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#IncreaseRevenue #SmallBusinessTips #EntrepreneurSuccess #MakeMoreMoney #RevenueManagement #BusinessOwner #GrowYourBusiness #AskExpert

View Details

Limiting beliefs are everywhere, and they can sound very subtle. They can sound like, I'm too old to do that. I should have done that by noon, and now it's 2 p.m. I can't make that much money. That’s a big one and today's guest goes deep, as she shares her own personal story about how much money she didn't think she could really make.

Molly Claire is a Master Coach Instructor and founder of Holistic Master Coach Training inside The Masterful Coach Collective. She helps coaches develop superior coaching skills so they can guarantee results for their clients, while designing a simple, profitable business model. Molly says she was born with entrepreneur blood. As a kid, if she wanted something, she had to figure out how to earn the money. In adulthood, she was a stay-at-home mom, but was always looking for the thing -- the thing that is going to allow her to use her gifts and help er feel alive and help others, and also have that balance in her life.

Molly found coaching at a crisis point in her life. She had three kids, and had just been diagnosed with chronic fatigue syndrome. She was depressed, her marriage was struggling, and she couldn’t be the person she wanted to be. Molly did a coaching session and it blew her mind.

“I remember thinking, ‘Oh my gosh, this is really something.’ And number one, wow, there's more possibility in my life. And number two, this is something I want to do. I want to help other people have this experience,” says Molly.

Molly says we all have limits because we have perceptions of the world. We have these ways that we see what's possible and what's not. We could all think today about what things you believe that you are limited in, just in small ways. Then ask yourself, is this really true?

One of her own past beliefs centered on money. At the time, she was launching her business and going through a divorce. With three children, she wanted to provide well, but she was terrified of finances.

Her own coach asked her, “well, why don’t you just make as much money as your husband does?”

The question was absurd to Molly. Her answer, a limiting belief, said to her, “well I can’t because I’m a woman.”

“I didn't want to claim it. And yet there it was, clear as day that I had a belief that as a woman, I could not make as much money as a man,” says Molly.

She started collecting evidence that her belief was a lie. She found women who made more money than her husband -- meaning her goal to make $250,000 was possible.

As you’re collecting evidence, it’s important that we pay attention to who we're listening to and what we're giving credence to. The narrative starts to become part of your normalized conversation.

“As women, when we are building a business and we believe that our business and our personal life are in conflict with each other, it lends itself to us always feeling spread thin, overwhelmed, guilty,” says Molly. “I should be here. I should be there. It's not useful. What I believe is that your personal life and your business are two parts of a bigger picture, which is your ultimate way of existing and living in the world.”

Free gift: Visit the Pop up podcast https://myperfectbiz.com/

Connect with guest Molly Claire: https://mollyclaire.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Let Go of the Bully In Your Brain: [add link]

You Deserve the Money: https://sarahwalton.com/bookkeeping-for-women/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#HowToOvercomeLimitingBeliefs #HowToIdentifyYourLimitingBeliefs #Money #PositiveThinking #SelfImprovement #MindsetShift #LimitingBelief #AskExpert #SalesCoach #BusinessCoach

View Details

Are you mean to yourself? It seems like a strange question to ask. I’m so stupid! Ugh, I can’t believe I did that! You know what I’m talking about. Those moments where we attack with negative self-talk.

Today’s guest, Allison Guibault, helps women release self-doubt and deal with what she calls high functioning anxiety. She has made it her job on planet Earth as both a therapist and a coach, to help women let go of doubt, shame and limiting beliefs so they can reconnect to their confidence, reclaim their empowerment and realign with their intuition and highest power. Allison was stuck in a corporate job that she was successful at but didn’t really like. She was burnt out and exhausted. One day, she snapped and said she rushed to her therapist’s office.

“I spent the next few years really trying to rework my entire life, and it was really hard,” says Allison. “There wasn't a lot of messaging out there that I was connecting to about, you know, things you talk about like abundance, mindset, the ability to change your mind.”

But she did it. And she hopes her work coaching helps other women shorten the learning curve in seeing there’s another way to work hard, keep all their core qualities and find fulfilment in life.

The truth is, we’re really impressionable. Allison thinks back to all the messaging we receive as girls, as simple as, “Don’t speak up in class, you’re going to come off as bossy,” which taught us to quiet ourselves. Whereas a boy in class doing the same thing might hear that he’s a leader.

Overtime, we start to collect all of these stories about what life is supposed to look like. Allison says it’s important to ask yourself where this thought came from?

“Shifting our thoughts from something that's really negative to something positive -- and it doesn't even have to be positive,” says Allison. “We can land on neutral. Like I'm just not going to bully myself today.”

It does come down to science. The more you think something, the easier it is to access that thought and the more you start to apply it.

It could be as simple as saying, “I’m allowed to have needs.” This will chemically shift your brain, and you’ll become more likely to believe that.

Allison likes to offer a 30-day challenge. When you’re brushing your teeth, practice saying something – literally anything – that isn’t negative.

“I get a lot of resistance,” says Allison. “Like someone who's not used to saying nice things to themselves. Even neutral things to themselves. They're in that mind chatter that's really negative. This is going to feel weird and uncomfortable.”

Healing is powerful. Personal growth is incredible. Change is transformative. But you can’t get to any of those steps without some discomfort. Some fear. Healing usually means letting things go – whether it’s old patterns or a relationship, which can be really difficult for people.

“To take those steps, we need to resecure our safety. We need to feel supported because we don't usually do that work like blindly and alone.”

Sign up for Allison’s newsletter: https://www.anotefromyourtherapist.com/innercircle Connect with Allison : https://www.instagram.com/anotefromyourtherapist/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Overcome Societal Expectations of ‘You’re Not Enough’ https://sarahwalton.com/societal-expectations-for-women/

What to Do When ‘You Can’t Do Anything Right!’ https://sarahwalton.com/negative-thoughts/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#NegativeSelfTalk #PowerOfThoughts #OvercomingDoubts #PersonalGrowth #MentalHealth #AskExpert #SalesCoach #BusinessCoach #SelfWorth

View Details

We are talking all things marketing -- now, if your hair just stood up on end … or you're thinking you already know everything there is about marketing … or you can chat GPT your way through, I want you to hang on to your hats and glasses and listen to today's conversation.

Alicia Branham, the marketing powerhouse with a story beyond business savvy. Her journey reflects adaptability and determination, traits cultivated during her formative years when her parents uprooted her to Uruguay. Navigating the challenges of a new language and culture, Alicia not only embraced the unfamiliar but thrived in it. This early experience laid the foundation for her ability to connect with diverse audiences and approach marketing from a truly global perspective.

And the reason it is so important to invest in marketing, it is SO LOUD now. We must be able to stand out so that the people who are looking for us and need our help are going to be able to find us.

Alicia helps brands crush their visual presence with her background in design and marketing.

When she started, she ran an in-house marketing department for a large valve manufacturer. It was the sort of behind the scenes – or your wall – reason that people have clean water in their faucets and can bathe their babies. She learned what it entails to buy an American-made product and the pressures put on people requesting her services to help them succeed.

She works with a lot of second- and third-generation businesses to freshen up or rebrand their services to help them gain recognition in their industry.

“At some point, you have to care about how you look and represent yourself to the world, even if you are a small business,” says Alicia. “It's no different than walking out of the house and running a brush through your hair and putting on some clean clothes.”

Alicia says the one thing she wished more business owners did is to create a marketing plan for themselves – no matter what product or service they provide. How are you going to attract any new business and grow if you don't invest in your business's marketing plan?

“Wouldn't you want someone that maybe specializes in your industry to bring you some new insights and some new data … and help your business really stand out? A lot of people think that they have to do it alone,” says Alicia. “You don’t.”

She points to using contractors, who can help fill a need. One of the first people Alicia hired was a bookkeeper.

Alicia says a mistake she made in her business was not getting her monthly numbers. Alicia says her life changed when she started looking at her numbers. It also makes you a stronger business owner, even if you're a solopreneur, it gives you all the tools and the information that you need to make educated decisions.

If you’re looking to start investing in marketing, the first step is to really understand your end user, your client or your customer and the spaces they occupy.

“What's your message? What are you trying to get across? Who are you trying to attract? And then start building a conversation around your clients ... providing value in the form of either blog posts or articles,” says Alicia.

“Marketing and just everything in general is just is changed so much, but you shouldn't be afraid of it.”

Connect with Alicia Branham: https://www.aliciabranham.com and https://www.getbran.com Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Test That Marketing Tactic to Accelerate Your Business https://sarahwalton.com/test-marketing/

Marketing Not Working? Human Design Could Help https://sarahwalton.com/human-design-adriana/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#MarketingStrategies #MarketingExpert #MarketingManagement #MarketingConsultant #BusinessMarketing #AskExpert #SalesCoach #WomenInBusiness

View Details

If you really feel in your heart, “I can't wait till my kids grow up,”-- what you mean to say is how, do I solve for the and? How do I solve for joy with my children and the thing that fuels me so that I can be available for the joy with my children moments?

Tiffany Sauder is a wife, mom, entrepreneur, CEO, board member, investor, podcast host and keynote speaker. She founded the marketing agency, Element Three, 18 years ago and ever since she and her husband have been building their companies and their family on the exact same timeline. That means four kids, three businesses and two careers, all building towards one abundant life.

We are going to talk about what happens inside a household when a woman is truly ambitious. Be sure to listen to the full recording to get her tips about implicit expectations vs explicit agreements and how she found herself “marrying” the same man twice!

Tiffany says entrepreneurship is just this massive process of discovering yourself – your real motivations, your real, a real understanding of your talents and gifts. She says she loves the pressure the business environment affords her.

“You talk about putting more money in the hands of women. I feel like my job is to, like, show that you can do this,” says Tiffany. She would often hear an exhausted “I feel so out of balance.”

Tiffany recognized there were seasons in her life where she slept four or five hours a night, but no part of her felt tired. And she started to realize that balance wasn’t connected to time.

Her definition of balance is the intersection of your priorities and your values, and being “out of balance is when we begin to behave in ways that are not aligned with our priorities. For example, let's say, health is a priority, but you’re having trouble eating foods that are real. You're not making time for movement. You're not making time for personal reflection. You begin to say, “I am so out of balance.”

But what if you said to yourself more specifically, “I am not honoring in my choices, my priorities.”

“When I'm just like ‘I'm so out of balance’ that feels like I'm a reactive victim to this concept that other people are sort of putting on me instead of saying if I fell out of balance, it probably means I am violating a priority, or I'm pursuing a priority at the expense of a value,” says Tiffany.

She says it doesn't mean the choice to choose this priority was bad. It means that you’re doing it to a degree that is violating what you really care about. In that sense, balance isn’t about time or having more of it.

“I think what you want is to say, I want to be doing things that are moving towards the things I care about. The adventures I want to have. The stuff I want to create value around,” says Tiffany.

“The causes I want to serve, the people I want to have adventures with, and I want to do those in a way that are aligned with who I am as a human being, which is our values.”

The waitlist is open at the https://LifeOfAndAcademy.com for Tiffany’s four-week course to help two-career families get on top of the life of and, and begin living in a way that feels free and abundant and present.

Mentioned in this episode: The Nordic Theory of Everything : https://amzn.to/4av6MFs

Connect with Tiffany Sauder: https://www.tiffanysauder.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Deal With Mom Guilt and Balance https://sarahwalton.com/albiona/

How do I Find Work-Life Balance? https://sarahwalton.com/find-work-life-balance/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#LifeBalanceManagement #MomsInBusiness #WorkLifeBalance #ProductivityTips #Success #LifeBalance #MomEntrepreneurs #AskExpert #BusinessCoach

View Details

Have you ever been stuck in a job you hate? Have you been nervous that there's only one possible path for you to take to use your college degree, and that everything else is off limits? Keep your head down. Put in your dues. Everyone raising their hands? Me too.

Today’s guest, Lata Hamilton, is on a mission to help other millennial women carve their own paths for a change in career, leadership and life, and find the confidence and authenticity to truly earn their worth.

Lata was born in India and lived in an orphanage before her Australian parents adopted her. It was the 80s and the orphanage was filled with girls – girls Lata says weren’t valued.

“I always grew up knowing that I was adopted (…) it's really made me realize just what a big impact that actually was,” says Lata. “It doesn't matter where you start, it's where you're going and the lives that you change along the way that really matters. And so, for me, that's what I'm always looking to do. It's almost like living up to my full potential.”

She watched her father, the breadwinner, work at one company getting promotion after promotion and raise after raise. She says on an unconscious level, she thought that was the path to success.

Lata went to university and pursued a creative industry – media and communications. When she received her salary offer for her first job in advertising, she realized she could have skipped university and stocked supermarket shelves for the same pay.

“I went into the corporate space because at some level I was like, ‘well, corporate is the way that you go in order to get a bigger salary,’ ” says Lata. “But that's not what happened because I'm not my dad. I'm not a 50-year-old white man.”

In the first years of her corporate career Lata says she felt stuck and stifled as she came up against people saying “you’ve got to do your time.” She wasn’t getting promotions. She did graduate training for leadership and was offered an entry-level role. It was frustrating.

She did some coaching and moved to a new company that boosted her pay by $20,000 and it was there that she found change management, which had the variety, flexibility and challenge that she wanted.

“We're not going to work for fun,” says Lata. “Otherwise, it would be a hobby, or it would be volunteering. We actually want to go to be compensated.”

Lata loves to share her salary and salary progressions openly because she wants to inspire people about what’s possible. As women, we often don't want to talk about money. But often, that means we don't understand what is possible out there for us.

For Lata, change management was a career path presented to her only once she was in the corporate world. She says if you’re looking to make a change, have the courage to talk to people around you. She suggests that it doesn’t have to be your leader or manager at work; it can be a neutral third party like a colleague or someone outside the company.

“There are so many ways of doing things, and often we just don't have that information, or we're not aware,” says Lata.

Get Lata's free "Underpaid and Overlooked Coaching Action Guide" with her 5-step formula to change careers with confidence and earn your worth: https://www.latahamilton.com/worthit

Connect with Lata Hamilton : https://www.linkedin.com/in/latahamilton

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Let Your Ambition Fly: https://sarahwalton.com/ambition/

Why Zigzagging Your Path Means More Success : https://sarahwalton.com/susan/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#CareerPath #MakeMoreMoney #CareerChange #IncreaseSalary #FeelingLostInYourCareer #CareerSuccess #AskExpert #SalesCoach #BusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness

View Details

Do you know how much money you should be saving from your business? Do you know how to create wealth from your business? These are the tougher questions that can enhance your work especially if you're starting to get a handle on your business numbers.

This episode will have you think about all the different ways you can start building wealth for your business and have your money work harder for you.

Kaitlyn Carlson is the Founder & CEO of Theory Planning Partners, a boutique wealth creation firm for the top female entrepreneurs in the United States. Kaitlyn saw her uncle lose his restaurant. She saw her grandfather have to sell his home. She saw the financial stress in her family and felt responsible as the oldest child to learn and create a better future. She graduated with a major in psychology and took her first job in asset management.

“How do they create wealth?” asked Kaitlyn of her clients. “It became very clear to me that in order to create wealth, you need to know the rules of the game, and you need to know how to play the game.”

When people start their business, Kaitlyn says the one thing she wishes business owners do is calculate their financial freedom number.

“Context leads to intention,” says Kaitlyn. “When I was working with average Americans that were getting ready for retirement, the majority of them were not prepared for retirement, and it was because they didn't have this information earlier in time.”

She says the wealth creation journey is like ascending and descending a mountain. A lot of business owners will put one foot in front of the other without having any idea of where they are.

For emergency funds, Kaitlyn recommends three months’ worth of expenses in cash. Personal emergency funds are similar, anywhere from three to six months of living expenses in a cash reserve.

“Wealth is not a specific number; wealth is the luxury of choice.”

Kaitlyn says it’s ok not to force yourself to love the numbers. If you don’t love doing the bookkeeping, then become successful enough to hire a bookkeeper and delegate.

“Business owners that really start to rise above are the ones that are great delegate and recognize this is always going to be a weakness for me,” says Kaitlyn. “That's where I've really seen the breakaway between, you know, the five figure and then the multi six, seven and eight figure is they're a fantastic delegators.”

To start building wealth, you need to secure the recurring profitability of your business. A mistake entrepreneurs might make is when their business has eclipsed their former salary and can cover their living expenses, they’ll enter a period of lifestyle creep. They’re making more money than they’ve ever made before and they’ll just go out and start spending it – neglecting the financial freedom number that needs to be funded.

“So we really try to catch people when they get to that point of, okay, now my business is doing really well. I'm starting to make more money than it costs to live my lifestyle. This is where I need to stop and assess what my plan is, what my intention is,” says Kaitlyn.

Quit Like A Millionaire: https://amzn.to/490Ny9G Plan for Profit: https://sarahwalton.com/freedom/

Connect with Kaitlyn Carlson : https://theoryplanning.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Are You Protecting Your Assets? https://sarahwalton.com/protecting-your-assets/

Debt Doesn’t Have to Be a Dirty Word https://sarahwalton.com/debt-for-business/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#WealthManagement #WealthBuilder #FinancialFreedom #HowMuchToRetire #PersonalFinance #Investing #AskExpert #BusinessCoach #SalesCoach

View Details

Photos are the gateways to our stories. They are the gateway to learning more about our ancestors and where we come from – even if you have a broken family or past; photos can help you heal and understand your stories from a different perspective.

Haleh Shoa is the Founder and CEO of Picturli, a photo organization, curation, archiving, and design studio that helps families, individuals, and businesses transform their photo mess into one sortable digital library. Haleh firmly believes that our family histories and personal memories are some of the most valuable treasures we can have and that preserving and sharing them is essential for future generations. Today's episode is going to inspire you to listen to the nudges and look at what makes you happy, because you really can start a business based on anything.

Haleh was working as the Director of Operations for Jaguar/Land Rover and was flying around the globe. She loved it. But it made her wonder if she could do it for herself. She started working with a life coach, who asked her what she loved doing the most.

They dug deep, and Haleh realized she loved photo books and creating gallery wall art. Haleh started her business in 2016 and was questioning herself – was she doing the right thing?

Her passion for photo organizing stems from her family’s history of being uprooted by the Iranian Revolution in 1979. While they were unable to bring most of their belongings to the U.S., they did manage to bring all of their photo albums and memorabilia. Now, the only memories that remain from Haleh’s childhood are through her family photos and the stories shared with her through the collection she has preserved. “I would take my photos into work and start scanning them,” says Haleh. “Because of the revolution, I have family in four continents. … And it really would get my cousins calling going, ‘Where did you get these photos? We've never seen them.’” Haleh says anytime you start a business, you have to go with the energy of its growth and changes. Haleh’s first client had a house full of 45,000 photos that needed to be organized and archived. While she knew she wanted to do photobooks, this client needed the organization and archival aspect first. She listened and led with service. “It's so incredible to learn someone's story and for them to be able to not now have access to it,” says Haleh.

The first step is to gather all the items – photos, albums, scrapbooks, films and videos, and then to have a goal. That’s where curation comes in.

“We learn about their family birthdays, passings, weddings. And we do a family chart,” she says. Once everything is organized, her team digitizes, renames, and redates all the files.

Haleh still works on the creative side, designing curated photo books. One of her recent projects involved creating a book that a client used to propose to his girlfriend.

“We're not just the scanning agency. We make sure that we understand your story, and we apply that to your assets.”

To contact Haleh Shoa at Picturli or to download the 7-step guide to archiving and downloading your photos, visit https://www.picturelifecurated.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Does Your Story Matter? (More Than You Know) with Catherine Nikkel https://sarahwalton.com/your-story-matters/

How to Make Money as an Artist with Miriam Schulman https://sarahwalton.com/make-money-as-an-artist/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#PhotoArchiving #PhotoSorting #FamilyMemories #OrganizeYourPhotos #FamilyPhotos #PhotoBookDesign #AskExpert #BusinessCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

Have you ever felt that you just don't look right? That You’re not enough. You should take up less room. Be quieter. Most women really tend to feel this is when it comes to food and weight. Today's guest helps women heal from all of the societal expectations thrown at us.

Ali Sempek is an Internationally Certified Wellness Coach and Founder/CEO of her own women’s empowerment company, Ask Coach Ali. After a decade of disordered eating, she’s changing the narrative of what healthy looks like by helping women transform their relationships with food and who they see in the mirror.

Ali says we live in an action-based society. Do this and get something in return. You do this diet and you'll get this fat loss. You do these things in a relationship and you'll get married. What happens when you do and do and do and do, and you never get the result that you want, or one that's not long lasting?

“If you're not getting what you want, you've got to go all the way back and say, how am I thinking? What is my mindset around this,” says Ali. “Whether it's about limiting beliefs or it's about how I'm showing up in the world or what I think we've been even capable of.”

Ali asks her clients to look at who taught them, or what experience taught them. Your thoughts impact your feelings, your feeling impact your actions, you actions impact your results.

We have become a society that is starting to be more open to mental health, to therapists, to psychologists, to that realm. But there is no one that's in the middle. There's no one that says, “Yes, you might have a lot of areas we need to work on, but you can also love yourself in the interim.”

You're allowed to have the “and” not just the “either or.” Ali says as a coach, she looks at right now to find the reason you're not getting what you want. She recognizes as a wellness coach the reason is probably painful, restrictive or punishing in some contexts.

“I'm going to say something that might be a little triggering to some people. I find it hilarious that as women, we outsource our intuition to men,” says Ali. “We're outsourcing to men who are trying to help with our hormones, with our relationship to our bodies, our relationship to food. And I just want to shake everybody and go, but they're not a woman. They haven't had the same experiences that you are having.”

We are constantly being told as women what we should be, what we shouldn't be, how we should eat, how we should act, how we should talk. Society is constantly telling us what's wrong with us. And then offering, saying, “here, but buy this and we will help you fix it.”

It teach us that it's our fault, that we are the broken ones, that we need to be fixed. And the only way to be fixed is to buy into the system. But why would it ever want to heal you, Ali asks.

“Investing in yourself is the only knowledge and tool and resource that no one can ever take away from you,” says Ali. We can’t avoid the pressure that is thrown at us. We can't avoid the truth of those conversations and the impact that it's had on each of us.

“I always say curiosity over judgment, always,” says Ali. “You cannot feel curious and judgmental at the same time. Rather than judging yourself, why did I do that? … Get curious about who you are and where that's coming from because that's going to give you a lot more feedback for the future rather than continually keep you stuck.”

Connect with Ali Sempek: https://www.askcoachali.com

Mentioned: You Are a Goddess by Sophie Bashford: https://amzn.to/3SdDaWy

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

What’s Causing The Results You Have Right Now? https://sarahwalton.com/causing-results/

Demand What You Need https://sarahwalton.com/demand/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#DefyingExpectations #SocietalPressure #HealthCoach #FoodCoaching #wellness #SocietyExpectations #SelfConfidence #AskExpert #BusinessCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

Content warning, this episode includes references to sex trafficking and abuse.

Megan Camille is a psychic and intuitive business consultant who's built seven- and six-figure businesses from scratch, relying on her intuition and inner guidance. As a mother with no college education, Megan really understands firsthand the challenges that come with starting a business from the ground up while raising children. She firmly believes that business is 80% energetics and 20% strategy. Her clients have gone on to leave their corporate careers and create successful multiple six figure businesses, add additional streams of income, and enjoy their first million dollars.

Megan loves her work; it has provided a beautiful, full, luxurious life for her and her family. She has five kids and is happily married. But the need to generate her money came after she was sex trafficked as a teenager and spent four years as a prostitute in Vegas and L.A.

When she tried to apply for jobs, she was unemployable. She had a record of having been trafficked. In the adult industry, the punishment falls onto the women and not necessarily those who are abusing or exploiting them.

“I had to learn how to do it a different way,” says Megan. “I started using, you know, my own intuition. And that has really guided me through my entire life.”

“And I don't mean this in an airy-fairy kind of way,” says Megan. “This is where the grit comes in. Oftentimes, it's much more difficult to listen to your intuition than it is to listen to your husband, or to listen to your mother, or to listen to the outside world.”

Megan says it was during her teen years that she really learned the difference between the nervous system, human chatter, emotions, desire, and intuition.

“My human desire wanted to be with this person who was dangerous, abusive, hurtful, exploitive. … But my intuition was always “go home, go home, go back to your mom,’” says Megan. “My intuition was always there, but the humanness wanted instant gratification.”

Megan says that experience plays out in business where you want to feel safe – be it seeking approval or thinking you can’t invest in yourself.

If you’re feeling scared about deviating from the plan or what feels safe and secure, Megan suggests getting comfortable with the worst-case scenario.

Most entrepreneurs and business owners wait for confidence before they take big action. It’s the big action that brings in great results – and confidence comes from those results.

“Your entry point is in courage. Courage is what you need, not confidence. Confidence comes after courage,” says Megan. “So sometimes it's about just doing it.”

Megan suggests developing a process to move through the feeling of being afraid and spinning your wheels. That’s where the worst-case scenario comes in.

“Most people are actually more committed to the mediocrity than they are to this big vision. I will actually keep this 40 to 50 hours a week, not spending much time with my family, feeling a little burnt out because at least I know I'm not ‘failing by society’. And worst-case scenario says what does failing actually mean to you?” asks Megan.

Connect with Megan : https://www.megancamille.com Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Top Strengths of the Highly Sensitive Entrepreneur https://sarahwalton.com/highly-sensitive-person/

What it Takes to Go From 6 to 7 Figures with Sigrun https://sarahwalton.com/scaling-seven-figure-business

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#IntuitionTraining #InnerGuidance #IntuitionBasedGuidance #intuition #ActivateIntuition #IntuitionDevelopment #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness #ScaleYourBusiness

View Details

If you own an online business and you don't think seven figures is realistic -- you are going to love this episode. Our guest, Sigrun, is Europe's number-one online business mentor.

What I love about Sigrun is her honesty, her accessibility, and how much she's willing to share all the mistakes and all the internal mindset pieces. You know when you think, "I am too dumb to do this. I can't do this." She had them, too.

Sigrun Gudjonsdottir is an award-winning business coach, bestselling author, international speaker, and host of the Sigrun Show podcast (I've been a guest!).

Sigrun had what she thought was her dream job as CEO of an IT company, but changes with that board led to Sigrun taking leave and traveling.

She found herself in Switzerland starting from scratch to build her reputation and career. Sigrun developed repetitive strain injury and took time off to heal. After seven months, she knew it was time to start her own business.

"What the woman was doing, you know, not discrediting her in any way, but joining this course it was a wake-up call. Like, okay, I can do this," says Sigrun. "I realized that my problem, my alchemist journey of not figuring out what I want, was a very common problem."

From there, she came up with the idea of a Passion-athon – a free boot camp where you find your true passion and the right business idea in seven days. She gave herself a week to promote it and built the modules based on the exercises she had done to find her passion.

Looking back, Sigrun says it was silly to offer something for free with no next steps or offers. She did get amazing testimonials, though.

"I was obviously not clear on what I was doing. I was all over the place and even and I need to say this to anyone who is having like doubts if they've got what it takes," says Sigrun. "I had ten years' experience as CEO and I had an MBA from top like we're talking about a top ten business school in the world, and I had no clue what I was doing."

Sigrun had ambition to replace her previous income. She worked to double her business every year from $72,000 to $164,000 and then $340,000.

She attributes her jump in year three to her husband losing his job. Suddenly, she was the family breadwinner. She set a goal to make a million dollars. By August, she'd only made a third.

"I wrote down all my progress and everything I could sell, even next year, because I was running retreats at the time," says Sigrun. "I saw it was theoretically possible."

Sigrun dove in. She launched her podcast in August 2018, did her first live event in September, sold out her Masterminds for the following year, and sold out her group coaching program.

"I started to make a habit of writing down, okay, this is what I need to make still and can I still do it? And every time I convinced myself," says Sigrun. "It was all about convincing myself that it's still possible."

Sign up to get a copy of Sigrun's latest book, Kickstart Your Online Business - Create an Online Course and Start to Make Sales: https://www.sigrun.com/gameongirlfriendpodcast

Connect with Sigrun Gudjonsdottir: https://www.sigrun.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

3 Lessons I Learned From My 8-figure Coach: https://youtu.be/zYDGzcb0u9I

The One Thing You Need to Scale Your Business: https://sarahwalton.com/tina/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#ScaleYourBusiness #CEOEntrepreneur #7Figures #BusinessGrowthStrategy #BusinessGrowthTips #6Figures #Millionaire #AskExpert #BusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness

View Details

Law contracts done right are a small business owner's best friend. They will protect your personal assets. They will protect potential clients from stealing your work and not hiring you, which happens more often than you think.

Sharon L. Tasmin is a seasoned business and technology attorney with over 30 years of experience in law and over 10 years as a businesswoman. Having spent 15 years at HoganLovells, one of the world's largest law firms, and serving as in-house counsel at MedImmune, Sharon founded HTBiz Law to offer clients the best of both worlds—a boutique law firm experience with the expertise of a global firm.

Contracts don't have to be scary. Your clients and customers sign things all the time. They sign contracts daily but may not think of them as contracts.

"If somebody refuses to do business with you because you want them to sign a contract that protects you and still gives your client or customer what they need run because that's the potential client that will not pay," says Sharon.

They will likely leave bad reviews. They will likely have unreasonable expectations.

The contract protects both of you. The single greatest disagreement between service providers, consultants, business owners, and their customers is when there isn't a clear understanding of what you are going to do, for how much money, and in what time, versus what they were going to get in, what time, and for how much. The simplest way to solve that problem is to put it all in writing and sign.

Sharon says not all money is good money, and not all clients are good clients for you.

"The hardest decision a new business owner will make when they are new and desperate for money is 'I must take every bit of work that comes in the door,' and that is 100% the wrong thing," says Sharon. "If you are so desperate or foresee that you will be so desperate that you will not be able to say no, you're not ready to start your business as your full-time job yet."

"The first thing you need to do is file an LLC and it will be the best one to 300 hundred dollars you will ever spend. If you can't afford that, for sure you should not be starting a business."

This creates a distinction in the eyes of the law between you as a business and you as a person. Without it, if you make a mistake and get sued, all your personal assets are at risk -- your house, your car, your savings.

Next, do the inventory. Think of everything you've created, and then make sure that you're taking that into account in the rates you charge. Do you add $25 an hour? Is it a flat fee?

"If you take the project that absorbs 40 hours a week of your time, it isn't just that it may not be the right client and you may be getting paid less for this project, it's you're losing the opportunity cost of something else," says Sharon.

Get "Securing Your Brilliance: A Hands-On Workbook for Copyright & IP Protection" to help you identify and protect your valuable digital and intellectual property assets: https://www.htbizlaw.com/workbook It usually is $19.95, but with the promo code "GAMEON" it will be only $9.95.

Connect with Sharon: https://www.htbizlaw.com LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sharontasman/ Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Business Cash Flow: How to Pay Yourself (and the IRS) Consistently https://sarahwalton.com/business-cashflow/

How to Manage Your Money Before Divorce https://sarahwalton.com/financial-planning-for-divorce/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#AssetProtection #ProtectAssets #LawsuitProtection #Law #WomenEntrepreneursSuccessStories #WomenEntrepreneurs #WomenInBusiness #WomenEmpowerment #BusinessCoach #SalesCoach

View Details

If you are running an online business today you know how painful it can be to try out a new marketing tactic and have it bomb. Maybe you tried to launch a webinar, or that email campaign just didn’t work. What if it didn’t actual fail? There’s a good chance you’re receiving extraordinary data that could turn your business around.

Today’s guest is Market Your Genius author Nikki Nash, who approaches the testing of marketing with her M.A.A.D Scientist Framework. Nikki has always been the person that followed their gut with what decision to make – and her journey to marketing started when she got really frustrated with where her career was going. She started out as a journalist, working in magazines and ended up in advertising.

She went to get her MBA and landed a job at Intel where she ran digital content and social marketing for North America. She set her sights on becoming CMO.

At the same time, her aunt was diagnosed with ovarian cancer. Nikki’s grandmother had died of it, and her mother had tested positive for the BRCA 2 gene. Nikki and her sister tested negative but Nikki knew she wanted to make a change.

She quit her job and became a consultant, teaching marketing and working for a startup.

“What I learned at startups is nobody knows what the heck they're doing, and they're really just testing and figuring stuff out, she says.

Nikki says most people overcomplicate their business and that ends up slowing it down. She says when she started, she didn’t have a website – she had a Google Doc with some information, but she still had money and clients coming in. Here are her five essential pieces, listen in for more:

Power of singularity Identify one buyer Customer journey or marketing game plan Sales process Test and validate the plan

Nikki developed the M.A.A.D Scientist Framework when she was teaching marketing as a side hustle. She was trying to explain to people how to collect data from their marketing.

What tends to happen is people will jump from marketing tactic to tactic.

“People get so hung up on minute tactics that they don't actually sit back and think, my ideal buyer. I'm trying to get them to buy this specific offering. What is the best way to find them, connect with them, build a relationship with them, and invite them to buy from me?” says Nikki.

The point is to do it again. This is the basis of test marketing. Experiment in cycles with your hypothesis of how you’re going to reach your buyer and pitch to them. Setting up the experiment cycle takes the pressure off. For example, if you know you will launch a program eight times in a year, you have more room to reach your target and do the tweaks to help you reach your sales goal.

The best part of running a business is you get to choose. You can do an incremental increase in your income if you feel like you're going to have a bigger impact. You can say no. You can choose to travel or be location independent. You can choose to have flexibility for your family or yourself. You choose what to do with the money.

Connect with Nikki on Instagram (https://instagram.com/nikkinashofficial) for a free blueprint to help grow your business.

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Marketing Not Working? Human Design Could Help: https://sarahwalton.com/human-design-adriana/

Storytelling, Sharing With Clients and Taylor Swift: https://sarahwalton.com/sharing-your-story/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#TestMarketing #BusinessGrowth #MarketingPlan #MarketingTips #MarketResearch #MarketingStrategy #LeadGeneration #WomenInBusiness #AskExpert #SalesCoach

View Details

Does it freak you out to even think about possibly going into debt? If so, you're definitely not alone. Our thoughts tend to jump to the total due and not the monthly payment or the possibility of short-term use. Today's guest talks about how you can start to switch your money mindset around the debt you may already have.

Danielle Hendon is the founder and owner of 4 Corners CFO. She's an accountant that helps business owners understand both debt and their money mindset and then obviously how to grow and expand.

If you love running your business, but you're not always so sure about the financial piece, today's episode is going to help you relax and give you great ideas.

Danielle says her origin story goes back to being a music major in college. Her English professor had the class write about the future of their career and she realized the future of a music major was not going to support her financial habits.

But she had friends in accounting and decided to try it out. She loved the auditing side of accounting, and loved everything about it until she started a family. A newborn and 80-hour work weeks did not mesh.

“Yeah, we want to be there for our family. We want to have the flexibility, but we are still really smart women that can do an amazing job,” she says.

Danielle wants to start by normalizing how she thinks a lot of us view debt. The narrative behind debt has a really negative connotation. It's built around the unintentional and habitual use of debt, rather than being built around the intentional and purposeful use of debt.

“I want people to switch the narrative to understand that that negative connotation comes with the unintentionality. It has nothing to do with the debt itself. Debt is just a tool that can be used in good or bad ways,” says Danielle.

That intentional debt could be the thing that launches your business. You cannot start a business without money. It's going to take time to get clients in the door. It's going to take time to get marketing up to speed. That is not a bad thing when it's intentional and it's planned for, and you know how much you're going to need to launch and be successful.

If you’re risk averse, you might start small and show yourself the facts. Run the numbers. Take the emotion out of it and deal with pure data. Then let yourself add a little emotion back in to motivate you to knock those payments out even quicker.

When it comes to growing their business, Danielle says hiring that first employee is always a good investment.

The fear usually comes from the ability to make payroll, which she says comes back to the importance of having a budget and a plan. She suggests a line of credit is a good way to counter that fear, as it will take three months to get an employee up to speed.

“I will say 90% of the time hiring an employee is almost always the right decision when they are a revenue generating employee,” says Danielle. “Usually, your first hire is somebody to help do the doing. […] And then you free up space to grow, because if you are the only one doing the doing in your business, you cap out real quick.”

Listeners are invited to connect with Danielle by visiting the following link: https://4cornerscfo.com/gameongirlfriend Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Master the Art of Hiring: https://sarahwalton.com/how-to-hire/

You Deserve the Money: https://sarahwalton.com/bookkeeping-for-women/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#DebtManagement #GoodDebtBadDebt #FinancialEducation #DebtFreeCommunity #WomenInBusiness #AskExpert #SalesCoach #MoneyMindset #MoneyManagement

View Details

Catherine Nikkel is a ghost writer extraordinaire and a woman on a mission to help you know and understand that your story matters. If you have been thinking about whether or not you should tell your story, or if it's time for you to write that book -- Catherine gets her clients from idea to first draft in 120 days. She believes everyone has a story to tell. Drawing upon her extensive 15-year background as a former social worker, she empowers people to use their voice to make an impact—within themselves, their relationships, and their communities. “There's a quote I always refer to and I still can't find who wrote it […], ‘Our story could be the key to unlock someone else's prison.’ And I just feel that. Don't be selfish with our stories because it could really change someone's life,” she says.

Her goal is to get people out of their head. Some might think they aren’t a good writer; others might be caught up in the vulnerability.

“When we’re sharing our stories, we’re putting ourselves out there to be critiqued, to be judged, to be shamed. But on the flip side, we're also there to be celebrated,” says Catherine.

She says it’s exciting and humbling to be a guide for people who are gearing up to share moments they might not have shared with anyone else or vocalized before.

When working with people who have been through a traumatic event, the first thing Catherine does is talk about the vision. That means looking at what the author hopes to get out of the story and who they picture reading it. What impact is the author looking to make?

“When we think about the pieces of our story we want to tell, especially in the world of memoirs, it doesn't need to be a whole chronological ‘here's my whole life story,’” she says. “It's what are those inspiring and impactful moments in a slice of your life that are going to lead to that main North Star? Because before we do anything together, we need to know what that is.”

Writing can be a cathartic and healing journey, but that doesn’t mean you have to share everything. Catherine says some people might write the book and then decide not to publish, and that’s okay because the goal was to write the book.

“Sometimes we're still healing, and it's really tough to publish and put yourself out there where your end result, for whatever that means, may not be the same in five years. So their main goal is let's just get the book and then decide the rest from there.”

Having someone who can get you on the right path – even if it’s just working on an outline – the accountability piece is key. Constructive feedback coupled with helping an author meet their deadlines can be the difference between someone saying they want to write a book; and actually writing it.

It can also be helpful to have someone help pull out the story because authors can be so close they might miss details the reader needs to know.

“If you can take some of your story and just inspire someone else, you know, again, those cliches, those that trauma to triumph, people are so inspired by that and people deserve to hear your story,” says Catherine.

Catherine is sharing a book outline called the Write Track on her website: https://www.catherinenikkel.com.

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Storytelling, Sharing With Clients and Taylor Swift https://sarahwalton.com/sharing-your-story/

The 5 Stages of Healing https://sarahwalton.com/stages-of-healing/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#BusinessStorytelling #StoryTellingTips #WritingTips #AuthorStruggles #WriteaBook #GrowYourBusiness #BookCoach #WomenInBusiness #EntrepreneurLife #AskExpert

View Details

After unexpectedly making it to the semifinals of the 2022 Sports Illustrated Swimsuit Search competition, NoorJehan Tourte made it her mission to get women excited about the prospects of falling on their faces over and over.

She believed that becoming a Sports Illustrated model would represent the culmination of a lifetime spent searching for her true identity. But the experience helped her realize that her childhood dream was not only to be a cover model, but also a role model, one who empowers women to show the world in every way, from every angle, who they really are, unapologetically.

NoorJehan says leadership and empowering other women has made her more productive. She says it reminds her there was a time in her life where she was feeling insecure or threatened by other women, and that held her back in many ways.

“All that was doing was robbing me of time to do what I wanted to do and to put myself out there,” says NoorJehan.

Striving to be the best mom, best business owner, best wife all comes from a place of needing validation. It’s a cycle we have to break to steer away from the women-on-women dynamics of competitiveness and insecurity.

As co-lead of the brand strategy department at AREA 23, she says she has to remind herself that leading equals doing.

She’s been told to delegate and be a role model and has seen that some folks interpret role modeling as having direct reports look up to them.

NoorJehan says her interpretation of role modeling is her direct reports to see her if you look to the left and right instead of up. She wants her reports to think, “I'm just so happy that she's here and she's doing this with me. I'm going to get it done, and it's going to be done well, because NoorJehan is here supporting me through it.”

Leading is knowing when you need to get in the trenches because it's for the greater good of someone's well-being or someone's mental health. She says when you build that kind of trust, and you show them your credibility, the hope is to have earned their goodwill if you need to call upon them in the future.

Oftentimes as women we might look at other people's lives and think, “they're so lucky that things just work out for them, or fate is just on their side,” says NoorJehan.

Then, you start to count all the reasons and all the times things didn't work out for you. NoorJehan says she did that as a young girl, but she was able to shift her perspective because her parents would remind her of her resilience.

“If you really peel back your life, you will see that you are getting rejected more than you were ever getting accepted. And that's okay. That's life. But my mind immediately pivots to okay, how do I open my own next door?” says NoorJehan.

She says when we talk about people that are always looking for the next best thing, it's someone who's scared of commitment or just scared of accepting a lot. But for her, she’s very content.

Contentment is what drives her desire to try again when something didn't work out. What's the next thing that you can try?

Connect with NoorJehan Tourte : https://fgpbar.com/ Use 20% off your first purchase with code: gameonfgp20 Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/noorjehantourte/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Recognizing Your Self Worth When Things Feel “Too Hard” https://sarahwalton.com/self-worth/

Sharing Women’s Success – Who is a Torchbearer? https://sarahwalton.com/women-success-stories/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#LeadershipForWomen #WomenEmpoweringWomen #NoorJehan #LeadershipWomen #LeadershipLegacy #LeadershipLessons #EmpoweringLeaders #WomenEmpowerment #SalesCoach

View Details

Have you been told that you need a brand story? Has somebody said to you, “You know if you don't have a story, your stuff will never sell.?” Given the success of some people, who are now billionaires because they tell stories very well (Taylor Swift), it seems like there's something to the power of storytelling.

Christine DeHerrera is a writer and business coach. As a publicist, she told stories for Olympic athletes, Fortune 200 individuals, experts, authors and business owners of every type for more than 20 years. Better storytelling helped them increase their sales, uplevel their collaborations and brand deals, grow their audience and increase their media presence. (She’s helped me with my grocery store story, too!) Christine says storytellers make the culture, but business owners don’t necessary think about it. The more storytelling we can do, the more impact we can have. Part of that power is owning our stories, and then changing the culture by changing the stories.

If you’ll let me have a fangirl moment right now, Taylor Swift is a billionaire of her own making because she sits down and writes stories. She can be your best friend, a maternal figure, or inspire and empower you with her lyrics. Whether you like her music or not, she’s tapped into the zeitgeist.

“As human beings, our brains are literally wired for story,” says Christine. “It's what differentiates humans from every other lifeform on the planet.”

Our brains are constantly scanning for information to keep us safe and information to keep us like moving ahead, because that's how we stay alive as human beings. Christine notes that Taylor Swift, is not only great at meeting her listeners with her stories, but also, she has controlled her own narrative in a way that is pretty much unprecedented for a female artist.

That's what we have to do to as business owners is take control of our own narrative. Christine says she sees the whole picture, the whole business, from the lens of story.

Christine says when she works with clients, most often they think their stories aren’t interesting. There's the idea that their story isn't big enough or that it's not interesting enough. Spoiler: We all get glued to reality TV and social media; other humans are inherently interesting to other people.

“Your own journey is inherently interesting to your clients and to your viewers, your listeners, because they're going through something similar,” says Christine. “It's a little bit like your journey becomes your medicine.”

The stories that apply to your customer help them understand and what journey they're on are always relevant, because in business, we're helping them transform in some way.

Christine says timing is important – especially now with social media. Sometimes you’ll get a warning about a vulnerable story coming through a post.

Take the pressure off with social media. You don't owe them anything. You don’t need to share any of your experiences immediately. What you're looking to do in your business is to have other people telling their story, their excitement around whatever it is you do.

Connect with guest Christine DeHerrera: https://www.christinedeherrera.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Fall Back In Love With Social Media with Katie McKiever https://sarahwalton.com/what-to-post-on-social-media/

How to Make Money Podcasting (Without Burning Out!) with Chelsea Riffe https://sarahwalton.com/make-money-podcasting/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#Storytelling #storytellingForBusiness #StorytellingForEntrepreneurs #AskExpert #EntrepreneurLifestyles #BusinessCoach #Branding #BrandStory

View Details

It can't get worse than this. Today’s guest will help us understand what the rock-bottom moments mean and how they relate to our own purpose, especially if you're an entrepreneur.

These moments allow us to grow; they enrich our experience of being alive; they deepen our ability to help others. And, they allow us to be helped as well.

Jacki Semerau Tait needed to recreate herself after losing her home and income sources. Her rock bottom became the catalyst she needed to launch her dream life. She's currently a top producing realtor with a background in marketing and advertising, and she's been using her expertise to coach other real estate agents nationwide

As you're listening to this episode, if you’re thinking, I’ve never had a moment like that or I don't know what that feels like, I would encourage you to think about is whether or not you're still healing. These moments where we have to ask for help, or we have to look in the mirror and ask, am I self-sabotaging? Did I cause this to happen? Or what strengths do I need to help myself get out of this? That's the moment. That's a moment where you can start to find your own purpose and start to build strength from it.

Jacki says now more than ever, people need to see the authentic journey that entrepreneurs go through to be successful.

“There's no such thing as an overnight success,” says Jacki. “You just wake up one morning, and this person's in your awareness, but you don't see the 20 years of blood, sweat, tears, heartache, depression.”

Jacki says society advertises this idea that we should be safe, secure and life should be easy – we shouldn’t have to struggle.

“We think that when we go through the struggle, we're doing it wrong. There's something wrong with me. I, I must not deserve it,” says Jacki. “We get all that garbage in our head. That brings us to that moment of going, ‘Well, I might as well just give up.’”

When you’re in the middle of it, you’re lost. Jacki recalls the saying, you can’t see the forest for the trees, and it’s so hard to look out.

It took Jacki two and a half years to get back on her feet after losing her home. In the midst of it, her friend was able to attend a conference with motivational speaker Les Brown. While Jacki couldn’t afford to go, her friend lent her the CD set she’d bought.

Jacki says his messaging changed the trajectory of her life and helped to get her outside of herself. Fast forward, two years later and Jacki was given the opportunity to be mentored by Les Brown.

Her story was published in Ignite the Hunger With You. She realized if Les hadn't shared his stories, she wouldn't have had those in that moment. Now it's her job to share her story, and hopefully, that reaches even if just one person who needs to hear the message.

As a speaker, it’s important not to share from a wound, but from a scar. If you haven’t healed, you can end up triggering other people instead of inspiring them. If you still have that open wound, it's okay. Keep learning the lessons. Journal. Record videos, and know that when this wound scars over, then it's time to share your story.

Connect with Jacki Semerau Tait and receive her free gift ($4 story) : https://linktr.ee/stepstostrength

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Sharing Women’s Success – Who is a Torchbearer? https://sarahwalton.com/women-success-stories/

When Your Life Falls Apart Because of Money (And Your Career Is Born) https://sarahwalton.com/michelle/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#RockBottom #SuccessStories #HowToBeSuccessful #MotivationalStory #RockBottomRebound #EntrepreneurLifestyle #EntrepreneurMotivation #AskExpert #SalesCoach #RealEstate

View Details

We are going deep into your relationship to money. What I love about this interview is the discussion about the confidence, energy, and mindset someone needs to have around money to actually work well with a bookkeeper.

Ashley Chamberlain founded Chamberlain and Good Company, a force for good, championing financial empowerment for small and mid-sized service companies with bookkeeping and fractional CFO services. Her mission is twofold to provide top notch bookkeeping services and to be a beacon of hope for those looking to take control of their financial destinies. If you've ever thought that you don't deserve the money you're earning or you're about what making "too much" will do to you, this is the episode for you.

Ashley says she started her business to do what she needed at a time in her life when she didn’t know someone who could help her. She has now spent over 3,000 hours helping more than 300 single mothers get back on their feet financially.

“Have a good accountant that you can talk these things through because sometimes you know the answer,” says Ashley. “You just need to be guided to it. That's super empowering to feel like you knew more than you thought you did.”

When it comes to money, it’s almost like there is a worthiness block. I don’t deserve to make this much money. It’s not okay to make this much. These kinds of beliefs block you from the truth that you deserve money, you deserve to be happy, you deserve to feel abundant in your life.

For Ashley, she says money and worthiness was deeply rooted as someone who grew up in poverty. She was told, if you have a lot of money, you aren't supposed to talk about it. That people who have more money are evil, or money can turn people into evil people.

She also heard “that's too expensive” or “we can't afford that.”

“Growing up with very little money, I had a really weird relationship with it,” says Ashley. “When I needed to learn more about it, there was this hesitation … am I going to become an evil person if I make good money?”

People need to hear it's okay to make good money. It's okay to talk about making good money. There is a way to portray that you make good money and not feel icky about it.

Everyone will have days where they aren’t feeling their best, and they might not feel “worthy.” Ashley likes to look to the past and find perspective. The Ashely of 15 years ago, was she worthy of making money? Because she’s the same person and getting better.

“Making $12 an hour then felt like making $100 an hour now, because it was everything I needed at the time,” says Ashley. “It's all about mindset and making that first big jump to $20 an hour. ... I thought, okay, well, I'm Beyoncé.”

In these conversations around business, the most important thing is energy you bring. If you believe you are not worthy of making a lot of money helping people, you won't make it. If you don't believe in the way that you are creating your services, you're not going to sell them. It's all about mindset and attracting those things that you want to come in.

Connect with Ashley Chamberlain: https://www.chamberlainandgoodcompany.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Clear a Money Fog https://sarahwalton.com/clear-money-fog/

When Your Life Falls Apart Because of Money (And Your Career Is Born) https://sarahwalton.com/michelle/

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#FinancialFreedom #MoneyMindset #AbundanceManifestation #MoneyAffirmation #ProsperityMindset #ManifestMoney #WomenInBusiness #WomenInAccounting #SalesCoach

View Details

A mother of six, Ali Essig found herself in the emergency room with her husband. He’d suffered a stroke at 37. After multiple tests, the doctors found no clear answers, and they encouraged her family to avoid saturated fats, trans fats, and cholesterol and to eat more fiber.

Ali dived deep into the research and found that eating a plant predominant diet would not only decrease her husband's risk of another stroke, but also decrease all types of chronic disease.

You know I love to bring you women who have done something extraordinary with their own life experiences. They've taken their talent and their expertise, and they turn it into a business -- today's podcast interview will show you how true that actually is.

Ali is a plant-based nutritionist and Founder of PlantWhys, where she offers busy women simple solutions to lose weight and overcome emotional eating and food addictions through positive psychology and a plant-based diet. She is also my first cousin! After her husband’s stroke, she took the piece of paper from the hospital outlining what to eat and what to avoid; it felt like a foreign language.

“I was this insatiable person, just reading every single book; I read all of them,” says Ali. “I read anti-vegetarian; pro-plant based. I read all of them. I want to find the truth. I don't care what the truth is.”

She found most books focused on three to six months, but she wanted to go beyond that. She wanted to see the long-term studies that would reduce heart disease.

“Everything pointed to eat more plants,” says Ali. “We're not eating enough fiber, and reducing our animal consumption. And what I found too is you don't have to be perfect.”

With six children, Ali needed flexibility. When it came to figuring out how to make a plant-based diet work in her home, she chose not to buy meat and dairy from the grocery store.

“I can control what I can control in my in my house. And after that it's like, whatever,” says Ali.

Ali said she didn’t intend to start a business from her experience, but people started asking her questions. And that led to her earning a nutritionist certification and starting a course.

She says for some people, it was a great fit because they had a major life event like hers. Others wanted to lose weight. There's a lot of emotional weight that we carry. There's a lot of food addictions. There's a lot of emotional reasons we eat.

Over time, Ali says her business transformed into looking at what do people need to change and let go of for an emotional reset.

Ali says her favorite statistic is that if you were to switch out 3% of your animal protein with plant protein, that’s one meatless meal a week, it will decrease your risk of dying from all causes by 10%. That small little change can decrease so many things from cancer, heart disease, diabetes, you name it.

Ali says what breaks her heart is when people say they went vegan for three months, and it was too hard, and they gave up. She says, why did you give up? Why can't you just keep it two meals a week? It doesn’t have to be all or nothing.

Ali is offering a free 30-day trial to the PlantWhys membership: https://www.plantwhys.com/offers/jYZNxfAq Connect with Ali Essig : https://www.plantwhys.com/ YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCGrQa7v7G9e2m61DAT6UKKA

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

What is Emotional Eating and How Can You Stop https://sarahwalton.com/emotional-eating/

Liberate Yourself from Weight Loss Conversations https://sarahwalton.com/functional-medicine-weight-loss/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#PlantBasedDiet #PlantBased #Vegan #VeganDiet #AskExpert #NutritionCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness #EntrepreneurLifestyle

View Details

If you're breathing, you've probably had one of these negative thoughts: I suck, I can never do anything right. What's wrong with me? Why does everybody else know this but me?

Today’s guest, Coleen Greco, is a compassionate, empathetic, and violently authentic human being. But she wasn't always like that. In many ways, she has been plagued by her own self-defeating thoughts, which she generously shares in this episode.

Colleen calls herself a Joyologist. She provides mindset and nutrition coaching, as well as personal training to people who want to reclaim the joy in their life with the SNAP Method™.

Note this episode has mentions of suicide.

In college, Coleen says she pursued the money. She went for the highest-paying internship, earned an MBA, and started working for EMC, now Dell. She did this for 26 years.

“I just woke up one day and realized this is not my life and then made it switch,” says Coleen. “I never got quiet enough with myself to realize I had another option.”

Six years ago, her 10-year-old son had a suicide attempt (he was unsuccessful and is now doing well!). Coleen and her family were shattered. They struggled to find help. Coleen says she ate, drank, and gained weight.

“In these types of situations, there's very little that you can control, but I can control how I respond to situations,” says Coleen.

She says the nutrition coach she was working with didn’t see the connection between mindset and food choices. Coleen knew she could do it better. It was through her own healing journey where Coleen realized they had to center everything around joy.

Joy became almost an obsession. “It was my choice to just see the beauty in everything, even in the darkest of moments, to be in a place of gratitude for the opportunity to change so much of what was going on,” says Coleen.

It’s not that it's not painful and not that it's not real, but there's always a next. There is the ability here to choose not only what goes into your body, and how you view that choice.

Coleen says the SNAP Method found her. She says when she started writing and thinking through the triggers, she realized if she was telling herself one story, then that means she could tell a different one. It’s a battle with the ego that’s trying to protect you.

When the negative stories come up, and you feel triggered, that's the ego saying, here's the story. Remember, you're not smart enough. You're not good enough. And I have the evidence right here.

Breaking the emotional connection to those stories and then retiring those stories is really the power. For Coleen, it was how she kept the weight off.

She says food’s job is to keep you alive, but we put all these unfair expectations on food, and that's what gets us into trouble.

Listen in for more about the SNAP Method and how you can use it to help rewrite the negative thoughts you tell yourself. Looking at where they came from, challenging and analyzing them can help you tell yourself a different story.

Coleen has a free gift for listeners to help you CRUSH Limiting Beliefs: https://coleen-greco-joyologist.ck.page/limitingbeliefs

Connect with Coleen: https://www.coleengreco.com On Instagram https://www.instagram.com/thecoleengreco/ On Facebook https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=547468763

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

The 5 Stages of Healing: https://sarahwalton.com/stages-of-healing/

What is Emotional Eating and How Can You Stop: https://sarahwalton.com/emotional-eating/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#NegativeThoughts #LimitingBeliefs #NutritionCoach #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #MindsetReset #FindingJoy #EntrepreneurLifestyle

View Details

What can I afford? How much is enough? What is now possible? Now, these are big questions you want to be able to answer.

Mikelann Valterra’s mission is to help all of us heal our relationship with money and really understand how to use it in today's world. What I hope you listen for today as we talk about her new book, Rise Above the Money Fog, is how we talk about money with our loved ones. (Check out her book here: https://www.riseabovethemoneyfog.com) Mikelann says people feel stress and anxiety over being financially vague. The money fog is this combination of the feelings we feel as a result of not being clear about our money. Fog stands for stands for when we're in fear about our money, when we're in overwhelm, or when we feel guilty around our money.

“There's just all of this secrecy around money that we all carry because we have this message from childhood that says, don't talk about money,” says Mikelann.

In her book, Mikelann describes three different types of families. (Listen in for their challenges!)

As parents, normalize talking about money. For many, the first time they talk about money is college funding – that’s a bit late. Mikelann recommends helping children look at what they need versus what they want.

List making with kids – what they want as gifts, or what they need for school – is a good way to talk about money. Then, over time, you bring your kids into family meetings. Some things cost a lot of money, and that's okay. Look at where we want to choose to put our money as a family.

Mikelann says she has all her clients create needs and wants lists.

“Many of us are suppressed in our needs and wants and our desires,” says Mikelann. “We have been trained to keep our needs small, and this has an impact on our relationship to money. Guilt starts to settle in of like either ‘I'm selfish for wanting it’, or ‘I should feel guilty for wanting it’ as opposed to ‘how could we make this happen?’ ”

As people rise out of the money fog, they come to the place in their life where they know the answers to what they can afford, how much is enough and what's possible in their life.

The problem is when transition happens, the answers to those three questions tend to change. That can catch us by surprise. And while some transitions are not voluntary (inflation, the pandemic, the economy), we still have to ask the questions. When people aren't clear about their money, it leads some people to overspend or underspend. They don't know how much is enough. They don't know what the goal is around earning. They know something's not quite working, but there's no clarity there. That's why the money fog creates so much anxiety.

Mikelann says the answer to knowing how much is enough for you is to create an annual income and spending plan.

“What's exciting is it's about vision,” says Mikelann. “What do you want your year to look like? And now let's put numbers in it.”

She says most of the fear lies in getting to the number. But a lot of times, the number is different or lower than the what’s in her client’s heads. It’s powerful and empowering.

Take the money fog quiz: https://seattle-money-coach.mykajabi.com/money-fog-quiz-ebook Connect with guest Mikelann Valterra: https://www.seattlemoneycoach.com Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Do You Know Your Financial Personality: https://youtu.be/LCqgmcXJotM?si=ixf9XKkZ-AUuTzE4

What Women Need to Know to Manage Their Money: https://sarahwalton.com/money-management-women/

3 Money Myths Keeping You Broke: https://youtu.be/za8Lvortnr0?si=qBroGpJDEUUXn506

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#FinancialPsychology #MoneyTalk #FamilyMoney #MoneyManagement #FinancialFreedom #MoneyCoach #SalesCoach #MoneyFog #AskExpert

View Details

The stories that pull at us, that keep us anxious and upset, that we tell ourselves over and over -- I'm not good enough. This isn't going to work. I've already tried this. – they all come from what we haven't healed.

Anat Peri has dedicated her life to teaching people how to heal, specifically when it comes to generational trauma. In this episode, Anat walks us through the five stages of healing and gives us a timeline for how long it takes to truly heal.

Anat says self-improvement found her at 25. She did her first self-development program and instantly felt at home. She loved witnessing people having breakthroughs and discovering who they really are.

But her business wouldn’t come for another 10 years. She says she felt like an imposter at the time. But she has no regrets, she herself, was healing and seeking the tools she needed.

“It's messy, it's uncomfortable, it's scary, it's painful,” says Anat. “It's all the fields. It's the full spectrum of our feelings and our emotions.”

Whether you're listening in and you are on your own healing journey, or you're a practitioner and you have clients understanding the five stages is going to show you either what stages you've skipped or what the stages are to guide you.

Stage 1: Awareness. Everyone comes with some step of awareness, but there is so much depth and exploration, even just in that stage of learning what safety strategies you use that keep you stuck. What limiting beliefs are running the show?

If you’re on your own healing journey, use a journal to dump everything unfiltered that is showing up and triggering you. Then go back and connect the dots by circling anywhere that you wrote “I feel … I am …” which will connect you back to your inner child. Your inner child is your emotion – it’s the part of you that feels and is holding your limiting beliefs.

Stage 2: Acceptance. This is the hardest stage for people to get past; it's the stage where people need the most support, says Anat. Acceptance means letting go that there's anything to fix or change, and most of the time there's still this programing in us who judges and wants it to change.

For some people, it's normal for them to live in chaos and anxiety. But then, being in peace and harmony, suddenly they're hypervigilant and self-sabotage it because it's unfamiliar.

In this stage, it's learning to observe what is happening at the level of sensation. We label things as “good or bad,” which becomes now I feel this way, how do I fix it? Instead, ask yourself where do you feel it in your body? Describe the sensation. When you speak in sensation, there is no good or bad – there just is.

“I want you to think about acceptance like you're in the ocean … and there's waves,” says Anat. “Your role in acceptance is you're learning to ride the wave instead of being afraid of it and dunking your head under or just breathing. You're riding it. You're learning to ride the wave of your emotion.”

Listen in for the last three stages of healing. Remember, healing takes time. It might be 18 months later and then you're good, and you don't even remember what it was like to be that other person.

Connect with guest Anat Peri: https://www.trainingcampforthesoul.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Committing Until It Takes with Kimberly Spencer https://sarahwalton.com/business-commitment/

Sick of People Pleasing? Childhood Trauma Might Be The Source with Kalpa Gupta https://sarahwalton.com/people-pleasing-trauma-response/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#StagesOfHealing #InnerChild #Reparenting #HealYourInnerChild #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness #HealingJourney

View Details

Only you can compromise your self-worth. No one else can. This isn’t about your compensation or competence; we're talking about your intrinsic belief in yourself that you are worthy and valuable as a human being.

Self-worth is often used incorrectly in the entrepreneurial world; we say things like “charge what you're worth.” (I’ve done it, too!) But you are a human being. Your worth is invaluable.

As an executive and leadership coach and entrepreneur, Tiffany Houser knows firsthand about the rollercoaster ride of self-worth. As the founder of EVOLVE, Tiffany coaches senior leaders who are ready to experience powerful breakthroughs around their self-worth, authentic leadership style, vision, and purpose.

“What gets a lot of us, if not all of us through change, is our worth and our value to know what has us resist change and what has us embrace change,” Tiffany says. “But then when we really looked at the behavior, the habits and all of the research that was going into this, we started to see it was our self-worth. It was how we valued our self, what we thought about ourself, how we treated ourselves.”

Tiffany says compassion is rarely talked about in the workplace. It is an advantage to understand your own experience with self-worth. Those feelings of being an imposter, insecure, self-doubt or fear are nuanced for the individual.

Her team looks at first is language and how we are speaking, writing, reading and even listening. These words are what is poking holes and having us compromise our own self-worth.

What Tiffany tends to hear is, “Oh, I've been treated this way, or I have been passed over for this and no one has hired me for that, or I can't get my team to do XYZ.” That has nothing to do with your self-worth, your value or your impact, your contribution.

You're either compromising your self-worth or you're grounded in your self-worth – there is no positive or negative. Tiffany helps to support people with neutralizing their language and their words.

The number one word is “hard”. It’s too hard. Hard is a throwaway word. Your subconscious is using that without even really being descriptive about what is going on. The way Tiffany supports leaders or teams is to have them get specific. What exactly is hard? Tell me more.

Think about all the teams and all the entrepreneurs that have thrown the baby out with the bathwater because of hard. They walk away from investments. They walk away from people. They walk away from clients. They walk away from opportunities. Because one aspect of that was not easy. Or maybe you just didn't have all the context around what that was.

This is a lifelong journey of transformation, leadership and knowing your worth and value because the biggest things that evoke and provoke your imposter feelings and your insecurities are change and new.

The world is constantly evolving around us and that's where that compassion piece comes back into play. So rather than beating yourself up, you get compassionate. And when you are compassionate with yourself and other people, that births curiosity rather than judgment or pressure.

Mentioned: Self Worth Advantage® Online Course: https://www.selfworthadvantage.com/offers/29LBSesk/checkout

Connect with guest Tiffany Houser: https://www.selfworthadvantage.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Coaching the Unconscious Mind: Unlock Your Genius: https://sarahwalton.com/coaching-unconscious-mind/

Why You Shouldn't Under-Price Your Work: https://www.youtube.com/live/Hm0DhT4Lo88?si=5HFXzsMNCCJ616SV

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#SelfWorth #SelfConfidence #ImposterSyndrome #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness #EntrepreneurLifestyle

View Details

If you start a small business, you're the one doing everything and it takes a lot of courage and a lot of trust to start to turn things over to someone else. Today’s guest will share three steps to help you delegate and hire the right people.

Jamie Van Cuyk, the owner and lead strategist of Growing Your Team, helps women who own small businesses become confident leaders who hire right every single time.

Drawing from over 15 years of leadership experience, Jamie teaches her clients how to master the art of hiring. By learning the dynamics of each company and their specific needs, she helps them find their perfect-fit, long-lasting team members and avoid the hiring and firing cycle.

Jamie’s journey to entrepreneurship wasn’t a straight line. She learned everything she could about running a business while still in corporate. She went into management to learn how to manage people and took on special projects to gain insight into other departments.

When Jamie quit her job, she chose to try to start a software development company on the side while she cared for her young daughter. She did not know how to program, but her husband did.

She lasted six months learning to program before she realized it wasn’t for her.

“I realized I loved consulting,” says Jamie. “The main projects that I ended up working on were all around leadership development. One was a big training program for some of their leaders, and another one was helping a first-time manager really come fully into their role.”

She had a Chamber of Commerce membership, and she started networking with small business owners attending those events.

“I kept hearing over and over again that hiring was their number one problem,” says Jamie. Her plan was to help corporate clients, but she heard again and again the need for hiring solutions at a small business level.

Her business now focuses on hiring, education and really focusing on narrowing down to that ideal candidate and making sure the business owner has what they need to find that candidate.

Even with this service offering, Jamie had to change her mindset and realize that she too could delegate tasks and enhance her offerings.

Jamie outlines three steps to build trust when hiring a candidate to delegate your tasks to.

Be clear on who you’re going to hire. How are they going to fit into your organization? What is the expected communication style? Who are you as a manager? What does it mean for someone to be successful in this role? Set up a hiring process that brings you directly to your ideal candidate. You need to be specific. It's okay with your job posting to turn people off. Onboarding takes time. The onboarding path and timeframe will look different for every position, but you have to train on all your expectations. Keep that in mind is even if someone is an expert at what they do and they're bringing their expertise to your business, you have to teach them how to do it inside your organization.

It's that constant feedback loop and being able to let them do small things incrementally until they figure out how to do it the way you want it done. Connect with Jamie Van Cuyk: https://growingyourteam.com

Jamie’s hiring checklist: https://growingyourteam.com/hiring-checklist/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

What Workplace Culture Really Means https://sarahwalton.com/workplace-culture/

Do You Know Who Your Team Is? https://youtu.be/9ax9hDZQZ3I?si=iSkNYpmZeXxwA9dB

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#HowToHire #BuildATeam #HRPartyOfOne #HireTheBest #HumanResourcesTips #Hiring #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach

View Details

With stress management and spiritual wellness techniques, Harmony Slater is focused on supporting spiritually curious entrepreneurs with science backed Wu to eliminate burnout.

If you're running a business and you're feeling the day-to-day stress Harmony gives us tangible, workable tips in this episode that you can start using right away for free.

Harmony is a National Board-Certified Health Coach, trained in Quantum Coaching and in the Mastery Method. She's also Certified Ashtanga Yoga Teacher, one of less than 20 women in the world to hold this honor, after training in India for 15 years. Harmony says she has always felt a deep spiritual connection. She recalls her mother taking her to various churches, teaching her how to meditate and about yoga.

“It felt like for me that this idea of God, a higher power, was very much just normal and something that was real. … But also there was a keen understanding that that doesn’t always show up in one way,” says Harmony.

Her journey took her to China to study Buddhism and India where she learned about Indian philosophy, culture and practicing yoga.

“I think that you can connect to something that really feels like it's from your heart, and it doesn't have to be the same as someone else, but that the principles are the same, right?” says Harmony.

There are heart-centered emotions and values such as love, peace, goodwill, generosity, courage and compassion that every religion talks about.

Harmony says the idea of going it alone – that you have to do everything yourself and work hard feeds into the myth that the harder you work, the more you’re going to get and the more successful you will be.

But this creates a disconnect. It keeps us in a constant state of fight or flight. You start to see division and sides and it creates all kinds of chaos, physically in our bodies and mentally and emotionally in our experience of the world and with each other.

For example, if you’re in a fight or flight state because you’re stressed out at work and then you get cut off in traffic, your response might be over the top.

Overstimulation, hypervigilance, fear of the future and the desire to change the past can have a direct effect on our nervous system. It can reinforce the idea that you’re not safe and affect your trust in yourself, your decisions and can ramp up stress.

Breathwork is powerful. It's in control of our heart rate, our digestion, reproduction activities, and hormones.

Our breath is the one function we have control over, explains Harmony. Our inhale is connected more to a sympathetic state. It's leading, it's expansive, it's energizing. The exhale is connected to that surrender, that resting, that relaxation, the parasympathetic state.

People reflect and mirror each other because we have this awareness of what someone else's energy is like, says Harmony. We co-regulate. If you're someone who is in that beautiful state feeling relaxed and calm -- you're automatically more attractive to everyone around you. They want to be near you because they just feel better by being in your presence.

Download Harmony’s guided audio for a two-minute breathwork exercise and check our her course on Ancient Breathing: https://harmonyslater.com/ancient-breathing-2-0 Connect with Harmony Slater: https://harmonyslater.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Curious About the World of Spiritual Energy? https://sarahwalton.com/karen-foote/

World Events, Stress & Your Ambition — How They Go Together https://sarahwalton.com/stress-ambition/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#breathwork #BreathingExercises #pranayama #TakeADeepBreath #ParasympatheticNervousSystem #StressRelief #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

It’s time to take back the word networking so it doesn't freak us out. Connecting with other entrepreneurs should be something you enjoy doing because you care about people -- that is what’s at the heart of networking.

Cara Steinmann is the founder of the Ravel Collective. She helps purpose driven women who are service providers build strategic networks that lead to referrals, collaboration, visibility and fun.

If you've ever thought, I don't like this part of my life, or I'd like to pivot around this area, and yet you felt guilty about it, this conversation is going to be really helpful for you. It was very honest. It was very gentle. But it was also kind of unusual in its vulnerability.

Cara was working in marketing for 15 years, and when Covid hit she realized she hated her business and she was miserable. She was scared because she knew she didn’t want to work someone else, but she also couldn’t picture what she wanted to do. It was like her imagination went out the window.

She acknowledged that feeling miserable in her business was a hard thing to admit to herself. Otherwise, she has a great family and loves her life; she didn’t want to seem ungrateful.

Cara fired her clients and blew through her savings trying to figure out who she was. She earned a coaching certification, and while it wasn’t her next step, Cara says she learned so much about self-limiting beliefs.

“It really kind of set me on this path of, ‘well, I must not believe that I can have it all, that I can be happy,’” says Cara. “There's something here that's preventing me from making the changes that I want, or having the kind of happiness that I want. I have to figure out what it is. But we have this idea that we're supposed to just figure out what we're supposed to do.”

Cara used personality tests, StrengthsFinder and Kolbe to help her find where she was most consistent. She also figured out her core values, which she found to be most valuable of all including when it came to networking. Money comes into your business through people, so be intentional about who you decide to network with. Cara says you can have friends who are in a position to refer you that might be all you need. It's really easy to find those people if you look at how they act and what they say.

“When you like people, you want them to win and you send them business, and you buy things from them,” says Cara. “It’s not that complicated; just work with people you like.”

The level of confidence it takes to just put content out there and not be a perfectionist about it is a challenge. There is a big deficit in women especially when it comes to creative confidence.

There is an opportunity there to build reciprocity by sending the person a message saying how it resonated with you, or telling them they did a great job. People want to be praised for the content they create. Eventually you might get to a deeper level with someone who is in a position to refer you or help you get visibility.

Mentioned in this episode:

Dare to Lead by Brené Brown: https://amzn.to/3Vt49jq WOLFPACK by Abby Wambach: https://amzn.to/3TryiwS

Connect with Cara Steinmann: https://www.linkedin.com/in/carasteinmann and https://www.ravelcollective.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Never Ask, “So What Do You Do?” Again https://sarahwalton.com/colleen/

How Values Make You Money https://sarahwalton.com/jennifer-kem/

Building Community Online with Elizabeth Henson https://sarahwalton.com/building-community-online/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#Reciprocity #BusinessNetworking #BusinessReferrals #ReferralNetworking #NetworkingTips #BusinessConnections #AskExpert #SalesCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

Dare to Lead: Brave Work. Tough Conversations. Whole Hearts.

WOLFPACK: How to Come Together, Unleash Our Power, and Change the Game

View Details

There are women that stand beside us and there are women that go before us, and there are women that are coming behind us. If you feel alone, know that you are surrounded, whether you believe it or not, by torchbearers or mini torches behind you, trying to make the path better.

Wamite Muthura is the founder and chief storyteller of Career Safari, a platform that spotlights and celebrates the diverse career journeys of women. It offers authentic advice and resources to help women more boldly navigate the challenges of career life and redefine their own definition of success. If you've been looking for permission to expand where you are right now, or to maybe break some of the molds that you're seeing in front of you, the Career Safari and this conversation with Wamite might make a difference in how you're viewing your next career moves.

When Wamite started Career Safari, she was lost and trying to define what success looked like for her. She had found passion very early on working at an NGO, but was at a point where she knew she didn’t want to do that anymore.

“So much of my identity was tied into what I was doing,” says Wamite. “It took a lot of unwinding, and there was several little things that happened to kind of help me understand who I am.”

Ultimately, it was the stories from women she was working with who gave her hope and light. These torchbearers were vulnerable about their career stories and lives – facing divorce, leaving countries, and changing careers.

“I want to give diverse stories a platform … and I want them to have evidence and proof that there are people that look like you, that are probably doing things that you're already doing, or something similar to what you want to do,” says Wamite. “And we're not alone in this journey.”

She notes that no matter what industry, most of the women she’s meeting are still facing gender barriers. Even in fields that tend to be women-dominated such as teaching and nursing, when you reach the leadership levels where decisions are being made, they’re facing those barriers.

“If there are millions of us that are out there starting podcasts, starting businesses, whatever it may be, starting media channels that are focused solely on women's empowerment, that's still not enough,” says Wamite. “We are dealing with generations of toxic images that we are trying to counteract and change.”

One torchbearer story that really resonates with Wamite was of a doctor attending a global health conference, who realized there were no women on stage. She started a hashtag that became a global movement and eventually founded Women in Global Health.

Wamite says the doctor originally went to another woman leader asking, what are we going to do about this? And the woman’s wise response was, why don’t you do something about it?

It was that nudge inside her that fueled her passion to make the change. Those little nudges can guide us. For Wamite, she doesn’t like how women are treated in the workplace, which is why she built her platform to share the community that helps empower women.

Let’s get to it!

Connect with Wamite Muthura: https://www.thecareersafari.com/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/careersafari/ Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/CareerSafari/ Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Ask Your Way to Success https://sarahwalton.com/melanie/

3 Things Every Successful Woman Must Have https://sarahwalton.com/3-things-for-success/

What Workplace Culture Really Means https://sarahwalton.com/workplace-culture/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#WomenEntrepreneursSuccessStories #EmpoweringWomen #AskExpert #SuccessStories #WomenEntrepreneurs #WomenSupportingWomen #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness #CareerAdvancement

View Details

As entrepreneurs, we’re living in a time when we get flooded, overwhelmed, and hit new heights of frustration or even fear. There is so much change, so much intensity and as humans we’re seeing a collapse of faith and institutions and movements for social change. It's enough to send highly sensitive people running for the hills.

Heather Dominick is both highly sensitive and highly successful. For more than a decade, she’s trained and mentored highly sensitive entrepreneurs (HSEs) and leaders so they are able to work less while making more impact and income. Highly sensitive people have a nervous system wired to take in stimulation at a much higher degree; they feel it more deeply.

“For those of us who are highly sensitive entrepreneurs and leaders, we're going to take that feeling of a deep sense of challenge and rather than running from it or getting flooded and overwhelmed, we're going to rise to meet it,” says Heather.

Heather outlines the top three strengths of an HSE. The first is intuition, which she describes as thinking of the nervous system like an antenna. When you’re trained, that access to stimulation isn’t only negative.

Heather trains leaders to intentionally use intuition, which knows three to six seconds ahead of your head what to do. When you can flex that muscle, you’ll be able to use it to support you in decision making and understanding what those you serve need.

The second main strength is empathy. Empathy is really being able to utilize a nervous system to have a clear, keen understanding of what another person is needing, when another person is feeling what another person is thinking.

And lastly, Heather groups three together – though they are each their own separate strength: deep thinker, deep feeler and deep listener. These are all systems that will support you when you it comes to setting up systems for operations, marketing, selling, and leadership.

One thing HSEs usually need to readdress is time. Heather refers to working with time as a relationship. Most of us are taught to manage time. But the 20% born into the world as highly sensitive, this strategy might not be effective. It tends to be too constrictive.

When you make that shift from “time is something that I have to manage”, to “time is something that I can relate with”, then it's about how you want to engage. For HSEs, the essence of successful relationships in any regard, time included, is what do you need to be at your best?

Discover if you need to, and then understand what your natural circadian rhythm is. Because if you take in stimulation at a much higher degree, and you take a time management system and kind of slap it on, and it doesn't work -- that's going to be massively overstimulating.

You're going to have to work extra hard to try to get something that's supposed to help you, to work for you. Versus if you understand your circadian rhythm, you’ll know when you work best. You can design your schedule and productivity around your circadian rhythm and take less time to actually create more.

And this will look different for every highly sensitive person. Heather has written a book, DIFFERENT: The Highly Sensitive Leadership Revolution, about how to understand your own rhythm and apply it to your day-to-day productivity.

“When there is that opening, there is an access to creativity, inspired insights, and you can literally quote unquote get things done,” says Heather.

#HighlySensitiveEntrepreneur #HighlySensitivePerson #HSP #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #EntrepreneurLife #SalesCoach

Read Heather’s book, DIFFERENT: The Highly Sensitive Leadership Revolution: https://amzn.to/3QycnUQ Free Gift: Are you a highly sensitive entrepreneur: https://www.hsesuccessguide.com

Connect with Heather Dominick: https://www.businessmiracles.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

What You REALLY NEED from an Intuitive Business Coach https://sarahwalton.com/need-a-business-coach/

The Art of Self-Control https://sarahwalton.com/take-back-self-control/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Ever felt like there is a missing link between being really talented at something and actually making money doing that thing?

Jane Goodrich is an accomplished newborn and family photographer and a photography seasoned expert. She mentors professional photographers about the business side of photography, and is the visionary Founder of Picsello.

Picsello is purpose-built software designed to provide the tools and support for photographers in the management, marketing and monetization of their businesses. Whether you’re just starting out, or hitting new levels of success in your business, it's so important to be reminded of the mistakes that take you down or drain your revenue.

Jane worked in corporate advertising for a decade before she decided to start her own business. She found her joy in photography and knew she wanted to move to New York where her twin lived, to start her business.

Thirteen years later, she has two photography businesses in New York and her latest venture piggybacks off that experience in the industry. Jane knew there had to be a better way for photographers to figure out their pricing, run their businesses easier and find a supportive community.

There are nuances that only service providers within the industry understand. Part of the challenge for some service providers is removing the block to charge what the work is worth.

Jane says unlike in 2010, when she started her business, there wasn’t a wealth of information out there. And access to that information can be either good or bad. Now, you can see posts of photographers and can copy what they are doing without actually running the numbers.

“The thing about it is, is you can price yourself to make $10,000 or $100,000,” says Jane. “It doesn't matter as long as you're pricing yourself to actually profit.”

Like many creative services, photography has a lot of hidden work. For every one-hour photoshoot, there may be 12 to 13 hours of back-end work. Jane suggests sitting down with an accountant or checking if your local small business association offers mentorship – because you will receive a different perspective than an arbitrary from another photographer who you have no idea is profitable or not.

For those struggling with pricing, Janes suggests removing yourself from your business. Your business has costs, then after that hopefully there’s money left over to pay yourself. Reframe to think of pricing as your business is charging, not yourself.

Providing a service for people that they're happy to pay for is what business is – and you can remove yourself from that.

Jane says some of her early mistakes involved setting boundaries and scheduling. She says photographers need to set their own schedule and they do not need to be available 24/7 or on the client’s time.

Another tip is to charge a different rate for weekends versus weekdays. People take time off to see the dentist or get their hair done – why should your service be any different?

Her other consideration is a travel fee. When she started, she lived outside New York City and didn’t charge one. But when she had her daughter, she realized this had to change. Her expenses now included parking, gas, tolls and childcare. She added a $250 travel fee for her services.

Despite the pushback in an industry that doesn’t like to talk about money, Jane says answering the money question is key. She had returning clients ask her why her fees went and why she had a travel fee. She says you don’t have to justify it, but you can explain it. The more you can take the emotion out of it and talk money to money, the better says Jane.

#PhotographyBusiness #ProfessionalPhotography #HowToStartAPhotographyBusiness #StartingAPhotographyBusiness #SalesCoach #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness #EntrepreneurLife

Connect with Jane Goodrich: https://www.picsello.com and https://janegoodrich.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Make Money as an Artist https://sarahwalton.com/make-money-as-an-artist/

3 Easy Tips for Your Sales Conversations https://sarahwalton.com/sales-conversations/

Know Your Numbers to Break Through What’s Possible https://sarahwalton.com/danielle/

Your Business Is NOT a “Hobby” https://sarahwalton.com/nicolemckay/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Cash flow planning helps us look forward and know what you can plan out in your business to make those good investment decisions, hiring decisions, pay yourself more, or plan for taxes.

Erica Goode, CPA and host of the Coaches, Consultants, and Money podcast, helps business owners manage their money. She also runs a virtual accounting firm that supports coaches and consultants with bookkeeping, tax planning, and CFO services. Goode, a former director of finance at Walgreens, started her career as an editor at KPMG.

"I love talking money, getting hold of money in a mental kind of way," says Erica. "Getting our mindset wrapped around money so that we can feel empowered and confident in our decisions as opposed to uneasy and confused about what we should do next."

As a business owner, Erica says there is so much noise about paying zero taxes. There are legitimate ways that companies pay no taxes, but they are really specific tax credits for really specific industries.

If you want to build massive housing, solar farms, or microchips – you'll have better luck with not paying taxes.

"I think there's this concept because we hear about these really unique situations, we assume they apply to everybody, and they apply to us," says Erica. "And I'm doing something wrong if I'm paying tax, when in reality, in a service-based business … the goal is to pay tax because tax means you made a profit."

Erica wants to plan with her clients so there are no surprises come tax time. She looks at their real-time profit each quarter and ensures they are paying the correct withholding and estimated taxes. So even if you have to pay $30,000, you break it up into four chunks, and you're not writing that full check with penalties at the end of the year.

At the end of the day, Erica works to block out cash flow planning for each moving part rather than focusing on the balance in your bank account. While everyone might know the amount they want to see in their bank, Erica works to talk through the cash flow of a client's tax contribution, their 401K, etc., so those pieces aren't a surprise later.

For those who've left corporate jobs, financial comfort was in knowing what would hit your bank account at the end of the month. You knew when you were going to get a bonus. It was consistent. You didn't have to worry about making the mortgage payment.

When you strike out on your own, that's one of the biggest mindset shifts you have to work on. How scary and uncomfortable that can be as you acclimate to the idea that running a business doesn't mean a consistent income.

Cashflow planning helps turn that focus to look forward and how to allocate the money you are bringing in. Erica likes to hold a monthly sit down with clients; you tend to know how much your expenses cost, so it becomes very clear what you can and can't afford.

"Sometimes, we don't feel like we can pay ourselves because we don't have a clear view," says Erica. "I love to look forward because I think when we can build out the confidence of the future, we make better decisions today."

Connect with guest Erica Goode: https://www.ericagoode.com

Follow Erica on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/erica.goode.cpa/ and LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/erica-goode-cpa-00205616/

Other GOG episodes you might want to check out:

The Secret to Your Business Numbers Will Change Everything with Lauren Colson https://sarahwalton.com/understand-business-numbers/

What Women Need to Know to Manage Their Money With Lisa Crosta https://sarahwalton.com/money-management-women/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.” Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#CashFlow #Taxes #MoneyManagement #WomenAndMoney #WomenInBusiness #AskExpert #SalesCoach

View Details

HeatherAsh Amara is one of those women who was really cracked open the code to what we need to feel free internally, and what we need to understand that our inner knowing is probably going to be our best guide.

She skillfully and unconditionally guides people to shift from self-judgment to discernment, from victimhood to authentic vulnerability. She helps us shed limiting domestication so we can ground into the self-intimacy, steadiness, and stillness that exists all around us.

HeatherAsh’s love of writing started when she was a child. She started working as a journalist, working with women and business and eventually landed a job at a publishing company. Her boss encouraged her to write her own book.

She says the draft of her first book was terrible. She was under stress and felt it had to be perfect. HeatherAsh realized she had to get out of her head. She’s written nine books so far and runs her own company.

“Writing is not an easy choice of things to do because the amount of tension that you have to hold in your body for something new to come through is pretty intense,” says HeatherAsh. She compares her body to a container where all her ideas bounce against each other. She needs to let the discomfort happen before she can create something new and bring all of the experiences and learning into language.

“What I love writing about is tension; we want it to be simple,” says HeatherAsh. “And there is a way that it is simple. But the simplicity is that learning how to hold the contradictions and getting big enough to understand that two things can be true at the same time, and how do we metabolize that in our bodies? How do we show up in challenging situations and have our hearts stay open?”

When it came time for HeatherAsh’s second book, her world was falling apart. She was going through a divorce. The center she was working at was having trouble. But her publisher was asking for the material. She eventually shared a program for a course that she’d written for women.

Every month, she did two-hour calls, and wrote about what the group needed. This became Warrior Goddess Training, which reached Number 1 in Goddesses and Shamanism on Amazon for four years.

HeatherAsh talks about contradiction in movement that happens in dance. As a kinesthetic person, she sees our relationship with life as a dance and that we’re always learning about how to be better dance partners.

There has been a lot of upheaval over the years and if you think about it in a way of how do you become a better dance partner? How do you get more grounded? How do you get more present?

It's not about changing the world, and it's not about fixing yourself. You're not broken. You just have a lot of beliefs and patterns and habits that aren't serving. Let's fix those. Dance is a beautiful metaphor to use.

#WarriorGoddess #HeatherAshAmara #DivineFeminine #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

Mentioned: Believe It: How to Go from Underestimated to Unstoppable https://amzn.to/3SgHzZy

Warrior Goddess Wisdom Weekend in Austin: https://insighteventsusa.com/warrior-goddess-wisdom-weekend-austin-2024/

Connect with HeatherAsh Amara: https://www.warriorgoddess.com

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Run Your Business When Life Happens https://sarahwalton.com/when-life-happens/

How to Coach Yourself Through Hard Times https://sarahwalton.com/coach-yourself/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

Believe IT: How to Go from Underestimated to Unstoppable

View Details

You don't wait to make $1 million to become the million-dollar business owner. You start being that person today and tomorrow and the next day.

Kendall SummerHawk started filtering all of her decisions and activities through that lens. Money is power, money is freedom, money is choice. She’s been making $1 million or more every year since 2008. There’s no magic here. There's work, there's goal setting, and there's understanding what your blocks are. Kendall says she began her career in IT working in corporate health care. She knew she wanted out. She also knew she was ambitious and wanted to make money.

She started a nine-month personal development course and learned about coaching. She says you have to follow those seeds of interest – her course led her to create her business. She says it failed miserably in the first year, but she’s gone on to make close to $30 million.

She also learned the value of a client from her mother, who was a successful hairdresser. Her mother honored and revered her clients; she treated them like gold.

Kendall started talking openly about money. It’s only in our lifetime that women have had the ability to be entrepreneurs and self-employed.

“It's very new for women to have this kind of authority and autonomy and opportunity and power and flexibility,” says Kendall.

If you're thinking about starting a business, you're looking for inspiration, but a lot of women are looking for permission. It's natural to go to the people closest to us, our spouse or our parents or girlfriends or whatever, and who may not understand, who may feel threatened even though they love you and they say they support you.

Be selective about who you share your numbers with. Share them with other women who are ambitious, who are in business for themselves, and whose competitive spirit isn't against you.

The other thing is the mindset of running your life and your business like a $1 million business owner. Kendall started with a filter: How would $1 million business owner do this? She started with how a $1 million business owner would handle her email. She outsourced household chores. They were small changes. She went from $100,000 to $564,000 and the next year went on to earn a full million.

Kendall says she looked at her pricing to adjust her mindset. The first thing to do is raise your prices, which might involve changing your pricing structure. They cause a very big shift internally for women and how they view their services and how they view giving value. For example, Kendall advocates creating packages for service-based businesses. A money block might be thinking, “How can I charge so much when I only spent x number of hours?’

“Every business on the planet has an opportunity for a high-ticket offer,” says Kendall. “I don't care if it's brick and mortar or any kind of service space.”

Take Kendall’s Sacred Money Quiz to discover your money archetype: https://www.sacredmoneyquiz.com Connect with Kendall SummerHawk: https://kendallsummerhawk.com https://instagram.com/kendallsummerhawk Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Money Beliefs That Hold You Back from Making More https://sarahwalton.com/money-beliefs/

How to Manage Your Money Before Divorce https://sarahwalton.com/financial-planning-for-divorce/

3 Easy Tips for Your Sales Conversations https://sarahwalton.com/sales-conversations/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#FirstMillion #MillionDollarBusiness #MoneyMindset #SalesCoach #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness #EntrepreneurLifestyle

View Details

If you are trying to figure out what you need to know about your financial situation before you make any big moves – from divorce to losing a career -- we’re taking the first steps in today’s episode.

Alison Hall is the founder of Change Agent Coaching for Women and co-founder of The Boldest Me, a personal development and empowerment brand for women affected by divorce. After successful corporate career spanning 25 years, she pivoted to entrepreneurship.

Alison says women with bosses tend to think they won’t be able to make the money they’re making if they leave their situation. They might think they’re not qualified enough.

“I truly believe that we all have the capacity to make as much money as you want or need,” says Alison. “If you can say to yourself, ‘Oh gosh, I can't,’ then why can't you just flip it and say ‘I can,’ and think of all the ways that you can do something?”

Fear is limiting, and it takes over. I'm afraid I'm not going to make enough money. I'm afraid my kids aren't going to eat. So, you make decisions based on those limited beliefs.

When you take all of those negative thoughts and just practice thinking about an equal, opposite, positive thing. Well, I'm a pretty smart person. I could probably figure it out. There's nothing in my way other than me, so I could probably get a better job. Maybe I could start a business doing what it is I love. It takes a lot of practice.

As a certified divorce financial analyst and tax planner, Alison loves the strategy aspect of working with the numbers. Alison works only work with women because in the majority of divorces, women are the ones who are going to maintain the most responsibility for children and households, but who come out the worst in settlements, mainly for lack of knowledge.

Alison says many of the women she works with don’t know anything about their finances. They may pay the bills, but they don’t know what’s going on in the background. Very often they don't know what benefits their spouse has. They don't know their rights about those benefits. They don't know that the marital assets belong to everybody.

“I wish more women would not give up, you know, rights to information. That they are equal parties,” says Alison.

And it’s not just divorce where this lack of knowledge can become a factor. Sometimes, your spouse might become incapacitated. If you have all the information yourself, then you can advocate for yourself.

Our primary relationships and our businesses are so intertwined. Our romantic relationships can be a part of how we view ourselves in the world. Alison says the first step any woman should take is to pull their head out of the sand and acknowledge what you don’t know about your finances.

Don't be afraid to know your numbers. Don't be afraid to know where things stand. Don't be afraid to look and find. Pick one thing and get a win. You don’t have to start the goals too high at the start. Maybe the first day is finding all the credit cards.

Connect with Alison Hall: https://whitehalldivorcesolutions.com, or on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/alisonhall-coach-women/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

What Women Need to Know to Manage Their Money https://sarahwalton.com/money-management-women/

Do You Know Your Financial Personality https://sarahwalton.com/know-your-financial-personality/

Money Beliefs That Hold You Back from Making More https://sarahwalton.com/money-beliefs/

How to Talk About Money as a Family Unit https://sarahwalton.com/family-money-management-amanda-neely/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#DivorceAndMoney #WomenAndFinance #MoneyManagement #FinancialPlanning #FinancialIndependence #PersonalFinance #MoneyAndMarriage #AskExpert #SalesCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

If you’re living with self-doubts and are worried about what others think of you – you might not even know how much they’re holding you back. Learn how to recognize your intuition and use it to translate what your inner critic is telling you to turn it into a force for good.

Jenn Beninger is the Founder and CEO of Genius Unlocked Coaching Institute, a board-certified company, where she coaches, mentors, and transforms leaders' personal and professional lives. Jenn has refined how to delve into what's holding people back, and guiding them to successfully live in their purpose by calling on their intuition.

After her first seminar about neuro linguistic programming, she realized she was living with outside influences directing where she wanted to go.

“Ladies, that is the number one thing that's stopping you from anything that you want to do in your life, is that the most vulnerable judgment that you have about yourself,” says Jenn.

What's going on in the internal world is how your external world presents itself to you. You set your goal with your conscious mind: I want this, I deserve this, I want the income. I want the business. I want to help people. I want that health. I want that wealth.

Your unconscious mind is the goal getter. Finding alignment requires deep work with intuition, which is the translator between your conscious and unconscious mind. Intuition is one voice. The others are your inner critic, your inner child and your inner ego.

Your inner critic tells you things like, I’m not worthy. I’m not good enough. The inner child tends to be fear or hurt based drawing on your lived experience. The inner ego digs in to be right. This is usually the identity you’ve given yourself or was given to you, and there is a desire to protect it. Your ego protects your inner child, and your inner critic protects the identity that you've already created.

Your intuition gives you the learnings that you deserve to learn about yourself so that those voices can quiet down. Your intuition is always kind, but it may not always be gentle. Your intuition shines a light on the positive qualities and characteristics that you suppressed in order to live in this human experience.

Your four voices are a way for you to learn more about yourself. You can honor all of them. Even if you’re facing down a fearful inner child, it's like a warning light in your unconscious mind.

Jenn says the two most vulnerable places for women is your bank account and the bedroom. For example, let’s look at wealth. Consider a coaching exercise of questions to ask yourself.

When I look at my bank account, what are the qualities and characteristics that come up about me?

When I look at all of those qualities and characteristics, what negative thoughts and emotions are attached to that?
What would you want the past version of yourself to know? Understanding as coaches and as women how we operate and how our brains work will help us understand how we can create the change that we want to see in the world.

Connect with guest Jenn Beninger: https://www.instagram.com/geniusunlocked_/

Free gift: Why your coaching business isn’t working: https://geniusunlocked.coach/quiz/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Feel Like You’re Pushing Water Uphill? This Will Help You Find Success https://sarahwalton.com/pushing-water-uphill/

Have You Always Secretly Felt “Less Than”? https://sarahwalton.com/feeling-less-than/

What You REALLY NEED from an Intuitive Business Coach https://sarahwalton.com/need-a-business-coach/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#UnconsciousMind #Intuition #IntuitionForSuccess #Innervoice #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #AskExpert #SalesCoach

View Details

Figuring out how to reach new audiences outside of paid advertising is a challenge. Social media is loud, and can be negative. Today’s guest, Elizabeth Henson, shares how to build and nurture an online community to leverage your authority.

Elizabeth Henson is the owner of Elizabeth Henson INC., founder of The Messy Success Podcast, and The Community Growth Lab. Elizabeth started out as a wedding photographer and grew her business to six figures. Rather than teach how to use a camera, she realized that she could package her love of building community and leadership with how much people were struggling with their social media groups.

Helping clients get that quick win with their Facebook group was the in to teach about community-based marketing. She notes that in pairing Facebook with an email newsletter, you can create a marketing system that takes one hour a week to run. Unlike Instagram, which requires more branding and content creation, the community aspect of a group – be it on Facebook or similar – means you just have to ask a question.

“80% of your content can be one line or less, and you have permission not to brand things and not make things pretty,” says Elizabeth. “You’re starting conversations versus being on a stage.”

There can be a dark side to social media where people bring negative energy. Elizabeth says it is possible to avoid. As long as you don’t engage or view the negative content, the algorithm will adjust. And social media isn’t going away – online communities are timeless.

One of the forgotten marketing strategies is casting your vision. Elizabeth says she likes to remind people why she does what she does and why the group helps achieve that every week.

Good leadership is more than the title. You spot a great leader when you feel important in their presence, says Elizabeth, who wants to be the best at making other people feel seen and heard. Introverts can be leaders. You don’t have to have a big following to be a leader. “An influencer can just sell stuff because they have a big audience,” explains Elizabeth. “A leader is going to create a space where someone feels important, even if it's just one person.”

Elizabeth suggests thinking about how you want people to feel.

“You want them to feel like this is bigger than them, that it's more important than them, that this isn't bigger than you as the host,” she says. “If you can kind of treat your business mission like a movement, like you will naturally build community. And that's what makes marketing easy because then they advocate for you.”

One myth about community-based marketing that Elizabeth wants to debunk is that it’s hard and time consuming. Online relationship building is another point in your marketing ecosystem. You can nurture it for an hour a week and see it grow.

Wherever you choose to make your group, remember it’s another place where you can help people, where you can remind them of your offers. It’s not a be-all, end-all strategy, and it doesn’t have to take more than an hour a week to start some conversations and reach your audience.

Connect with Elizabeth Olson: https://elizabethhenson.co/ Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/thecommunitybuilder Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Social Media Call to Action – Be Imperfect https://sarahwalton.com/social-media-call-to-action/

Fall Back In Love With Social Media https://sarahwalton.com/what-to-post-on-social-media/

Social Media is NOT a Marketing Strategy https://sarahwalton.com/social-media-marketing-strategy/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#LaunchYourCommunity #OnlineBusinessTips #OnlineCommunityBrand #ContentMarketing #OnlineCommunityTips #WomenInBusiness #AskExpert #SalesCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #CommunityMarketing

View Details

As an emotional eating expert, Jessica Procini has made it her mission to give you permission to stop and listen to the parts of you that might be asking for a little bit of help. For those of us that are so high functioning, who we think we don't need anything, but that might actually be at the heart of emotional eating.

Since 2011, Jessica, the founder and leader of Escape from Emotional Eating, has been helping women heal the roots of their emotional eating so they can embody their full potential.

Jessica had already gone through nutrition school and had health and wellness expertise under her belt when she found out that she was an emotional eater. It blew her mind that she still couldn't manage when it came to food. She knew there are other people who know so much about health and wellness but really feel powerless at certain points in their relationship with food and their body.

There is a difference between just intellectually knowing information and motivating us to take action to create change.

For Jessica, it wasn’t a lightning strike moment when she realized she was an emotional eater. She recalls not being at peace with food in her body and noticed it was getting worse. She found herself reaching for food when she felt stressed, or life got overwhelming.

Jessica says people assume that emotional eating means that you have to eat ten bags of potato chips, you know, to be an emotional eater. It’s not about what you're eating, and it really has nothing to do with 2 or 20 of something. It's about the why and really honestly answering that question.

You might think, “Well, I can't do anything about this, so I might as well eat.” Or, “I look forward to eating. Eating and food is really like the joy in my day, so I might as well eat.” Another example is having this fear when you reach a certain point in an eating experience, and you have to choose: do I keep eating, or do I stop?

You might feel like, “This is all too much.” Life is too much, the day's been too much, there's too much going on. And there is this feeling of “I need to eat something.”

These examples are unhealthy coping mechanisms that involve self-silencing and powerlessness.

Jessica says there isn’t any reason why anyone should be upset with themselves, specifically when it comes to what they’re eating. If we're constantly engaging in this cycle of eating something and then beating ourselves up about it, it creates a really toxic internal environment.

“What I love about emotional eating, and the portal that it opens when we're willing to do the real work is that it puts us back in touch with ourselves from even just the nuances of, ‘well, how do you know when you're hungry?’ ” says Jessica. “Because especially as women, we've been taught that it's not okay to be hungry. We shouldn't be hungry for food, and we shouldn't be hungry for success.”

If you truly want freedom and peace, no matter how healthy you eat, and no matter how much you exercise, you have to get to the roots of your unhealthy relationship with food.

You can take Jessica's free quiz at https://www.innerwork.me to explore the four roots of emotional eating and get clarity and strategies to stop.

Connect with Jessica Procini: https://www.escapefromemotionaleating.com or on Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/JessicaProcini

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Fighting With Your Food? https://sarahwalton.com/adina/

Liberate Yourself from Weight Loss Conversations https://sarahwalton.com/functional-medicine-weight-loss/

Understand Why You Eat What You Eat https://sarahwalton.com/audrey/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#EmotionalEating #EmotionalEatingRecovery #EmotionalEatingExpert #StressEating #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness #AskExpert #SalesCoach

View Details

So many people start these extraordinary, beautiful businesses, and then they're scared to sell. Today we’ll go over three quick tips you can use in every sales conversation and two things not to do when you book that sales call.

Jamie Gulino Davis is the creator of StandOut Sales, where she teaches high ticket offer conversations, team development, leadership and relationship building. She's curated sales teams that have converted at 70% plus during her seven figure launches and events, and she also specializes in live events and sales strategy.

Jamie has seen sales done in so many ugly ways and people lacking confidence because of the sales experiences that they've had. It is her goal to show people how they can have gorgeous, conversations and really be an instrumental part of someone else's transformation.

But sales conversations are always happening; many business owners will host webinars, post on socials, send emails, and do speaking engagements. If somebody is at your workshop, if somebody is listening to your podcast, if someone is signing up for a consultation with you or a discovery call, they are looking for the services you are providing.

This shouldn't feel awkward or uncomfortable. This should feel like an amazing opportunity to provide that service and help somebody with whatever that transformation is.

“Sales should feel brilliant,” says Jamie. “It should feel beautiful. It should feel transformative. No matter what you're selling, it really is providing somebody with something that they're really in need of.”

Jamie says no matter how much growth she experiences, she’s always going to be vulnerable. She says she is always going to be absolutely honest because she is done seeing the social posts of how fabulous someone's life is. We know what's happening behind the scenes, right? She says it's important to be real and show what it really takes to have a successful business and household.

If you get on calls and they're just not converting, or people aren't buying Jamie has three quick easy tips to try.

Build rapport: Whether you're going into a room or going to sales, conversation, workshop, webinar, whatever that is, take 3 to 5 minutes to build rapport. People are longing for connection, but more so than ever, statistically, we're seeing that more touchpoints are needed to convert a sale. People want to have that know, like and trust when it comes to making a purchase.
Frame your conversation: This helps anyone that has a hard time showing up as the authority, anyone that has a challenging time talking about the investment of something and anyone that has a challenging time staying on track.
Ask the right questions: Give yourself permission to ask the real questions. It will create trust and understanding.

These little tiny tweaks allow yourself to be in the moment during sales conversations and can really increase your confidence.

Never laugh or giggle. This tends to happen when people talk about the investment. Practice. It costs $10,000 to work with me. Say it with confidence.

The other place to avoid the laugh or giggle is if someone is sharing something difficult. We often want to cushion discomfort for people. Be thoughtful, take your own breath and just be a beautiful, beautiful listener.

Avoid transition words like cool and awesome. If you’re on a sales call people might be talking about their pain points and we tend to say “awesome, cool” because you're transitioning to the next question.

Sales conversations aren't only happening when somebody is booking into your calendar. The truth is, it's happening all the time. Let’s get to it!

Free Gift: Jamie walks you through a vital piece of her S.A.L.E.S. framework [https://jamiegulinodavis.simplero.com/page/290836], which she's used to train sales teams that have converted at 70%+ during 7-figure launches and events.

Connect with guest Jamie Gulino Davis: https://www.instagram.com/jamiegulinodavis/

LinkedIn: http://linkedin.com/in/jamiegulinodavis

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Write Sales Copy That Sells: https://sarahwalton.com/how-to-write-sales-copy/

Never Ask, “So What Do You Do?” Again: https://sarahwalton.com/colleen/

That Time I Did My Friends’ Nails for Prom (Sales Can be Fun!): https://sarahwalton.com/sales-is-fun/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#SalesConversation #SalesTips #HowToSell #SalesTraining #SalesMotivation #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness #SalesCoach

View Details

We are so overworked, overscheduled and overwhelmed — you have to know how to manage your time. But that itself can be overwhelming, isn’t it?

Today’s guest is Megan Sumrell, Founder of The Pink Bee, where she took her 20-plus year career in systems and processes and applied it to all things time management, organization and productivity and explained why it's important to plan your week ahead.

So many of the traditional time management and productivity systems work great in a 9 to 5 corporate setting where you leave your life. You walk into your work environment; you get to put that focus on for 8 or 9 uninterrupted hours and leave.

Those systems work great there. But the reality is today, technology has blurred work and home life. Many people are working a hybrid system or remotely. The old systems don't take these new realities into account or acknowledge the interruptions that might come from working at home.

Another aspect that leads specifically to women being overwhelmed is that we’re taking on more responsibilities without removing any of the old ones. There are expectations that we put on ourselves such as the heavy lifting around the house.

In the face of overwhelm and constant access, Megan says it’s time to move away from lists. She suggests a weekly planning model instead.

Another way of thinking about this is, let’s say you’re given a list of 25 things to buy at the grocery store and you’re handed an envelope with the money to pay for it. You fill your cart with the items on the list and it’s $110 worth of groceries. You open the envelope and there’s a $50 bill. Now you’re going to have to make choices about what to put back.

What if instead, you were given $50 and told what you’re trying to accomplish – feed a family of four for four days. What would the walk through the grocery store look like?

Use the incredibly powerful way of laying out a draft plan for the upcoming week where you are looking at the realities of what you’re already committed to. Then you can create efficiencies.

Megan likes to plan for uncertainty. She suggests conducting a time audit during a regular week. How much time did you spend doing things that you had no idea were coming but truly had to be addressed?

When we track this over a week or two, we start to see a pattern emerge. Megan says for her, at this stage of her life, she averages about 5 to 6 hours a week, noting it can change by season.

She makes sure to set aside blank space in her calendar to cover those hours in case something comes up so she can shift rather than stay up late or work all weekend.

Megan says aside from weekly planning, a quick win is to program your devices so that you can have everything silent except for things important enough to interrupt you. Then you communicate to your loved ones so they know how to reach you in an emergency and when you’ll be checking your device.

She says it is life changing when you can truly disconnect. You get your boundaries back.

Download The Pink Bee app, and visit https://www.theworklifeharmony.com for free weekly planning training.

Connect with Megan Sumrell: https://www.megansumrell.com | YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/WorkLifeHarmonyPodcast

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Deal With Mom Guilt and Balance: https://sarahwalton.com/albiona/

Healing the Hustle (You Don’t Have to Keep Up): https://sarahwalton.com/jessica-butts/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#WeeklyPlanning #Productivity #TimeManagementTips #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness #SalesCoach #TimeManagement #Planning

View Details

If you've been toying with leaving social media or you're ready to dive deeper, today's conversation is going to help. These platforms are so engaging, but they can cause so much strife. People get canceled. Some go viral.

Karlyn Ankrom is the founder and lead strategist of Oh Snap Social and creator of the Fan Firestarter Framework, a new approach to social media marketing made specifically for businesses who've been tempted to fake their own deaths and flee to Tahiti at the mere thought of content creation. Social media has made us global citizens. Balancing how to live in this reality and still needing to work is complicated. Participate and do what's right for you with as much awareness and compassion as possible.

The world is coming at us very fast, and navigating that can be hard. Karlyn had a client ready to launch a new program as the news started to break about Palestine and Israel. The client opted to wait.

Karlyn says these decisions need to align with you. If you’re someone who can speak on topics, then do. If you’re not, don’t. Never post because you think you should be posting.

“Have grace for other people when they get it wrong,” says Karyn. “Social media is not a very forgiving place in a lot of ways, and that's why I always tell people to curate your feed for the mood that you want to have when you open an app.”

She says a lot of her clients overthink every word; they care deeply about the people they are trying to serve. But most people don’t remember what they had for breakfast this morning, let alone what you posted on social media two weeks ago. If it worked, figure out how to repurpose it. Share it. People are there and gone in two seconds.

Karlyn says the first thing to look at with your calls to action are whether you want them to be internal or external. Internal means content that's on the platform and keeping people engaged there. External is to get people from the platform to your website, to your landing page, etc.

For internal calls to action, Karlyn says taking the time to tell people what you want them to do after they read your caption is a missed opportunity. From an internal perspective, it can be as simple as asking the user: save for later, double tap if you found this helpful, drop a thumbs up emoji if you agree, if you found this helpful, share it, or send me a direct message.

Make sure that you're including external calls to action, as they are essentially the dot connectors that take people from the conversation on social to a place where you actually own the data (your website or landing page).

Remember the behaviors of the community on those platforms. So, just thinking about how you can add some type of action for the person to do; people are not mind readers, and you have to make it simple. Don't be afraid to share your opinions based on your experience with your audience.

Karlyn has a ton of downloads available that she's constantly updating with the latest and greatest resources about social media: https://ohsnapsocial.com/resources/

Connect with Karlyn: www.instagram.com/ohsnapsocialkarlyn and www.linkedin.com/in/karlynankrom/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Fall Back In Love With Social Media: https://sarahwalton.com/what-to-post-on-social-media/

How to Use ChatGPT Without Losing Your Personality: https://sarahwalton.com/how-to-use-chat-gpt/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#CallToAction #SocialMediaTips #SocialMediaMarketing #SocialMediaManager #DigitalMarketing #SocialMediaMarketingForBeginners #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #WomenInBusiness #SalesCoach

View Details

Part of the Game on Girlfriend mission is to liberate women from the outside forces that tell us what we are capable of, what we should look like, and what we should or shouldn't be doing with our money and businesses. Dealing with our own bodies, our relationship to food, our relationship to health, and how we treat ourselves is the foundation of this work.

I'm thrilled to be talking to Dr. Jessie Hehmeyer, the founder of Well Empowered, where she practices data-driven and results-oriented functional medicine.

Jessie grew up as a dancer and recalls struggling with weight growing up. She realized in her 20s that struggling with her weight was interfering with her being fully present with the people in her life.

We're born into a world where we very quickly get the message of what a good body looks like and what a bad body looks like. One of the things Jessie does when she starts to work with people is create completion with the past. She asks, when was the first time you remember thinking your body was how it should or shouldn't be?

"It's the inherited conversations in this area of our life about how our body should be and shouldn't be mixed with wanting to have some control over how we show up and our world as a whole," says Jessie.

Some of it is psychological, some of it is biochemical, and some of it is social. There are so many different layers to food. There are things we've heard people say that become truth.

One of Jessie's favorite examples of this is the concept that food or beverages are good or bad. I cheated yesterday, or I was so good last week. This language is the language of morality. And there is no morality in food or beverages.

Food and beverages produce certain outcomes. We either like those outcomes or we don't. How do we give up the old conversations of morality to avoid shame? Imagine what it would be like to not have this on your mind anymore, to just have it handled.

Jessie helps people overcome the all-or-nothing approach, like extreme dieting followed by overindulgence. Peeling that back one more layer is self-aggression. It doesn't work.

She helps move people towards the middle ground. It's created through the living, and people have the chance along the way to gather insights. See what works, see what doesn't work, rather than, "Oh, I made a mistake. Just forget it. I'm a failure, and so I might as well just give up."

"The whole middle ground mastery journey is really one of self-love," says Jessie.

Jessie acknowledges that people will struggle to lose weight if their thyroid isn't working well. But she also highlights three other areas that need to be talked about: elevated inflammation, suboptimal insulin sensitivity, and detox pathways not running smoothly.

"I practice data driven natural medicine because it is so grounded in this data," says Jessie. Functional medicine is designed to identify and address the root causes of people's symptoms or disease processes as health challenges. It's not always true that you can completely heal the body, but taking a root-cause approach can support it.

Connect with Dr Jessie Hehmeyer: https://www.wellempowered.com Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/wellempowered/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

When You Hate Your Body, People Get Rich: https://sarahwalton.com/megan-hadley/

How to Love Your Body: https://sarahwalton.com/marla/ You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review." Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#FunctionalMedicine #WeightLossJourney #WomensHealth #WeightLoss #HealthTips #HealthyLifestyle #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness #SalesCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

Ambition isn’t a dirty word. It’s not about greed or want – it’s about richness. It’s about wanting to understand. Today’s guest, Monique Allen, couples ambition with curiosity. She is not looking for a recipe or a blueprint for how to find success – she’s someone who looks at convention and asks, is there more?

Monique is the Founder and Creative Director of The Garden Continuum. She uses her knowledge as a lifelong gardener, business developer, and educator to bridge the gap between landscaping and business building. She launched her coaching career with the Life-Scape Method, a strategy developed to guide people toward improving their land, lives, and professional satisfaction.

Monique couples ambition with curiosity. Yes, she wants to grow achieve financial security and success, but she’s also hungry for expansion and knowledge. The benefit of seeking ambition through curiosity is that when you’re able to bring out the best experience, you can shift that satisfaction to the people you serve.

I use abundance and ambition almost interchangeably. When I talk about abundance, it’s knowing there isn’t just one way to do something. We get myopia, and we home in on that one thing because it’s what everyone else is doing.

Monique says when we ask, “Is there more?” It's asking if you can access something that's deeper or richer. It’s an abundance of satisfaction, an abundance of health, an abundance of connection, an abundance of resilience. It’s taking all of these “softer terms” that are about being able to have access through awareness and that abundance and ambition through curiosity.

It’s also about recognizing we have an abundance of options. We're here to live a life of freedom and joy. But Monique notes that people aren’t really taught how to make choices through abundance; we’re taught through a binary: This is right. This is wrong. She finds in her practice, people will stall out, and abundance seems to be a hurdle rising from people’s pasts.

It’s scarcity that’s built into the binary. If we think there is only one right way to do it, people spin out, trying to find that path. Scarcity is fear that you’re going to get it wrong.

That’s a myth. You can’t get it wrong. Everything you’re attempting is adding to who you are, and it’s adding to your experience. When we face the fear of “too much” it’s really just the flip side of “not enough.”

What we have to do – as entrepreneurs and as people – is right in front of us right now. What we have is what feels the most congruent in that moment – and anything else we'll add on later once we get it down.

One of Sarah’s first coaches was a concert pianist. She would sit down and play a two-hour piece. She told Sarah she worked on a measure at a time. One measure is four counts. She would work on that one piece until it became a part of her, and she could add another.

Monique says when we think about entrepreneurship, people think of the get-rich-quick schemes. But we build our skills as an entrepreneur one measure at a time, one sale at a time, one contract at a time.

Connect with Monique Allen: https://www.thelifescapecoach.com/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/monique.allen/ Stop Landscaping, Start Life Scaping: https://shop.thelifescapecoach.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

Permission to Succeed is NOT required! https://sarahwalton.com/permission-to-succeed/

Stop Shiny Ball Syndrome https://sarahwalton.com/shiny-ball/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review."Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#Ambition #EntrepreneurialAmbition #PersonalGrowth #Curiosity #BusinessTips #Entrepreneurship #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness #SalesCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

Money can be fun! If you're afraid to hire a financial planner, you're going to be so happy to meet Lisa Crosta. You don't have to be afraid to talk about money, and today, we dive into what can happen when women get clarity about money management.

Lisa decided to become a certified professional accountant (CPA) because she wanted to work with people. She recognized finances can be confusing; there's so much jargon and misinformation. She is the Director of Wealth Management of BPP Wealth Solutions where her all-women team helps clients better understand their financial picture so they can achieve their dreams.

“This is everyday math that makes sense with what we do with life,” says Lisa. “And when you start talking to people about money, they open up to you about incredible things.”

Money is the most powerful tool we have access to, but for the most part, no one teaches us how to use it.

Lisa says if she could change one thing about the money conversation, it would be to have parents talk to their children about it. She says there’s rarely a discussion about the concept of how much things cost and it can be confusing for kids. If a parent says no to buying ice cream for their child, it might be because it’s too close to dinnertime rather than the item being expensive.

Lisa says it’s important to use money appropriately as a tool, not as an excuse when you want to discourage behavior. There is a morality that we assign to money; we put emotion into it.

Many of her clients are initially nervous about sharing their cash flow with her. Looking at the money coming in and going out, people think they’re in trouble, and they will have to budget.

Some people want to save, and others are fine with putting their 401K aside and spending the rest. Financial planners give them projections – there are a lot of assumptions. You can see that if this is how you live, this is where you’ll be at 65. Lisa says, the projection may or may be good, but don’t you want to know?

“It’s not about who has the biggest pile [of money],” says Lisa. “It’s can you do what you want to do with what you have?”

“I find the women that choose not to get married and are managing themselves are fine. It's when they're relying on somebody else, and then they end up with divorce or death. They get sideswiped,” says Lisa.

At some point, you will manage that money, and understanding the various assets and how they work from a tax standpoint and an inheritance standpoint is key.

Lisa says understanding what you own, how it’s titled, and how to invest it is the most important.

“You can't put everything in a drawer and wait till you're 65 and pull it out,” she says.

She suggests hiring a professional. Tax laws have gotten complex. There used to be just one retirement account – pensions. Now, there are different rules with many different types of retirement accounts. In managing money, knowledge truly is power.

Connect with Lisa Crosta: https://www.bppwealth.com

Use coupon code Sarah10 to get 10% off financial planning services.

Other GOG episodes you might want to check out:

Money Beliefs That Hold You Back from Making More: https://sarahwalton.com/money-beliefs/ How Values Make You Money: https://sarahwalton.com/jennifer-kem/ Do You Know Your Financial Personality: https://sarahwalton.com/know-your-financial-personality/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review."Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#MoneyManagement #FinancialPlanning #PersonalFinanceforWomen #MoneyManagementforWomen #FinancialFreedom #MoneyAndMarriage #AskExpert #WomenInBusiness #SalesCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

One out of four older adults will fall annually in the United States. If you're thinking, I'm not at risk, my guest today will talk about how age 30 is the new 50 when it comes to preventing falls.

Our foundation at that early age dictates what we can handle as we grow older. Joy Fletcher is a fitness professional with more than three decades of experience. She's the owner of Agile 4 Life Fitness. Her latest project is a 12-week group program called Standing Strong, designed to help participants improve strength and balance to prevent devastating falls.

Joy is breaking her industry. She is busting the myth that as you age, it's just how it is. You're going to fall. You're not going to be as strong. That's just what it is to age.

Falling, says Joy, is a multi-pronged problem that starts when we're younger. We now know we begin losing muscle mass and bone density at age 30 – not 50 or 60. This creates a loop where lost muscle strength means you're less stable and more apt to lose your balance.

Other factors affect balance, like how well we can hear. People who wear two hearing aids will have more problems. The same is true with vision issues and diabetes.

Diabetes might lead to neuropathy; the sensation in the bottom of your feet is not as good as it used to be. It's easier to trip. Because of muscle weakness, you might have drop foot. That might mean not being able to lift your foot high enough over a step or a rug. The fear of falling can lead to shuffling, affecting our posture and mobility.

Joy says 30 minutes a day walking and doing some weight training will help. She says people tend to discount yoga and tai chi, but anytime we move the muscles, it will help. Stretching really is strengthening, she says. You can still build quality muscle mass at 70, 80, and 90. You can start at any age.

"Why do you think I don't give my dad a break even though he's going to turn 96," says Joy. "Every rep we do is going to be quality, and it's going to help him with his strength and his balance."

She says it's important to learn the form and the proper technique. Try not to get discouraged, and don't rush. But it's like riding a bike. You develop motor control and muscle memory. Even if someone falls and they're older, they're still going to be able to catch themselves better and recover better.

Just because we get older, we don't have to fall. Joy says there's nothing better than watching someone gain confidence from taking care of themselves better.

Mentioned in this episode: Silver Sneakers: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCRp-32Yi0KC2YMgHIg6mTag AARP: https://www.aarp.org/

Connect with Joy Fletcher: https://agile4lifefitness.com Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Agile4LifeFitness Joy is sharing a 20-page infographic that gives specifics on how to decrease the risk of falling for older adults: https://agile4lifefitness.punchpass.com/content-library/149961

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out: Changing The Conversation: Aging Is HOT https://sarahwalton.com/sheilisa/ Do Mushrooms Really Have Health Benefits? https://sarahwalton.com/mushroom-health-benefits/ The Power of Running (You're NEVER Too Old To Start!) https://sarahwalton.com/beth/ Your Body Is As Important As Your Business https://sarahwalton.com/womens-gut-health-love-your-body/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review."Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#Seniors #Aging #FallPreventionAwareness #FallsPrevention #SeniorsFitness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach #WomenInBusiness #AskExpert

View Details

Do you have a love-hate relationship with social media? Today I want to introduce you to my social media coach, Katie McKiever. I think we all know that side of it where everyone’s snarky, everyone’s mean. Katie’s going to walk us through how to deal with that side of it and give us a framework for what to post on social media to be a positive resource.

Katie says when social media came along, it was like hitting the jackpot. Social media meant connecting to people at scale, with the power to hold it in your hands.

“If we aren’t reaching out to people and telling them our gifts and our passions, we are doing people a disservice,” says Katie. “And this hang up of ‘who am I to share this message? Who am I to be talking about these things? If not you, then who?’”

The key is to reframe social media posting as a service. There is a person on the other end who could be helped by you or your business! Every time you go to think of content or what to post ask yourself, “what can I help somebody with today?”

That question puts so much of the best energy into the world and it takes the weight off of you. It’s an internal process to really own who you are, what you’re doing and why.

Get ready to plan your three posts for next week. Katie explains you can use her 3-2-1 framework – three posts, two sessions of engagement on one platform -- consistently for a month.

Here are Katie’s three post ideas:

Something you learned. Maybe it’s a book you’re reading, a quote you heard, a podcast you heard. Where this gets strategic is that you tag in the brand or author to bring in other audiences. Something you teach or something you want others to know. This is something that comes from what you or your brand represents. It shows you’re an expert in what you do. Something you’re proud of. This is strategic because you can humblebrag and show off some things about your business. Remember you always want to lead with value, the other person in mind, and service.

For engagement time, block off two, 15-minute sessions a week. It will get you started, especially if you are pressed for time. Reply to comments – even if it’s just a thanks for posting. Then, proactively look on the platform for other people to engage with who might be of interest to you. Get into this rhythm of using social media as a two-way street. It's not just you pumping out content.

When you’re out there as a person, it’s a different experience. It can be warm and inviting; it doesn’t have to be awkward where you’re wondering how you’re being perceived, because it’s a conversation.

Katie says to avoid overwhelm, be consistent on one platform for one to three months. It doesn’t matter which platform. It’s about building the consistency and getting what you do out there in the world.

Connect with Katie McKiever: https://katiemckiever.com/ You can find her on LinkedIn, Instagram, Tiktok, and Facebook using the handle, katiemckiever.

Trying to keep up with the latest social media? Katie's got you covered. Sign up for her Social Media News to Use newsletter: http://socialmedianewstouse.com/

Other GoG episodes you might want to check out:

How to Write Sales Copy That Sells: https://sarahwalton.com/how-to-write-sales-copy/

How to Use ChatGPT Without Losing Your Personality: https://sarahwalton.com/how-to-use-chat-gpt/

How to Make Money Podcasting (Without Burning Out!): https://sarahwalton.com/make-money-podcasting/

#SocialMediaPost #SocialMediaContent #Branding #SocialMediaMarketing #ContentWriting #ContentCreation #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach #WomenInBusiness #AskExpert

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review."Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Workplace culture is the difference in whether people want to work for you, whether they want to buy from you, the kind of experiences that they have, and whether they stay with you over the long term.

Chellie Phillips is the author of “Culture Secrets,” which provides advice for leaders looking to build a value culture in their workplace. Chellie found what works with culture falls into five buckets and came up with this acronym:

Value and vision Accountability Leadership Unique people (you) Engagement

Chellie says that what makes people want to show up at work and stay where they are is when they feel like they belong and they contribute to the success of an organization. Culture is what creates that sense of belonging and value that someone feels inside that organization.

Creating a business or being involved in a business where the company culture is clear is critical. It is a human need that we have to feel safe, to feel like we belong, to feel like what we're working on matters, and to feel like our voice inside that work matters.

Belonging is what makes a community strong. It’s what makes us want to be involved. People are at the center of all of our worlds.

You can walk into a place and feel whether people enjoy being there. As a business owner, you know how much that feeling impacts how people recommend you to others.

For example, if you go to a restaurant and have a lousy experience – maybe the waitstaff is not up to par. They’re grumbling about their hours, or they’re on their phone, not paying attention to the customers. You’re probably not going to recommend that restaurant.

But if you create an experience by making people feel like they belong, that they have a voice, that they're contributing to what's going on, and that their values as people align with your values as an organization, you'll set yourself up for success. You're going to have long-term employees that your customers love to interact with and are going to refer you -- your service, your product, whatever it is -- to someone else because they want them to have great experiences, too. It really is a win-win for the business and the employee.

If you want people to feel like they belong, the first thing that Chellie says leaders need to do is shut up and listen. Leaders talk a lot. You're always in meetings. You're always doing something. You're putting out information.

Acknowledge the fact that we all have other things happening other than what's going on in our jobs, and we all bring that to work with us, whether it's good or whether it's bad. Having those conversations makes your team more willing to have harder conversations with you when they need to.

Everybody is resistant to change. But if they feel like you, as that leader, have listened to them, that you have their back, they're less resistant to that change. They're more likely to give it a try and at least make a go of it than if you're just throwing something new at somebody who feels like the only time you engage with them is at their twice a year evaluation.

It goes back to that people centered approach, where they feel like you as a person matter to them.

Let’s get to it!

Free E-book for starting a culture movement in your office: https://chelliephillips.com/flying-solo/

Culture Secrets: https://amzn.to/3G80SwU

Connect with Chellie: https://chelliephillips.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/chellie-phillips/ #OrganizationalCulture #WorkplaceCulture #Culture #Belonging #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach #WomenInBusiness #KnowYourWorth #GetPaid

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review."Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

If you’ve been struggling with sales copy this episode is going to change how you write and make your copy more effective – we’re even going to talk AI and how to use it.

Kris Jones helps women-owned small businesses create website copy that sells so they can multiply their revenue and focus on what they do best. And we mean multiply – she’s helped some of her clients to scale from $30,000 months to $300,000 months.

I’ve said it before, and I’ll say it again, copy is one of our most important business assets. It replicates you out there in the world. When your copy is done well, you can go off and relax and know that the copy is working hard on your behalf.

Kris started out as a visual storyteller; she was never someone who loved copy. Her journey started in website design. She had a client who was ready to launch a new business idea and was very excited. The client had a background in publishing and was going to write the copy. Cue the copy deadline, and Kris’ client called her frustrated. She couldn’t’ do it. When she tried to outsource the task, it didn’t feel like her voice.

Kris says she realized the visual story paired with the written story is the superpower. Even today in 2023, most people don’t have both.

Kris has advice for struggling sales copy writers. The biggest mistake we make is making ourselves the hero of our own story. We think this is my website, I need to talk about myself. But we want to be inviting our clients into the story with you, says Kris. The client should be the hero, and you are the guide.

The guide is the strongest character in the story; the hero is the weakest. The hero has the problem and we don’t know if they’re going to overcome it or not. But you are the guide who can solve their problem. You can show up with empathy and confidence.

The formula for every story ever told is the hero has a problem they don’t know how to solve. That's your client. They go searching around whether they're asking their friends or they're online asking Google. They're looking for a solution. The hero then meets a guide that has a solution that allows them to experience success.

That is, in a nutshell, every movie you ever watch, every book you ever read -- that is the structure of a compelling story.

When business owners can articulate the problems that their clients are struggling with, the client automatically think we’re the best ones to solve it. Doing that establishes resonance. It develops trust. It helps them feel seen and heard when you're just literally naming the problems that they have.

Kris notes that you can’t outsource your own voice. There are nuances about what you do that make you unique. That's why people hire you instead of your competitor. She believes AI is a powerful tool that can you explore ideas.

“I think of AI as kind of like a really great professional racehorse. It's been groomed, but you don't want it to run wild. To win the race it needs a jockey,” says Kris.

She notes AI is great for generating content, but it's not a strategic thinker. You want to generate a lot of content, but you still need to go in and edit it. It doesn't necessarily create copy that is touching, moving and representative of your voice.

Let’s get to it!

#SalesCopy #HowToWriteASalesPage #CopywritingTips #SalesPageTraining #WriteBetter #CopyWritingSecrets #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach

Mentioned in this episode: Write Compelling Copy That Sells—in 5 Minutes Flat: https://www.claritywithkris.com

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review."Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Robin Osborn is an adversity warrior, which she says is about overcoming adversity with a positive outlook no matter what. Her journey has been arduous. She took up the reins of the family’s FAA repair business at 21 when her father died by suicide. Later, her health would take a serious turn.

“I think, no, I know, that we’re all facing challenges, and mindset is a big, big piece of that,” says Robin. “Just asking for help is being an adversity warrior.”

Through adversity, no matter the lesson, it’s always going to help take you to the next level, the next job, the next experience, and next conversation. For Robin, her journey has taught her self-love and that no one defines you.

Her day one experience with the family business meant convincing much older employees to trust her. She says it took about five years and a lot of personal conversations in learning first, then proving herself. But the challenges didn’t stop there. Robin says typically, every eight to 10 years, she faced some adversity in the business – she would get stuck, whether organizationally, departmentally or individually.

Getting stuck is a cycle – it’s normal. And the cycles seem to be getting shorter. We’re seeing it now every five years. People almost reinvent the business message, the strategy, the positioning inside the market, the method that they use to stand apart and also nurture themselves and their employees in a different way because the world is changing so quickly.

Robin moved to coaching and consulting, where she focused on helping people implement custom operating systems. Then she started gaining weight. She had low energy. Three trips to the emergency room later after being told she was “fine” – they found a baseball-sized tumor in her brain.

“Trust your intuition because women especially are very intuitive. When you don't know you have a brain tumor, your body automatically starts coping, or you try and justify odd things that are going on,” says Robin.

She tells her clients to put their health first do the self-care. She acknowledges the ego in the adversity warrior attitude – remembering that when she was in the hospital, in bad shape, she said to the nurse, “I'm invincible.” And the nurse said, “You are until you're not.”

Robin said goodbye to her children in case she didn’t make it. The pressure in her head was so bad she was told she had a couple of days before it would take her life.

“I would say my MO, my purpose in life, is to help people become better but also exude joy every day. Because now, from here forward, every day is a free day for me.”

What she found in her recovery was similar to business tools: Staying in your purpose, your why, your motivational drivers – getting the 1% and not living in extremes (always and never).

“You really need a vision, you need a goal, you need the tactical weekly measurables, you need accountability,” says Robin. “I would say the most powerful are the values – my moral compass that I operate off of.”

Robin cites the acronym ‘HOPE’ (having only positive energy). She says the real catalyst for change is recognizing hope is in the present to future and committing to your vision; it’s not in the past.

Let’s get to it!

#Adversity #PositiveThinking #OvercomeAdversity #AdversityCoach #AdversityWarrior #SelfAwareness #SelfEmpowerment #MindsetMatters #SuccessMindset #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

Mentioned in this episode: Traction by Gino Wickman: https://amzn.to/3FA0l6N 30 minute 1:1 Discovery session: https://www.schedule30minutes.com

Connect with Robin Osborn: https://www.robinosborn.com

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review."Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

I cannot believe we have recorded 200 episodes of the Game on Girlfriend podcast. I am so happy to have been able to do this! We’ve gone in and dug through the top performing episodes between episode 100 and episode 200 to recap and bring you what we felt were the top hits. I really want to take a minute and thank you so much for the support. This is such a labor of love for me to help you come into the world of coaching and see what it's really like. Here is a preview of the seven episodes featured.

Let’s get to it!

Episode 190: Can Coaches Really Make Money? BTS With MY Coach Kelsey Murphy https://sarahwalton.com/can-you-make-money-as-life-coach/

Kelsey really homes in on what we coaches -- those of us who really study the craft and the art and the skill behind coaching -- do because we really love other people, and we really love this planet.

“So, you have all these wonderful, empathetic, big-hearted humans that are not successful out in the world. And I'm like, no F that. … That makes me feel like, no, something's not right in the world. Because these people, these communicators, are the ones that could stop wars. They could make people feel seen and heard.” – Kelsey Murphy

Teaching people the skills of being able to share emotions, ideas, and experiences in a way that expands rather than contracts the rest of the world is really special.

Episode 187: Feel Like You’re Pushing Water Uphill? This Will Help You Find Success https://sarahwalton.com/pushing-water-uphill/

This is a solo episode where it’s me speaking to all of you directly. I've recorded them in cars, in closets. I basically have done these pretty much everywhere. So many people were reaching out to me, saying it just feels too hard right now. This episode was my response.

“This idea that we have to show up and perform in a certain way, we have to show up and appear in a certain way. … We've got to be so aware of what we are here to deliver that we can't get distracted by what other people are doing. … I want you to get really honest with you. Are you doing this to yourself? Are you showing up in the world the way you think the world wants you to be seen? Or are you showing up based on who you are? Because the moment you start to show up as who you really are is the moment your business will transform, your life will become a lot easier, and you'll probably start making more money.” – Sarah Walton

Self-trust is something that is just an absolute tenet of everything that I teach and everything that I do whenever I'm coaching. It's so important that we remember that we have so much power in how we talk to ourselves and how we decide to respond to the different pressures and stressors that come at us, as well as the joys.

Other episodes mentioned:

Our 100th Episode: Fan Favorites, Editors Pick, and The Best Clips and Highlights https://sarahwalton.com/100/

Episode 188: Social Media is NOT a Marketing Strategy with Ruthie Sterrett https://sarahwalton.com/social-media-marketing-strategy/

Episode 186: The Art of Self-Control with Tracy Pleschourt https://sarahwalton.com/take-back-self-control/

Episode 193: Take Those Courses Off the Shelf: 4 Steps to Make Progress https://sarahwalton.com/make-progress/

Episode 192: Behind the Scenes with IVF and Fertility Specialist Tasha Blasi https://sarahwalton.com/tasha-blasi-fertility/

Episode 195: The Breakthrough I Didn’t Know I Needed https://sarahwalton.com/breakthrough-in-business/

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review."Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#BusinessSuccessStory #GameOnGirlfriendPodcast #PodcastMilestone #SarahWalton #SarahWaltonPodcast #MilestoneEpisode #entrepreneurship#IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach

View Details

When things feel so uncomfortable, when the unimaginable is happening, when we feel it’s hard to concentrate, I want to share some things you can do to support yourself.

I want to give you a few things you can do immediately to help you stay on track and feel a little bit better when you’re searching for calm in this chaos.

Tip 1: Move your body: When you are feeling stressed out, move your body. It can feel counterintuitive whether you're mourning, you’re in shock, or you get this urge to pace around the house. It's an interesting phenomenon all throughout our history as humans – people tend to run more in crisis.

It was tracked in a book called Born to Run (https://amzn.to/3S4ADPi). World War II? People start running. The economy takes a turn. People start running. The reason is the need for cortisol and adrenaline to move through the body. That takes water and movement. (And you don’t have to run – you could walk around the house.) It really does help move those chemicals through your system when things feel so unsettling.

Tip 2: No news from social media. We know that we are being micro targeted on social media. (If you don't believe me, DM one of your best friends that you think you're pregnant, and watch how long it takes for pregnancy test ads to show up in your feed. Seconds. Why? Because you're being micro targeted.) The algorithm knows what it needs to do to keep you engaged.

But AI obviously is not human, and it doesn't know if what it's giving you is good for you or bad for you. It just knows what will keep you scrolling. And most of that will tap into your cortisol, your adrenaline, your anxiety, your fears.

The other thing that is so egregious about this is that lies will spread seven times faster than the truth. Get your news from a generalized source; you will probably feel better, and you'll be able to stay informed.

Tip 3: Dive into your purpose: I know some people might think, “That feels so selfish.” I absolutely get it.

I'm going to make a blanket statement: The world is like this because women don't have more money. Women wouldn't treat each other's children like that. We need to be at the tables where decisions are being made. We need to have the influence to change certain events. Chances are you need money to do that.

The more that we scale, and the more we get money in the hands of more women, the less frequently we will see situations like we're all experiencing. What's happening in the world is not a soccer game. There are no sides. There are people. There are people who love. People who care. People who are scared and people who don't know what to do.

Diving into your purpose, whatever that is, makes someone else's day better. The more we have happy, fulfilled, beautiful humans on this planet, the more we will all be able to support those who do not having that experience.

Over the next week here from Team Sarah, you're going to be hearing about our Abundance Academy. If you are feeling the pull, if you are feeling like you are alone, that there is no abundance, that there is only scarcity and fear, I want you to come and join us.

Abundance Breakthrough Workshop: https://sarahwalton.com/your-abundance-breakthrough/

The Abundance Academy: https://sarahwalton.com/abundance-academy/

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

World Events, Stress & Your Ambition — How They Go Together https://sarahwalton.com/stress-ambition/

Is It Ok to Be Happy Right Now? https://sarahwalton.com/happy/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review."Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#MentalWellBeing #StayCalm #WorldNews #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #BusinessCoach

Born to Run: A Hidden Tribe, Superathletes, and the Greatest Race the World Has Never Seen

View Details

Do you ever walk into your closet and think, "Oh my gosh…I have no clothes." Today, we discuss how to dress for your brand and what to do when feeling frumpy.

After 20 years as an executive in fashion and beauty, Angela Foster helps high-achieving petite women feel more confident by creating a closet they love. She began her business organically by assisting a colleague and mom who didn't like how she looked anymore and wasn't confident in her body. Before she knew it, she had a roster of clients and a full-time job.

Her next challenge was the hybrid work environment. Before the pandemic, many of us had a section of the closet for work clothes. A clear division where the garments were for work. Now, there are different buckets – virtual and in-person.

It's like having two work wardrobes – and that's how we need to look at it, says Angela. Figure out which tops look great on virtual calls. (She suggests giving people one thing to focus on: a Zoom call. During our call, she was wearing fabulous earrings.)

"One of the things about being women … our bodies are always changing. We get pregnant, we have the baby, we lose the weight, we don't lose the weight. We go through menopause. … Everything about our lives changes our body a little bit," says Angela.

We're not doing our best work if we don't feel good. Angela has a five-step system called "Spark" that she and her clients go through. The first step is body shape.

And no – she isn't talking fruit salad. She said many clients would identify as an apple, pear, or an orange and then discuss what was "wrong" with them.

My hips are too wide… My butt's too big…My thighs aren't svelte enough… For Angela, it was a nightmare.

"If we could just focus on what we love about our bodies and then pay attention to how that feels when we leave the house instead of like all the negative mind chatter that we have about this, that, or the other thing. If we could just make that one small step, it would make such a huge difference in how we feel. It's a game changer."

Angela works primarily with entrepreneurs and executives. She runs into many women who work for a company, and they feel they don't have a personal brand. She says it's essential to define a style that speaks to your career goals and aspirations aside from whichever company you work for. From an entrepreneurial standpoint, you're the face of your brand. Prospective clients and employers make 11 judgments and decisions about you in seven seconds. It's all subconscious.

Angela asks for three words to describe your brand, which can be translated into your wardrobe. Sometimes, half the battle is identifying what isn't going to work for your style and where not to shop.

"It's so noisy out there. The more consistent your image can be, it actually does you a favor," says Angela.

Mentioned: Style Dos and Don'ts: https://angelastylecoach.com/gog

Connect with Angela Foster: https://angelastylecoach.com Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/angelastylecoach/

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

How to Love Your Body https://sarahwalton.com/marla/

How to Stand Out in Life and in Business https://sarahwalton.com/stand-out-in-business/

Stress and How to Dress https://youtu.be/vH4BzCv3t-s

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Thank you so much for listening. I'm so honored that you're here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking "Write a review."Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#DressingForWork #StyleCoach #ImageConsultant #WorkFromHome #HybridWork #PostPandemicWorkplace #WhatToWear #WhatToWearOnZoom #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach

View Details

Does this sound familiar? It's not okay to show up your parents. We've worked so hard for everything that we have. Money doesn't grow on trees. We will never be able to afford it. And only people who don't love their families spend or make a lot of money. Those might sound harsh, but I bet a couple of them hit.

They’re the kind of money messages lobbed at women in business, but also those we heard in childhood. Maybe you don't ever put yourself in first class. Maybe you don't ever buy those shoes you want. While I am absolutely a proponent of not spending irresponsibly, there is a middle ground in that you have an experience of what it is to enjoy the money that you've earned.

In this episode, I want to dig into those messages we hear as women and how remnants of conversations we heard in childhood can affect the beliefs we have about money now.

I’ll start. My mother was married to my stepfather until I was about 13 years old. He was a defense lawyer with his own practice. I would say probably 50% of the dinners centered around a single conversation: all those crooks.

I would often hear him say, “I've worked so hard for this guy, [and he would list all the things he's done] and this guy hasn't paid me a single dime.” As a young girl, I would think to myself, “Making money is too hard. Look at the trouble that this is causing.”

My stepfather would talk about how much money they had. Boating at Lake Powell was a symbol of wealth when I was a child. He would talk about their boats, the size of their houses, the cars that they drove -- those crooks!

From this, the second belief that I started to have was, “I don't want to be a crook.” I don't want to be a crook. Bad people make money. Only rich people must steal or be dishonest to be that rich. Unspoken rules inside of a family are very, very powerful.

There are so many beliefs out there like that that have us not want to make money. And then there’s what you may be hearing now:

That’s a nice hobby. Does your husband make a lot of money? How long have you been doing this? Did you go to school for this?

It's so interesting to see there's sort of this edge of are you really worthy of making this money?

What beliefs are holding you back? As you sit down to work, there are small steps you might stop yourself from doing – reaching out for a speaking engagement, a new launch, or an email campaign.

What is the money belief? What has you back away from the computer instead of sending that email? What has you put your phone down instead of calling someone back? No one tries to self-sabotage. In that moment, something besides your higher self is working. Something besides your biggest dreams and goals is taking the reins. What is it? And it is really important that you find this.

I want you making more money. The world needs you to make more money. It is our responsibility to look at what keeps us from performing at the highest heights of our abilities and what prevents us from participating in the incredibly powerful conversations.

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Do You Know Your Financial Personality https://sarahwalton.com/know-your-financial-personality/

How to Talk About Money as a Family Unit https://sarahwalton.com/family-money-management-amanda-neely/

When Your Life Falls Apart Because of Money (And Your Career Is Born) https://sarahwalton.com/michelle/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#ChildhoodMoneyBeliefs #MoneyMindset #HealthyRelationshipWithMoney #RelationshipWithMoney #LimitingBeliefs #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #BusinessCoach #SalesCoach

View Details

When was the last time we allowed ourselves to imagine life bigger, more beautiful? Bigger doesn't mean more material. Bigger doesn't mean more Instagram followers. Bigger means as big, bold, and beautiful as you need to feel peace.

Naketa Ren Thigpen is a relationship and balance advisor. This extraordinary woman teaches how to be intentional, pay attention to which emotions are pulling at you, and how you can release and expand. Her clients all honor the need to rest and recharge with room for relationship bliss just as much as the desire to dominate their respective fields.

With 12 years of her business to celebrate, she maintains licenses and credentials ranging from social work and sexologist to psychotherapist. Before that, she worked in the emergency room, specifically in trauma, sexual assault response, and bereavement – the list goes on. To say she wears a lot of hats is an understatement.

At her core, she really wanted to understand why humans do human things. She needed clarity on why people are so prone to self-sabotage and pass on that sabotage through hurt to others.

Now, the people Naketa wants to work with are those who recognize there's a gap between the good and bliss in their lives. Helping people leave imprints on people that come from wholeness, not generational curses, is her goal, as people can impact others with their trauma just as quickly as their love.

She asks her clients where they can be lazy or intentionally selfish in their lives.

"I mean being with yourself, looking at yourself in the mirror, the quiet that you're talking about, to feel all the mess, all the ugly, the tears, the awkward smiling that we do," says Naketa. "Drama lives in the body, but so does your joy, and if you're willing to get in touch, whatever awkward way that might be for you, for some it's a religion and some it's just a touch of sitting and hearing and feeling your heartbeat."

Naketa says it is a gift to understand when and when not to be agile, when and when not to expand your boundary, and to hold more space for people who have earned it versus people who feel entitled to it.

Our parents and the people in our lives gave us their expectations; they poured their fears and projected on us. And at some point, all of that became ours. Their dream became either our bondage or it also became our dream.

She says a part of you is entirely unkind to yourself because you're not the version you assumed. Learning to pick out what's ours and what is no longer serving you is powerful. Get rid of expired expectations. Divorce yourself from that.

Mentioned in this episode: Selfish: Permission to Pause, Live, Love and Laugh Your Way to Joy, by Naketa Ren Thigpen https://www.amazon.com/Selfish-Permission-Pause-Live-Laugh/dp/1732983801/ref=tmm_pap_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=1696279576&sr=8-1

Connect with Naketa Ren Thigpen: https://www.thigpro.com YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@asknaketa Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/asknaketa Twitter: https://www.twitter.com/asknaketa

Other Game on Girlfriend episodes you might want to check out:

Are you sick of people-pleasing? Childhood Trauma Might Be The Source: https://sarahwalton.com/people-pleasing-trauma-response/

How do I Find Work-Life Balance? https://sarahwalton.com/find-work-life-balance/

Support Other Women, Change the Conversation https://sarahwalton.com/change-conversation/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#LazyOverachiever #IntentionallySelfish #RelationalWounds #NaketaRenThigpen #RelationshipAdvice #EntrepreneurLife #SalesCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

Selfish: Permission to Pause, Live, Love and Laugh Your Way to Joy

View Details

I’m coming at you today from Las Vegas to talk to you about our hidden fears and understanding what is keeping us stuck. I’ll share what my breakthrough was, what we're going to be doing now that I'm on the other side, and how you can cause that breakthrough for yourself.

Confession: I hate social media. I didn’t realize it made me sad to say that until I had this breakthrough. This week, I joined my girlfriends for a birthday celebration. As we were talking about what's bothering us, I said, “You know, everybody is so great on social media and I don't even want to play.”

Maybe you can relate to that. Social media has changed. It's just absolutely become this different animal. What I realized is my heart was actually broken by social media.

My background is tech. I was a very early adopter of social media. I loved reconnecting with friends. I changed people’s minds about certain social issues there – it was just this beautiful connective space.

I enjoyed being on Twitter. We know what’s happened. We know the vitriol that exists there. We know people don’t listen to each other anymore. And it absolutely broke my heart.

I thought it was really important to share that with you because, obviously, now my perspective has changed. What I think is possible is going to change. What I want to see from social media, what I'm going to want to see for myself and for my team, is going to change.

In my example, I had made social media bad and wrong. And the underlying truth there was that it had broken my heart. I was scared to invest more time and energy into it because it might do it again.

I want you to think right now of something in your life or business that you know is a block. Maybe it's eating healthier and exercising more or reading more books or doing a little bit more research … something you know you've had in you for a while, but you're postponing.

Once you're at the truth of what was causing the block -- the truth behind the lack of action, the truth behind running away -- we can push through it. It's very different for me to say, I hate it versus I've actively chosen not to participate there because I'm working on XYZ. In this exercise, what I'd like you to listen for is:

That's for other people. I can't do that. That's never going to work for me. I'm not good enough to do that.

Once you can see that fear, look at what actions can you take right now. I will always point you to the fact that action is the only bridge between dreams and results.

From my heart to yours, don't let your old beliefs and other things that you learned when you were little continue to run your life. We don't have time for that. We all know the world is burning. We all know your gifts are yours for a reason. Breakthrough so the world can benefit from what you have to offer us. We need you.

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Coaching Session: When You Need An Immediate Breakthrough https://sarahwalton.com/coaching-limiting-beliefs-breakthrough/

Feel Like You’re Pushing Water Uphill? This Will Help You Find Success https://sarahwalton.com/pushing-water-uphill/

Stop Trying to Figure Things Out – Feel Them Instead With Amy Wong https://sarahwalton.com/amy-eliza-wong/

How to Run Your Business When Life Happens https://sarahwalton.com/when-life-happens/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#BusinessBreakthroughs #FinancialBreakthough #FeelingStuck #PersonalBreakthrough #PersonalDevelopment #DailyRoutine #SelfImprovement #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #BusinessCoach

View Details

Leanne Shelton is a content strategy genius staring down ChatGTP. We will dive into how to use ChatGPT wisely, its power and problems, and the future of copywriting.

Content is still king. Enter ChatGPT, a free artificial intelligence tool that spits out thousands of words based on the prompts people enter. For Leanne, who founded Write Time Marketing, there was a concern that an already undervalued skill would take another hit.

"To this day, people will pay thousands of dollars for a website design. You say it's only half of that for the copy, and they're like, 'it's a bit much,'" says Leanne. "The world needs to hear from a copywriter how to use [ChatGPT] effectively and properly because there are still the structural elements that you need to know."

Leanne points out there is a psychological element behind written content. The brand's voice needs to come across so your content doesn't sound exactly like everyone else's.

It comes down to knowing what to insert into ChatGPT (the prompts) and evaluating if what it returns is high quality. ChatGPT won't offer resources when your posts require research, so people will still need to complete that part. It gives surface-level information.

"We want two things: Know how to prompt to go deeper or say, 'Cool, that's a great first rough draft; it's something to start with no white screen of death.' Now I'm going to go do that research and fill in those gaps," says Leanne, who offers advice in this episode about what to include in your prompts.

Like every business, outsourcing copywriting to ChatGPT comes down to having the time and skills. Copywriters will remain relevant once people realize you can't just input a line and take whatever it gives you. Sales pages, in particular, are business assets that work for you when you're not there. If the copy is garbage or sounds like everyone else, it won't work.

If you feel like you have no ideas and the white screen and cursor are just flashing, Leanne suggests this could be an opportunity for ChatGPT to enter the business. Try feeding an existing post into the tool and asking it to turn it into five social media posts.

Similarly, if you're trying to figure out your next topic and your brain is fried, ask ChatGPT for 10 blog posts suitable for [your topic, your audience]. And it will give you an outline. Then, you can massage the outline and add in extra research.

Be as specific as possible in your ChatGPT writing prompt.

So, while ChatGPT can save you time if you're using it effectively, business owners still need to do the work to understand their people, their reputation, their brand, and their humanity.

#ChatGPTExplained #ChatGPTForContentCreation #ChatGPT #ChatGPTPrompt #AskExpert #ContentCreation #Copywriting #BusinessCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

Connect with Leanne Shelton: https://www.writetimemarketing.com.au LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/leanneshelton/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/leanneshelton247 Other Game on Girlfriend episodes you might want to check out:

What The Heck Is Content, And Why Is It "King"? https://sarahwalton.com/abby/

September is the new January. Start Planning for Black Friday Now. https://sarahwalton.com/planning-for-black-friday/

Social Media is NOT a Marketing Strategy with Ruthie Sterrett https://sarahwalton.com/social-media-marketing-strategy/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then, we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

People who consider themselves course collectors and have that stack of books on their nightstand run into this problem where life happens. They have the best of intentions to learn and grow and then everything else just takes over. I’m going to give you the four steps you need to get this party started so you can use all this beautiful knowledge that you have access to and make progress towards your goals.

1: Remove morning obstacles. I’m talking about those mental obstacles. In the morning our brain is flush with decision-making hormones that get used up during the day. Don’t waste that morning time on anything that isn’t what you feel is the most important.

The first habit you can implement, and this can be truly life-changing, is to take care of your mornings the night before. For example, close every tab on your computer except the one you want to tackle in the morning and have that website open.

2: Write it down. This list is going to be a comprehensive collection of everything you know you could be progressing and implementing now. It’s time to get it out of your head so you can start dealing with it, and how you capture it is completely up to you. You might use a spreadsheet, Google doc, a journal, a vision board…whatever works for you.

You can now pick the top 3 items you want to work on, and the rest, whether it’s 5 or 50, won’t go anywhere. You’re not going to forget about them.

“Sarah, I love them all, I can’t pick just one,” you might say. I hear you, but loving all of them and not picking any of them is why you haven’t done any. This is about actual progress and, like I said, these are on a list you're not going to not do them, you're just going to do them NEXT.

3: Find the time. You need 30 to 60 minutes per day to start to move these items forward. If you want to just do one thing at a time, I'm cool with that. If you want to work on the others all at once, what you can do is the course three times a week and the book two times a week and sprinkle in the project. (You can see how this can get complicated if these are too similar.)

4: Deal with high-functioning codependence. Don’t let others interrupt your growth with their priorities. Ask if you're so scared that if you say you'll get back to them in 20 minutes, they're going to leave you?

My client will leave me, my family will leave me, no one will love me. People are going to think I'm a bad person.

This is what we’re talking about. There is a space between the stimulus and the response where you have all the power. There is a moment where you get to decide.

“I have something started right now. I'll get back to you this afternoon.” The end. Notice I didn’t ask for permission. Watch your world shift, and it's a shift internally.

You have invested to grow and you've made decisions to make yourself a better person or to create projects and put your creativity out there into the world. And we don't ever want to let something come in the way of your full self-expression.

The game is on! Have fun and enjoy.

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

How To Stop Binge Buying Courses You Don’t Need with Lindsay Maloney https://sarahwalton.com/binge-buying-courses/

How to Pick Your Next Big Project https://sarahwalton.com/choose-your-next-project/

How to Run Your Business When Life Happens https://sarahwalton.com/when-life-happens/

How to Finish What You Start https://youtube.com/live/O7pbYawxo5U

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#MakeProgress #MakeProgressNotExcuses #PersonalDevelopment #DailyRoutine
#Motivation #SelfImprovement #HowToStart #Growth #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

View Details

Tasha Blasi is an IVF and fertility consultant. What she has done with her own life experience and talents is the secret sauce that I want to help more women achieve. We’re going to be very honest in this episode about the bumps and challenges along the way.

Tasha has a course for women using IVF called Fertilitites Unite or FU for short. That was intentional, because that’s how you feel when you’re trying to get pregnant. She is also a fertility advocate who is taking her experience and the science to congress and doctors. There are now more than 300 babies who were born because of Tasha’s work.

She describes her journey as a both a calling and accumulation of her life’s work. She began as a biology and chemistry major, which she taught for years before moving to the East Coast and working in advertising. She also went through a five-year fertility journey, when she meets and starts to with me (Sarah Walton).

“I’ll never forget when you came up with that idea for me … ‘You need to be a fertility coach’ and I was like that’s not a thing, and you said we’ll you’ll make it a thing,” says Tasha. “The key part being, I would never have thought of that on my own.”

Tasha says she thinks people limit themselves to possibilities because they can’t consciously figure it out by themselves. In her case, she was sharing her IVF journey; she was already helping others, but it never occurred to her that this could be her job and that she could make money doing it. That’s where I stepped in.

Now, Tasha has multiple experts – nutritionists, mindset coaches, alternative therapists – helping her to analyze results, answer questions, and set up customized plans for her clients, depending on what they need.

Tasha says her goal is to make them the most healthy, happy people. She is intentionally focusing on the wellness of the whole human. She says the reason why people have trouble getting pregnant easily, can’t make eggs easily, have endometriosis, PCS, or heavy periods is biology. Tasha helps her clients with biology to improve their chances of getting and staying pregnant.

Tasha says the one thing you need to get pregnant is energy. Energy and nutrients in. Toxins out. And that’s physical and mental. Tasha says the fertility industry can’t keep going how it is now. The reason why is because the patient knows so little compared to the doctor. Tasha’s goal moving forward is to teach the patient everything they need to know.

“If I can level the playing field, what the patient knows and what the doctor knows and what the embryologists know, and can’t be this unsuccessful for that long,” says Tasha.

According to the CDC, in 2020, the national IVF success rates were around 35% for people between 35 to 37 years of age, and if a doctor is at 50%, they are considered rock stars. Tasha is working to partner with the industry to help teach what she knows. We can’t wait to have her back to hear how it goes.

#IVF #IVFJourney #FertilityIssues #IVFSupport #Fertility #Infertility #InfertilityStruggles #FertilityProblems #IVFTipsForSuccess #IntuitiveBusinessCoach

Connect with Tasha Blasi: https://www.TashaBlasi.com Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/tashablasi Other Game on Girlfriend episodes you might want to check out:

How Do You Choose The Right Coach? https://sarahwalton.com/find-the-right-coach/

5 Tips to Create an Environment for Abundance https://sarahwalton.com/abundant-environment/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

September madness is upon us! September is the new January, and if you run a business you know – Black Friday, the holidays, and the end of Q4. Don’t worry, I’ve got your back.

Disclaimer: This is my favorite time of year, but I know it comes with stressors. I want you to take a deep breathe with me and picture the end of the year. Embrace the feeling and remind yourself you are amazing.

What did you accomplish to feel that way at the end of 2023? Now this can be mostly about your business, but because we’re not compartmentalized human beings, it might also be about family, your health, your finances and even your friendships.

I'm going to challenge you to take the first fifteen minutes of every day and make sure you're doing planning for the end of the year, that you're actually thinking about the people who need you and asking yourself where they are during these times. And how can you help?

The second thing I want to challenge you with is who do you want in your life, in your business and outside your business?

We’re still at a time where people are lonely; the fall season comes and people hunker down inside. Who do you want to be spending time with?

You will find more success if you’re surrounding yourself with people who are not only challenging themselves, but are able to find time to rest. To find time to be with their families and chase their passions outside of their business, too.

As you're thinking towards the end of the year, I want you to incorporate all aspects of you. Women running businesses cannot shut down pieces of themselves and expect to be successful. It’s very challenging to be successful if you feel like there's a part of you locked away.

Is there somebody that you've wanted to hire? Or is there someone you’ve wanted to bring on to your team? It's time to get excited again. It's time to remember who you want to have in your business. Who do you want to be selling to? Who are the people you want in your world?

I don't think this is done enough, as I really want you to think through Black Friday and the reason I'm saying that is because you may not want to do it. I am so tired of everybody running around acting like you have to run your business the way everyone else runs their business. You do not. You can run your business in a way that works for you.

And finally, if you think about it now, gently, methodically, and calmly, you might come up with something really cool to offer in the week between Christmas and New Year’s.

So many people are sitting on the couch. They might be fighting with family members, they might have overeaten, they might be exhausted themselves. And they’re online looking for solutions.

Wouldn't it be cool if you were the person they found? Think about how you can show up and delight your clients and customers in that last week of the calendar year. It's time to reconnect, it's time to take control of your schedule, and it's time to show up throughout the end of the year.

Let's make this fall and this holiday season amazing.

Sarah’s cookie recipe:

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

How to Run Your Business When Life Happens https://sarahwalton.com/when-life-happens/

How to Stand Out in Life and in Business with Nida Leard https://sarahwalton.com/stand-out-in-business/

Staying Productive (and HAPPY!) in December https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jYst-K7rGjI

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#PlansForBlackFriday #BlackFridayTips #BlackFriday #Q4 #NewYearChallenge
#NewYearPrep #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #EntrepreneurLife #BusinessCoach #SalesCoach

View Details

One of the things I love about my coach Kelsey Murphy is how she talks about how data protects our emotions in the long run. So many coaches cry every day. We love everyone we see and want to save the world all the time. We have these huge hearts that shy away from numbers and data. But Kelsey marries the two in a way that lets us protect our big hearts so we can do more.

Kelsey is a career and business coach for Fortune 500 companies like Twitter and Facebook, along with entrepreneurs like Kelly Leveque (Jessica Alba’s nutritionist). She’s also the host of The Whiskey and Work Podcast and previously worked as the advertising account director.

It’s rare to have a “coach and coachee” conversation that pulls back the curtains. Still, Kelsey is excited to share because she deeply believes in transparency.

“That's why I really like Marie [Forleo], I love Cathy [Heller], and I love Amy [Porterfield]. They're very honest and open, and so even though they have these shiny personas, you get in. You have these real conversations with them, and they're very transparent."

That transparency is echoed when Kelsey talks about her journey. In the beginning, Kelsey needed to freelance to support her business. It wasn't making money, and she didn't have someone in the wings funding her.

She says she had to swallow her pride for the first few years until her business generated enough income to support her, her retirement, and her savings.

She hid behind the curtains for many years, trying to figure out what she loved to do. She knew being an account director for Nintendo wasn't what she wanted to do and wouldn't grant her the freedom she wanted. The question became, what was the intersection between love and money?

What could she do that she would love, put in the world, and be known for that could also bring financial stability. She says sometimes it takes some people longer to figure that out and acknowledges that she wasn’t a “doer.”

She's an over-thinker – so in building a business, her first years were slow as she reflected on all her different passions. She tested things out – from career coaching to massage therapy -- to find the place she could plant her flag, fall in love with and then create that true stream of income that wasn't hard.

Kelsey tried out career coaching for a while, which is how she met Marie Forleo. Marie brought her to coach people on their small businesses. As she started working, she found two niches – podcasts and creating a sustainable coaching business.

She tested out owning a podcast as an expert for a year and, in doing so, garnered referrals and the most money she's made at the time in her business.

"This is why you focus on one thing because that is where the momentum comes," says Kelsey.

However, when she started gaining referrals to speak at podcasting conferences, she realized she wanted to turn them down. It wasn't her passion, but coaching coaches were.

"I could talk about coaching for hours, the empathy behind coaching, the way coaches are built. The fact breaking my heart is that coaches are not successful financially because they're missing the tools to build that business," she says.

Kelsey says whether you're just starting out or you've been in the game but feel like nothing is hitting – remind yourself you're in it for the long game. It doesn't feel fun when you're in the trenches and like you're constantly problem-solving. But if you recognize, “I'm not in this for the next year or six months; I'm in this for the next 10 years,” you start thinking differently.

It takes the pressure off. Look at this as a long-term investment. It shifts the entire experience from the moment.

Connect with Kelsey Murphy: https://www.kelseymurphy.com/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/kelseymurphy/
Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

The Power of Mastermind Groups: https://sarahwalton.com/mastermind-group-benefits/

What You Really Need from an Intuitive Business Coach: https://sarahwalton.com/need-a-business-coach/

3 Reasons Coaches Don’t Make Money: https://sarahwalton.com/making-money-as-coach/

How Do You Choose the Right Coach?: https://sarahwalton.com/find-the-right-coach/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#BecomeALifeCoach #Coaching #LifeCoaching #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #CoachingIndustry #EntrepreneurLife #BusinessCoach #SalesCoach

View Details

What do we do as business owners when personal life gets challenging? From CEO fatigue and burnout, helping aging parents, diagnoses, and relationship challenges you didn’t see coming to people struggling to get off the couch… how do you get through those moments?

I'm going to assert if you have started a business at this time on the planet, you're probably pretty sensitive. You're sensitive to the needs of others. You understand there are problems this world needs to solve. You are out to help solve them in your own way, using your talents, your experience, and your expertise.

If you're doing that, and you're giving and giving and giving, and you get hit with personal life things… what do you do?

No one can do this life thing on their own. We were talking about this in the Abundance Academy, and I love this analogy. It's kind of like trying to shove a beach ball underwater. I can't do that. It just smacks you in the face, try to push it down, and it’ll smack you in the face again.

When you're trying to run your business and get hit with a very strong human emotion, the most powerful thing you can do with the emotion is acknowledge that it's there. Feelings are cyclical. We don't get mad if we have to pee more than once a day, but we get upset if we're sad more than once a day.

We need to recognize we don't have to be afraid of our feelings. We can be with them, and the more that we're with them, the faster they can move. If you try not to pee, it gets painful. Just deal with the fact that you're sad, deal with the fact that you're angry.

Express it in a way that is positive and can move things forward. This might look like, “I've got something going on. I'm going to be handling it. It's really challenging me. I'm going to need extra support from you and the business.”

That is a five-second conversation and it can change your life.

When we show up with that level of vulnerability, we give permission to everyone in our orbit to do the same, and then they're not slamming doors.

Now let's talk about you. We've dealt with the tactical stuff. Emotions were acknowledged. You’ve turned to the team. You've got support. And then there's the creative, awesome part of you that might get a little bit stuck when personal issues happen.

If your creativity gets shut down for a hot second, it's okay. It will come back.

What I would love for you to do -- and I promise this takes 10 minutes -- I would love for you to remember one thing that brings you joy. It can be your favorite cup of coffee, it can be eating a piece of that dark chocolate you keep hidden. It could be a song that makes you so happy. Do something that brings you that level of joy for 10 minutes.

You can honor your humanity and love yourself through this and find the support that you need and share with your team. Then, very gently and with a lot of love and joy, move forward on the projects that need your attention. Let's remove the hustle, let's connect back to your heart and remember that you are human on this journey and you deserve all the love and support that you need.

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Healing the Hustle (You Don’t Have to Keep Up): https://sarahwalton.com/jessica-butts/

How ‘The Walking Dead’ Saved My Business (No Really!): https://sarahwalton.com/walking-dead/

How to Coach Yourself Through Hard Times: https://sarahwalton.com/coach-yourself/

Why Your Emotions Are the Key to Your Success: https://sarahwalton.com/emotions-success/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we'll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#LifeHappens #SurviveTheBreakingPoint #MentalHealth #WorkplaceWellness
#YouAreNotAlone #StressManagement
#WorkplaceWellBeing
#IntuitiveBusinessCoach
#EntrepreneurLifestyle
#WomenInBusiness

View Details

The world is on social media, so we have to have a presence – but we can’t let it consume us. Social media is just a piece of the strategy.

Ruthie Sterrett is a brand and marketing strategist and founder of The Consistency Corner, a content management agency that helps small business owners create content that drives revenue through quarterly planning, simple marketing best practices, positive reinforcement, and accountability.
As you know, I’m not a social media lover. I use it, but I don’t love the time that it takes from entrepreneurs. I think there’s so much we could be doing towards revenue producing tasks outside of social media and Ruthie hits that dead-on.

She compares social media to a coffee cup. A coffee cup isn’t coffee, it’s a container for your coffee. Social media is a container for your marketing strategy. Other containers are email, your website, networking, podcast and blogs to name some.

She says tend to compare themselves to their competition. When we talk about seeing people on the beach saying they work two and half hours with 500 million followers … where were they five years ago? What are all the steps that they took between now and then? Someone starting out isn’t seeing that entire history on the timeline.

Ruthie adds that AI is adding to this aspect as well. She says AI can save you time, but it’s scraping content from others; it’s recycling and rehashing. And the consumer is going to get bored with that.

Ruthie advocates for quarterly planning so that when you sit down to batch create, the process is faster. She might map out her podcast topics for the month, then her email marketing. What's their intent? For social media, how many times can she post consistently without burning out? And depending on the season, it might be different.

In a launch season, you might post seven days a week. If not, it might be four days a week. Picking the cadence and then building a framework where, for example, every Tuesday, you post a quote, every Thursday, you post a reel, and every Friday, you post a photo with a story. And when you sit down to batch create, you can do it in a platform like Meta Suite or Google Docs instead of your phone.

Campaigns can also help you think about the funnel: attract, nurture, and convert and make sure the content serves those purposes. The next step is to match the containers and platforms you’re using to those purposes.

Sometimes you have to take a break to re-energize. Take your phone and look at your screen time. Be aware of the number -- full transparency, Ruthie said last week her phone told her she spent an average of six hours and 18 minutes a day on social media. It is her job, but it doesn’t include the time she spends on her computer either.

She says every business owner can ask themselves: Is that serving me? If it’s not, lower the number.

Let’s get to it!

Free Gift from Ruthie Sterrett: 10 Ways to Attract New Eyes On Your Business mini course: www.theconsistencycorner.com/attract

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ruthie-sterrett/
Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

The Power of Mastermind Groups https://sarahwalton.com/mastermind-group-benefits/

3 Biggest Time Wasters For Business Owners: https://sarahwalton.com/time-wasters/

How to Create Before You Compare and Despair: https://sarahwalton.com/create/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#SocialMediaBurnout #SocialMediaManager #SocialMediaStrategyTips #SocialMediaMarketingStrategy #ContentCreators #AskExpert #IntuitiveBusinessCoach
#SocialMediaEntrepreneurship #SocialMediaMarketingForBeginners #SocialMediaMarketing

View Details

Ever feel like you're pushing water uphill? This feeling tends to happen when we're doing things in our business that don't feel right to us. Maybe it's a bro marketer whispering in your ear telling you to write a certain way and post to social media 18 times a day. Whatever it is, you do it because you want your business to be successful. It's normal, but it doesn't always feel right.

We'll dive into why copying what others are doing might not work and how you can course-correct it.

If you've been with me for a while, there's an idea that is very important to raise with women entrepreneurs. It's this idea that we must show up and perform in a certain way. And in doing so, we don't check in or give ourselves permission to ask what WE want.

One of my clients has dedicated her entire life to her business. Her business has doubled over the last year, and she's so excited because she's getting ready for a new launch.

We talked about life before we started working together, and she kept saying that she was doing what everyone else was telling her to do. She had a business partner who she's since parted with. That step alone freed her to be more of herself.

They weren't the right fit. She had to let go. To do that, she had to ask herself what was happening for her? And then, internally, we started using systems that resonated with her and worked for her. Now she is happy, making more money doing the work she loves.

If you listen to what feels right for you, doing things that will bring you more revenue becomes very easy because you're not trying to keep up with everything else. We must be aware of what we are here to deliver so that we can't get distracted by others.

If you're starting to feel stuck or like you should give up your business – grab a pen and paper and list five things you absolutely hate doing in your business. Then I want to figure out who you could hire (or barter with) to do those things.

There is so much you need to do to run a successful business. Doing things that are not a 10 for you. Doing things that distract your brainpower, heart, and soul from what you love doing is a disservice. I call this a form of self-betrayal; it is time to move into self-trust.

You can trust yourself to do just the parts of your business that bring you joy. And this is not ego-driven. This is about showing up and giving your talents, experience, and expertise.

On Coffee With Coach this month, we talked about the CEO thinking time when you can reconnect with you. You're going to understand where the self-trust can come in and where there are forms of self-betrayal creeping in.

You really want to understand which of those things you are doing are moving the business forward and which you're doing because those are what other people do.

Be honest with yourself. The moment you start to show up as who you really are is when your business transforms; your life will become a lot easier, and you'll probably start making more money.

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

This Is Why You Can’t Focus: https://sarahwalton.com/cant-focus/

Are The Results You Want Taking Too Long? https://sarahwalton.com/results/

How Values Make You Money https://sarahwalton.com/jennifer-kem/

Why “Helping Everyone” Means You Help No One https://sarahwalton.com/hailey/

Coffee With Coach – Top 3 Business Tips to Enjoy Summer: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=64fSqc5_j70

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Beautiful people! As you know, I believe our beliefs and thoughts dictate our results. I’m excited to share this conversion with Tracy Pleschourt, founder of Self-MadeU, who teaches the concept of self-control.

We've all had those moments. You're going through your day; things are just gorgeous. Then you have that one thought that takes you completely off course. It might be something like “I suck! Who do I think I am?” or maybe it’s “I really deserve this one glass – no this entire bottle of wine tonight.”

Tracy has made it her life's work to help all of us understand what to do in that moment. Just a few years ago, Tracy was a successful advertising executive. Stifled by the rigorous, time-consuming demands of the corporate world, she traded in her 20 years of advertising to pursue her real passion: personal and professional coaching.
As she made the switch she noticed thoughts of self doubts starting to creep in. The narratives like “you don’t know what you’re doing,” imposter syndrome, and lack of control. She started pinpointing that unwanted feeling and figured out what she refers to as the “math in your mind” that is creating self doubt.
Tracy created what she calls the mind-math formula. You start to see that when you literally can put [your thoughts] + [your feelings] = your actions down on paper, your experience unfolds in black and white. There is no arguing the math. You've now got the evidence that your brain needs so desperately to want to believe something.

Tracy believes most people are operating with a lack of control. They think that all solutions, all goals, are outside of them, that they need to either blame something or someone for not having what they want. And that's not true.

She says most speak of self-control as an action – like choosing to avoid the plate of cookies or glass of wine. Tracy wants to teach people to think of self-control as a feeling.

Understanding which thoughts are driving the show can be difficult. Tracy highlights an example where someone might want to stop pouring that glass of wine every night – an experience she’s also gone through.

For her, Tracy realized that thoughts of “I deserve this. Today was hard, I need this,” were causing her to drink more than she wanted. She realized the thoughts made her feel entitled. In some cases, she says it was like cognitive dissonance to realize she wanted to drink more moderately, but she kept pouring the wine.

“You have to understand what your thoughts are leading to in regard to an emotion and how those emotions have you behaving. There is a neuro pathway that's very well-established that looks like a habit,” says Tracy.

It’s not because you’re broken; it’s not because you’re a bad person. It’s because your primitive brain is in the driver’s seat.

When you’ve got that thought of “I need to take the edge off” you question what else you can do in that moment. It can take a matter of seconds to question those thoughts, and that, in turn, extinguishes the urge you’re having.

Free Gift for Listeners
Use code GOGPODCAST for 50% off the “Mind Over Matter” video series: https://www.self-madeu.com/mind-over-matter
Connect with Tracy Pleschourt
Website: https://www.self-madeu.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/self_madeu/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCTboNxe27TEFIYCULzdA11w
More Game on Girlfriend Episodes:

Not Getting Results? It’s Time to Get Unsexy: https://sarahwalton.com/get-unsexy/

Are The Results You Want Taking Too Long?: https://sarahwalton.com/results/

What’s Causing the Results You Have Right Now?: https://sarahwalton.com/causing-results/

Have You Always Secretly Felt “Less Than”?: https://sarahwalton.com/feeling-less-than/

View Details

I think we’ve all had those moments, whether it’s at a corporate job or running your own businesses, where you’re exhausted and feeling like the money isn’t worth it. It’s so easy to lose sight of what matters to US.

I am actually on vacation right now with my son in Rhode Island for a soccer camp. The other day we were getting some lunch, and I asked to take a minute and listen to the other moms. We heard: Do you have enough food? Did you get enough water? What do you want for dinner? Does anyone want to do a boating trip?

They were planning for EVERYONE. This happens so easily. We are so awesome. We do so many things. We are capable. And what can come with that is a disappearance of us and why we’re doing the things we’re doing.

Picture this: It’s Monday morning, you’re doing all the things, and you look at your bank statement. Maybe you look at an email. Maybe someone says they’re going to pass on your offer. There’s always a trigger for us to feel like, “I don’t even know why I’m doing this.”

This is where we need someone by our side. We don’t do well when we stay in our heads. We ruminate. We look for the negatives. We see all the things that are wrong.

What I want to say to you right now is you don’t need an intuitive business coach who is going to tell you everything happens for a reason. To just feel. To just manifest. What you need is somebody who uses their intuition to guide you and back up your next moves with data.

You're stuck. It feels awful. What do you want to do about it? This is where the “woo-woo, just feel good” starts to upset me. As a coach, I take my job very seriously to alter human behavior.

If you've worked with a coach, you're doing that because there's a behavior you have yet to overcome. Or there's something you're doing where you’re sabotaging yourself that you're not yet able to overcome.

There is no three-step process to making your business blow up.

But there is a process of finding out why you're not doing what you know you need to do. There's a process to working on your visibility. There's a process to working on your action plan when you don't feel like it. There's a process to being able to expand your mindset and your ability to handle more success. But it’s not one-two-three MAGIC.

It takes practice. It takes measuring. It takes going back and forth and saying: okay, I did this thing. This is what worked. This is what didn't. Why? What happened here? That is the work of owning a business. It’s hard, but it’s doable.

If you feel like there is a new future out there for you, if you are not lit up by the life you are leading right now, it is time. It is time to get a coach who works with data. It is time to get a coach who fires you up. It is time to get a coach who will work on your action plan. It is time to get a coach who will work on your mindset.

If you're ready, get an intuitive business coach, but get one who backs their work up with data and with findings. There is more to life than grinding. There is more to life than staring at your screen wondering what's wrong with you. There is another pathway through here.

Go make today freaking amazing!

Mentioned in this episode: Eckhart Tolle’s “The Power of Now”:

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

How Do You Choose The Right Coach? https://sarahwalton.com/find-the-right-coach/

Healing the Hustle (You Don’t Have to Keep Up) https://sarahwalton.com/jessica-butts/

What If it’s Not Really Fear That’s Holding You Back? https://sarahwalton.com/fear/

Should You Close It Down Or Keep Going? https://sarahwalton.com/close-or-keep-going/

#BusinessCoachingForWomen #SuccessCoach #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveCoach
#BusinessTips #EntrepreneurMotivation #EntrepreneurAdvice #HireACoach #HowToHireABusinessCoach #ValuesOfCoaching

View Details

Bronwyn Carr says if you'd have told her five years ago that she would be leaving her corporate career in law to launch a startup to manufacture mushroom products, she would have told you you're insane.

But after a brush with ovarian cancer led to a hysterectomy and struggle with perimenopausal symptoms, she poured all her research expertise into creating the company Mind & Mane.

Here she was at the peak of her career, and suddenly, she was living with brain fog. She's living with fatigue. She's feeling moody and emotional with symptoms she's never experienced in her whole life, and she refused to allow that to be normal.

Full disclosure: I, Sarah, have been taking the Mind & Mane supplements for over six months, and I've noticed a profound difference! (I'm stunned, I didn't expect this from mushrooms.)

Bronwyn says it felt like she was losing herself and her personality to her symptoms. She tried everything possible to alleviate them except hormone replacement therapy because of her cancer scare. She knew she wanted to take something natural.

She spent months researching medicinal mushrooms and discovered hundreds of studies reporting Lion's Mane and Reishi mushrooms' antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, anti-diabetic, anticancer, and neuroprotective properties.

Her next step was to buy all the mushroom products on the market and found while they helped a little, she wasn't feeling the results she expected after reading all the studies. She discovered three factors that needed to change to get the results she wanted:

Dosage: the trials were offering people 3000-5000 mgs daily, whereas most products capped at 500,
Fruiting body: if the label didn't indicate the product is a fruiting body, it means the product is likely mycelium, the root of the mushroom, which can be diluted by filler products
Extraction: Boiling the mushroom down and using extracts offers more nutrients than dried and ground mushrooms.

Bronwyn encourages people considering mushroom supplements to look at the labels. She says if you do not see a very clear and significant dosage, fruiting bodies, and extracts, then you are probably getting a suboptimal product.

After six years, Bronwyn says she was finally able to feel like herself again and wants to impress upon listeners the importance of talking about perimenopause.

"If you are suffering the typical symptoms, and those are, you know, hot flashes, exhaustion, brain fog, memory loss, extreme mood swings, sleep disruption. For many women, it's anxiety and depression. If you are suffering these things, they can feel crippling. I want you to know it is not you," she says.

While Bronwyn found relief in supplements, she says many remedies and treatments are available to women – you do not need to live with the symptoms.

"Think about yourself as a role model … show [the women in your life] what it can be to be a middle-aged woman who is healthy and happy and focused and killing it in her career, and, you know, getting all the shit done, juggling all the balls and doing it with some joy."

Let's get to it!

Disclaimer: The information presented here is not intended to diagnose, treat, heal, cure or prevent any illness, medical, or mental health condition.

===== Free Gift for Listeners =====

Each Mind & Mane order contains 30 servings, but we'll provide a complementary additional 15 servings with each order using the code "GAMEONGIRLFRIEND15"

===== Connect with Bronwyn Carr =====

Website: https://www.mindandmane.com/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mind.and.mane/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MindandMane

===== Connect with Sarah =====

It’s time to make more money, expand your reach and LOVE your life: https://sarahwalton.com/abundance-academy/

Instagram: https://instagram.com/thesarahwalton

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Your Body Is As Important As Your Business with Angelica Ventrice https://sarahwalton.com/womens-gut-health-love-your-body/

When You Hate Your Body, People Get Rich
https://sarahwalton.com/megan-hadley/

What’s Life REALLY Like After Menopause
https://sarahwalton.com/cari/

How to Love Your Body
https://sarahwalton.com/marla/

Understand Why You Eat What You Eat
https://sarahwalton.com/audrey/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#MedicinalMushrooms #MushroomsForHealth #Reishi #LionsMane #Perimenopause
#WomensHealth #SalesCoach #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #AskExpert

View Details

No surprise, today we are talking about freedom and independence, two of my favorite topics. I don't think you're going to be shocked, but my number one value is freedom, and it is the ability to enjoy time. It's the ability to create, share, and make a difference.

We will be talking about freeing ourselves from some specific, universal fears. So, no matter how you celebrate, I hope you can use this episode as a coaching session to breathe, relax into what really matters to you, and notice where you are giving up your freedom and independence.

1. Fear of being seen as failing

Can we tell the truth about this? We all have this little voice in our heads asking, "What if they see me fail?" Do you know what I'm talking about? It might be not letting anyone know you've started a health journey because you anticipate falling off the wagon and don't want anyone to know you "failed."

We need to understand what failing actually means. Is it missing the mark? Is it not having the exact results we thought we were going to?

Or is it not trying at all in the first place? The biggest form of failure for most of us business owners is not even trying. All of us have done this; I'd like to flip that narrative around failure so that it's not so much about the end result.

If you've even produced a result at all, and that result might be getting zero when you were aiming for 100 – that can feel like a failure. But what did you learn? Who did you become in that moment? Successful people realize they won't be perfect all the time. The only way to perfect is to try and learn. Then we tweak and explore and expand.

If you have thoughts, an idea, or a nudge to talk to somebody, I want you to consider it a massive success. If you do that, even if "go do that thing" means you write it down or put it in your calendar for the following week -- that's a massive success. Right there between you and me, you've already done more than 90% of most people.

I'd love for us to free ourselves from the idea that only the end result matters.

2. The fear of going big

How many of us have a fear of success, a fear of going big? And I think for women, it's like, "If I succeed at one more thing, more people are going to need me." I totally get it. If I succeed at that one thing, people will expect me to do it again. They're going to expect me to get better. I don't want us to live there.

As we get bigger and succeed, what we must do in those moments is check in with us as we succeed. If we do that, there's nothing to fear. I have come to understand that this fear of success, this fear of going big, is actually that we're afraid we're going to lose "us." People will demand more from us; we're going to feel more lost.

One of the ways that we deal with that so that we can have freedom around success and feel independent around the word success is that we consistently check in with ourselves.

Am I happy?
Am I fulfilled?
Do I need to delegate this?

Some people are 10s at editing, copywriting – whatever it is, they are 10s at what they love to do! Are they on your team so that you can do your 10? We must remember that success doesn't mean we have to do it all, and, as women, that's what we've been told.

There's so much we can do to free ourselves from this fear of success if we look at how well we trust ourselves, and that is something women are taught not to do. I want to be very clear with you about that. We are taught not to trust ourselves.

It will be on us to help each other and cheer each other on as we succeed.

What do you need? How can I support you? Do you have the right team? Is there anyone I can refer to you? How do you feel about all this? Being that sounding board for each other, to call each other to our best, even as we succeed, can free us from this fear of success.

3. The fear of judgment

The biggest judgment we're afraid of is being seen as starting small. Let's call it out: "Listen, this is my first time doing this. I'd love your feedback, I'd love to know what you guys think about this new business idea, and I'm super excited about it!" That kind of honesty is missing in a lot of places.

Reframe it. How cool is it that someone is starting something new? How cool is it that someone is trying something? We should be screaming to the rafters about how awesome that is for each other and creating an environment where that's a safe thing to do.

This idea that everything is possible if we at least get started is one that we can hold onto together; we can free ourselves from the idea that people are always judging us. And they probably are. People will judge you anyway, so you might as well do what you love.

The judgment is an internal monologue; it doesn't affect someone else's life. We can all move past that, and the more we model that for other people, the more other people can follow suit. We are all judging constantly; let's keep moving anyway. We can be honest about that. It loses its power, and you get to write the book and launch the podcast. Do the thing.

I have come to understand that there is so much more that we are capable of, and that is not meant to put pressure on you. We create more, and we accomplish more when we're relaxed.

My challenge for you today is to relax. My challenge for you is to observe and watch. Do you see other people being afraid of failure? Do you see other people being afraid of success? Do you see other people being afraid of what people judge them for? Have some compassion for that. That is the path to freedom. You are talking about it openly, having compassion, and honoring your thoughts, dreams, and the little nudges you're getting.

Enjoy this time and watch where you are afraid. Watch where you are giving up your freedoms. Watch where you're letting your independence go so that you can get it back. Because you deserve it, and it is no one's to take from you, including your brain.

Let's get to it!

Watch: Scared of Going "Big"? Me too. Let's talk. https://www.youtube.com/live/Nc4wVX1FYUE?feature=share

How Long-Term Fear Affects Your Brain https://sarahwalton.com/fear-affects/

How to Stop Doing Stupid Things When You’re Scared https://sarahwalton.com/stop-stupid-things/

What If it’s Not Really Fear That’s Holding You Back? https://sarahwalton.com/fear/

Should You Close It Down Or Keep Going? https://sarahwalton.com/close-or-keep-going/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#OvercomeFear #FourthOfJuly #FearOfFailure #IdentifyingEmotions #FreedomEntrepreneur
#Freedompreneur #BusinessMotivation #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach #SuccessMindset

View Details

Why is it that we always wait until things aren’t going well to ask ourselves how to be excellent?
Nida Leard is going to remind us the best time to figure out how to be excellent is when things are going well. Nida’s the founder of Nida Leard Consulting and Coaching, where she advises world-class experts to become legendary market outliers to build a truly innovative businesses that stand out from the rest.

Nida shows them that in order to grow, they have to tell the truth. As a problem solver, Nida says when she’s evaluating things or working out a challenge, she’s asking what the root cause is. The same is true when coaching her clients.

There is no cookie-cutter approach because everyone doesn’t have the same resources. She says you have the potential to be amazing. It's usually your natural strengths, your personality type, and other things like your upbringing, and environment that are factors to find what you should be doing and what makes you feel alive. Eventually, it's all about finding the truth, finding your truth.

Sorting the things that feel incorrect from the unsexy tasks – the work you do when no one is watching – has to come from a conscious place. Nida says when you’re running away from something, your body will react. It’s that fight or flight mode that’s registering in your brain. It might not be real danger – it might be thinking that if you go on camera, someone will criticize you. Or that you might say something wrong.

But when you can make a conscious decision coming from a place of awareness, you'll feel calm. You'll be at peace with yourself. And even in making a decision to walk away from something, it will come from a place of empowerment because you're not scared and you're not running away.
When we make decisions that are actually aligned with who we really are -- maybe where the business journey is at the moment, where we are as human beings at the moment -- that it is a very calming experience.

Chaos comes from feeling misaligned. I can’t explain ... I can’t put my finger on it ... Nida says her clients usually don’t know how to explain their reaction. She refers to the five levels of transformation being misaligned: self-identity, values and beliefs, skills and capabilities, behaviors, and ecosystem. If one of those levels is misaligned, something isn’t going to feel right. You could have great behaviors and mindset, but if you’re surrounding yourself with the wrong crowd, you won’t feel like you’re in the right place. It’s like a flower being planted in a low-quality environment.

Delivering quality is understanding your clients and the group of people you want to pursue. When you niche down into something specific, think about the small details the client is looking for that are different from the mainstream market. You need to really understand who is your ideal client psychologically. On a deep level, what are their desires, what are their problems, and what are their challenges? And how do we make their lives easier in a way that nobody else can?
People will have criteria that they're not even conscious about when they hire people, says Nida. If you could make a change when you're doing well, you'll have the money. You'll have the resources, your energy, and all that to fix the problem.

What I like to talk about is: how do you make your service exceptional? How do you customize your services? How do you not use the cookie-cutter approach?

Let’s get to it!

===== Mentioned =====
One To Millions Entrepreneur by Nida Leard: https://www.amazon.com/Millions-Entrepreneur-service-based-entrepreneurs-entrepreneurial/dp/B099C5G611

Blue Ocean Strategy: https://amzn.to/3nDrrEM

===== Free Gift for Listeners =====

Discover what sets your world-class expertise apart in an ocean of amateurs and how to leverage your strengths to build an outlier: https://www.nidaleard.com (Scroll to end of page.)

===== Connect with Nida Leard =====

Website: https://www.nidaleard.com

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/nidaleardofficial
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/nidaleardofficial
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/nida-leardprasopsuk-mcc-71b9ba147/

===== Connect with Sarah =====

One Goal. 4 Weeks. A Coach By Your Side. Sign up for a Sprint: https://sarahwalton.com/sprint/

Instagram: https://instagram.com/thesarahwalton

Game on Girlfriend Podcast: https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PL_Jen-dhtrcPvkgdjasgiyAk1NgPbZYRS

It’s time to make more money, expand your reach and LOVE your life: https://sarahwalton.com/abundance-academy/

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Why “Helping Everyone” Means You Help No One
https://sarahwalton.com/hailey/

How To Be Great In The Face Of Uncertainty
https://sarahwalton.com/uncertainty/

Why Zigzagging Your Path Means More Success
https://sarahwalton.com/susan/
How to Change and Transition When Life Doesn’t Fit
https://youtu.be/hibLRrGzmcg

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

Blue Ocean Strategy, Expanded Edition: How to Create Uncontested Market Space and Make the Competition Irrelevant

One To Millions Entrepreneur: The ULTIMATE GUIDE for consultants, coaches, experts, service-based entrepreneurs who want to unlock their superpower, ... own unique trail to entrepreneurial success!

View Details

We’re halfway through the year! Do you remember what your goals are?
Summer is upon us, and it’s the perfect time to knock yourself right off track.
I think summer is important because when September hits it’s madness. It’s when people really start to realize they don’t know where their revenue is going to come through. Will they hit through Black Friday?

But it doesn’t start in September, it’s starts now!

That being said, I want you to have your summer. Let’s stay on track this summer and bake in lots of time for fun.

I want this to be the summer where you lay the foundation for a successful fall and holiday season. (FYI, you are going to find a link below to my new summer sprint! It’s four weeks long and the way we are going to track and set the goal is different.)

Step 1: Get clear on your goals

The biggest mistake people make in the summertime, is they are not clear on how they it to go. What do you want in every area of your life?

We are talking about what you’re learning.
We are talking about what your finances.
We are talking about your work and your purpose – things that make your socks roll up and down.
We are talk about your relationships to other humans.

How do you want to feel? How are you reacting when you’re happy? Are you giving yourself time to celebrate all of the things you are accomplishing?

And the other thing that really falls off the rails in the summer is your physical health. How are you taking care of you body?

I would love to support you this summer in getting crystal clear in these areas and what you really want.

This helps us avoid the hustle. You know what I’m talking about: the grind. Especially if you’re watching other people have a great time or you’re seeing the thousands of posts and pictures of people you know with their feet by the pool.

I want you to get intentional this summer, this year. Let's make this summer different.
I know I'm a business coach, but it's not just about business.
How can you run your business if you're unhappy?
How can you run your business if you're sick?
How can you run your business if you're overreacting to everything because you're exhausted? How can you run your business if you hate time?

We can’t run a business well if we don’t know what we want those experiences to be.
One of the biggest keys to motivation that I think people miss is reflecting and rewarding.
Do you know how far you've come this year?
Do you know what the difference is between this year and last year?
Do you know what you've learned already in these first six months?
What are you proud of? What's gone differently than what you thought? Where have you pivoted where you didn't think you could?

A great way to destroy motivation is to sit in your stuff and go work, work, work, work, work! This is really a time for you to change the way you look at business, to change the way you look at your life, to change the way that you deal with time, and the way that you look at what you're actually going for. Could you take a second and really congratulate yourself for everything you're doing?

Step 2: Use the best tools

The next reason that we can knock ourselves right off course in the summertime is we don't use the best tools that are out there.

What is the best way for me to get from point to point this summer? Is it reading? Is it getting new systems? Is it a new higher? Do I need to delegate more? Is it about tracking the books I've read and implementing some of the things I've read? Is it about understanding the power of rest? That's a tool.

If you are working on maybe a gentler project over the summer, which I highly recommend, do you know how other people who've done something similar and succeeded? I think that's kind of a mistake people make in really going towards progress; they don't look at the people who've already succeeded, and please don't mistake that to mean you steal all their stuff.

What were their daily habits? What did they do first thing in the morning? One of my favorite questions is: how do I want to feel when my head hits the pillow tonight? You start a day with that question, and it's going to absolutely redirect your actions.

You can do that on vacation. You can do that on the beach. You can do all those things from anywhere and it will absolutely redirect how you treat people that day, how you treat yourself that day, what you choose to get done, where you choose to drop the hustle.

Step 3: Surround yourself with conversations that keep you aligned

If you hang out with people who are doing a whole bunch of gossiping, you feel very different than if you're hanging out with a whole bunch of people who are talking about their goals.

It's not like I sit around people and go, “So, what are you accomplishing this week?” But you can tell when someone sits down, and they say, “You know what? I really wanted to do this thing this month, and I've been working really hard, and this part of it's just not working. Do you have a second?”

The power of that is almost impossible to describe because, as you know, I truly believe our lives are created by the day-to-day conversations we have. They absolutely shape how you view things. They shape the actions you take every day, and we all know actions are what give us our results. You need to know what conversations you need to have and with whom you'd like to have them.
You can have these conversations from the pool. You can have them from a plane if you're super fancy; you can do this from anywhere. This is not about locking yourself in your office and missing summer; this is about incorporating summer into your momentum, into your movement forward, into your confidence.
Motivation comes from forward momentum. If you can take gentle, easy, tangible steps towards the things that you truly want all summer long, you will be so far ahead of the game, you will separate yourself from the pack and you will love your summer. You get to have both.
Let’s get to it!

Join me in a Sprint this summer: https://www.sarahwalton.com/sprint

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Why Your Day-To-Day Conversations Matter: https://sarahwalton.com/conversations-matter/

How to Pick Your Next Big Project: https://sarahwalton.com/choose-your-next-project/

What to Do When Your Goals Feel “Meh”: https://sarahwalton.com/alex/

5 Tips to Create an Environment for Abundance: https://sarahwalton.com/abundant-environment/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#SummerGoals #KeepAchievingYourGoals #JuneGoals2023
#WorkFromAnywhere #SuccessTips #MotivationForBusinessSucess #DayInTheLifeOfAnEntrepreneur #BusinessMotivation #WomenInBusiness #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach #SuccessMindset

View Details

Stephanie LaFlora is a consumer turned beauty business owner shaking up the industry. As a consumer, hair salons constantly rejected her because they didn’t know how to style her hair when all she wanted was a wash and a blow dry. She later learned that cosmetology schools weren’t teaching their stylists how to style or care for curly or oily hair.
Driven to solve the problems of her own customer experience and already a serial entrepreneur, storyteller, marketer, and creator, Stephanie founded Crownhunt to make life easier for people with curly hair while helping under-resourced entrepreneurs thrive.
Stephanie realized she’d always found her stylists through word-of-mouth. After she moved, she had no one to help her find a hairstylist, and calling around to local salons found her turned away in their lobbies when they realized they didn’t have the knowledge to style her hair.
At first, Stephanie said she was worried that she’d moved to a place where she would not be welcome. Being turned away so many times, even graciously, felt personal.
She sought out hair braiders, recognizing that there was likely a cultural aspect to her search.
“I found a braider who is incredible. And what's so funny is once I got my hair braided, I would be walking around the city, and I would have black women that I do not even know literally cross the street to say, ‘Hey, hold on one second, let me talk to you.’
“And they will come over here and would say, ‘Who did your hair?’ And that happened to me everywhere I went because I wasn't the only person having this problem. So that validated for me that this is a real thing that I should solve,” says Stephanie.
She kicked off a focus group where it was revealed the opportunity was even bigger than she had imagined.
She turned her search to hair educators and reached out to stylists and hair product suppliers to create a focus group to identify the common gaps in their customer journey.
Over a three-hour Zoom call, each group mapped out their process, answering questions like “How do clients find you? how did you get your education? do you sell products? etc.”
They identified three places that were the most urgent to create resources for. At launch, they did an e-commerce library of classes, and 2,500 people signed up.
With millions of hairstyles in the country, there was a lack of resources to help people.
“The average hairstylist has to figure out their own health benefits, they have to find all their own customers, they have to rent their workspace often that they're in, and they are usually like 22 years old. They went to school for two years, they went to cosmetology school, cosmetology school, and taught them how to do 65% of people's hair in the country, and they barely ever teach business. So you are effectively a 20-year-old entrepreneur with no business skills and lacking the skills to do half the people in the country's hair,” says Stephanie.
The feedback from stylists has been positive, but it’s a continued exploration. Stephanie found that the hair industry itself is very insular. She says it’s worth investing in feedback that is aligned with your next steps in business so you’re taking those steps from an informed place.
Let’s get to it!

===== Free Gift for Listeners ===== Early entry pricing is available of $99/year for continuing education subscription at https://www.crownhunt.io ===== Connect with Stephanie LaFlora ===== Website: https://www.crownhunt.io Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/crownhunt https://www.instagram.com/stephanielaflora ===== Connect with Sarah =====
It’s time to make more money, expand your reach and LOVE your life: https://sarahwalton.com/abundance-academy/ One Goal. 4 Weeks. A Coach By Your Side. Sign up for a Sprint: https://sarahwalton.com/sprint/ Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

5 Tips to Create an Environment for Abundance
https://sarahwalton.com/abundant-environment/

Why Zigzagging Your Path Means More Success
https://sarahwalton.com/susan/
Coaching Session: When You Need An Immediate Breakthrough
https://sarahwalton.com/coaching-limiting-beliefs-breakthrough/

How Can I Feel Worthy?
https://sarahwalton.com/feel-worthy/
Committing Until It Takes with Kimberly Spencer
https://sarahwalton.com/business-commitment/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

View Details

If you have ever had that moment when scrolling social media and you think, “I'm terrible, I don't know enough, I'm not good enough. I don't know why I think I could do this. Who do I think I am?” I want to assure you these are normal thoughts that we all have.

And as I’ve been processing applications for The Abundance Academy [https://sarahwalton.com/abundance-academy/], I’ve been seeing this over and over. I’m so impressed by the vulnerability of the applicants, and today I want to give you all a tool to use when you’re feeling less than. There you are, trying to get yourself motivated to do whatever it is you said you were going to do today, and boom, you see a social media post; maybe you see someone else walking down the street, and they look like a million freaking bucks. You know, those people who always look put together. You ask HOW. I don't even know if I’m awake yet. It's a feeling of “Can I keep up? Am I going to make it?” And it's a real thing that we all struggle with. So, the first thing I want you to know is when this hits, it’s normal. This is part of the human condition, and it comes from our innate need to belong. It really can just throw you into the pit of despair, and it's awful. I think one of the reasons we stay there longer than we would like is because we're making ourselves wrong for even feeling that way in the first place.

It’s that old adage that what we resist persists. Then we make ourselves wrong for having the feeling, and then that locks the feeling in.

One of the things I'd love to give you today is the trend word right now, but to normalize it. This is a normal human experience we have; it's so ingrained in our nervous systems that we almost don't even have control over it.

You don’t have to be afraid of this feeling. So, when it hits, you remember: “There is nothing wrong with me.”

This requires a bit of preparation, but I’d urge you to create a confidence record. This is the A-list of all your accomplishments. It will remind you in those moments of the real stuff you’ve done.

When we’re in that spiraling moment of “I suck, I can’t do this, I’m never going to get there,” you can feel that emotion, acknowledge that you’re experiencing it, and then go to your confidence record. It will remind you of the facts, and it will pull you out of that spiral. It’s very fast and effective, and you’ll be able to move on to the next thing.

The more confident you feel, the more competent you become. You start to trust yourself to do more. And then, the more competent you become, the more confidence you have. So, the second you start reading those accomplishments, you realize you CAN tackle today.

This is so powerful. I really believe we’ve been given all of these incredible tools inside of our bodies, so we can use them. We can flip the confidence switch, and it will work. It’s not manipulation or toxic positivity; it’s real, and it comes from your own history.

Once you’ve read your list of accomplishments, ask this question: What is the one thing I can do today to move my goals forward, or what is the one thing I can do right now to help me move this day forward? This comes from one of my favorite books, “The One Thing” by Gary Keller and Jay Papasan.

You can choose which question based on how hard you’ve spiraled. Sometimes it’s going to be baby steps to get yourself out of that moment.

If you’re feeling less than is more of a blip moment, you can ask yourself: What’s the one thing I can do such that by doing it, everything else will be easier or unnecessary?

It’s such a powerful question that refocuses your brain to where you have the power, which is the next step.

I think one of the reasons that leads to our feeling of less than is that we’re always planning. We’re always getting so excited about the next thing we really want to do. All that planning is great, and all of that excitement and inspiration is wonderful, but the only thing that will give us the future we want is what we do right now, in the present moment.

That's it, that's the only thing we've got, and if you were to sit and think about it, you can create the plans right now, but in order to make those plans come to life, what do you have to do? You have to act right now. So, these three steps are: making sure you're not making yourself wrong, reading your past accomplishments, and then asking yourself what is the one thing I can do next to move forward. You're taking control of the present moment, which is the only moment we have.

I think the simplicity of it is what has escaped most people's attention. Because we think we're supposed to be grinding and working hard and doing all the things, but even if we were to “grind”, which I hate so much -- let's stop using that word.

Even if you were to hustle, grind, and do all those things. When do you do that? In the moment you have.

Sometimes we think, in order to stop feeling like we're less than we have to jump on every single idea we have. We have to do everything all the time. It's like it's not that big, you guys, it's really small, it's the next task, that's it, and then it's the next task, and that's it.

Let’s get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

5 Tips to Create an Environment for Abundance: https://sarahwalton.com/abundant-environment/

The Truth About Motivation (and Why it Matters): https://sarahwalton.com/truth-about-motivation/

Committing Until it Takes: https://sarahwalton.com/business-commitment/

How to Bounce Back When Feeling Discouraged: https://sarahwalton.com/feeling-discouraged/

Tired of Failing? Learn How to Win the Day: https://sarahwalton.com/mary-ellen/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#FeelingLessThan #MotivationForBusinessSucess #DayInTheLifeOfAnEntrepreneur #LessThanOthers #BusinessMotivation #WomenInBusiness #EntrepreneurLife #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach #SuccessMindset

View Details

Amy Eliza Wong is the Founder of Always on Purpose. The name tells you everything you need to know. If you’ve ever found yourself wondering how you ended up where you ended up, or at a job that used to make your socks roll up and down now makes you want to crawl into bed and not come out, Amy has answers.

This episode is like two girlfriends picking up the phone and start talking about how to cause magic in life, how to get unstuck, why women find themselves in closets and laundry rooms just crying, asking, “What has happened to my life?”

Since Amy was very young, she says she’s always been fascinated by consciousness studies and the big conversations like who are we? Why are we here? What does it mean to be alive?

She also loves math and later studied mathematics at UC Berkeley. This led her to teaching and facilitator roles.

“What was so enthralling to me was to be able to listen for what it was. They didn't know that they didn't know because it wasn't a matter of not knowing the thing. It was really a matter of not knowing what they didn't know, and that kept them from asking the right questions,” says Amy.

After working for ten years in tech, she had a massive breakthrough when her son was born. “I was hit with this extremely significant and very powerful insight that literally reverberated through my body that I was going about it all wrong,” says Amy. “And the insight that hit me that changed me in a moment was: it's not about figuring it out. It's about feeling it out. The wisdom of that just completely changed all aspects of my being.”

Amy says she realized she’d been chasing a strategy that had been laid out for her; she wasn’t fulfilled. She went back to school and got her masters in transpersonal psychology. She said the similarity between psychology and math is the search for truth, and that’s when coaching found her.

Over the thousands of conversations Amy has had, she says it became clear that there are some fundamental themes that are universal in the way we hold ourselves back. Ones that go beyond habits of action, like saying you’re going to work but not.

“Our soul knows what we are meant to do. The thing that gets in the way is our head,” says Amy. She says people think they want all the goals that they set, all the aspirations that they have, whether it's more money, a bigger job, a bigger house, or whatever. But it's not for the thing. What they want is the feeling we think we would have as a result of the thing.

If they haven't really focused on what they want to feel when they take the job, it completely conflicts with what they want to feel. So their life looks great on paper, but now they're miserable.

Amy’s path to coaching saw her follow what she calls inspired thoughts and just start doing. She says there’s a very big difference between doubt and self-doubt. Her take is that doubt is healthy, but self-doubt is destruction.

Healthy doubt is discerning. It doesn’t judge but assesses. It asks, “Do I know this? Is there enough here for me to go forth and do what I’m intending to do? Is my understanding full?” For example, she knows if someone asked her to go perform heart surgery, she would say no. That’s healthy doubt. But self-doubt might influence her ability to learn how to do it. Would it take a while? Sure. But self-doubt questions someone’s inherent capability. That’s the difference. It’s to objectively look at what’s known and what’s not . What’s missing? What’s there, and what needs to be there? Versus, is there something wrong with me? Is there something lacking?

Amy reminds people that we are all born with this ability to feel, and some people might just need to strengthen this muscle.

Let’s get to it!

===== Free Gift for Listeners ===== 15% off Amy’s new book: https://www.porchlightbooks.com/product/living-on-purpose-five-deliberate-choices-to-realize-fulfillment-and-joy--amy-eliza-wong/isbn/9781956072020

Practice checking in with your feelings: https://amyelizawong.superphone.io/f/RbD8hOvr

===== Connect with Amy Wong =====

Website: https://www.alwaysonpurpose.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amyelizawong/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/amyelizawong/

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

5 Tips to Create an Environment for Abundance https://sarahwalton.com/abundant-environment/

Why Zigzagging Your Path Means More Success https://sarahwalton.com/susan/ Coaching Session: When You Need An Immediate Breakthrough https://sarahwalton.com/coaching-limiting-beliefs-breakthrough/

How Can I Feel Worthy? https://sarahwalton.com/feel-worthy/ Committing Until It Takes with Kimberly Spencer https://sarahwalton.com/business-commitment/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Do you ever get discouraged? Do you ever have those moments where you want to crawl into bed and pull the sheets over your head?

If you have goals – and they don't have to be to hit seven figures – goals like losing five pounds, keeping your kitchen organized, being faster at replying to emails – and you feel like you don't have it going on. That is the feeling of discouragement.

This is almost a constant state of being for so many business owners. But it's normal, and that feeling will creep up from time to time. This episode will be a how-to guide to break the cycle and bounce back into your zone of genius.

It's time to create a new document. Now, open that document and title it: Lessons Learned.

If you are currently in a state of discouragement, I want you to write down what you're currently learning. Isn't that such a different twist? Already? People talk about the feeling of failure right or having an experience that didn't go how they wanted it. They always say, "Oh, it's not really a failure because you're always learning," and then you want to slap them.

What we're going to do here is actually have you learn something from this exact moment when you're feeling yucky. It will shift your state, and this is not toxic positivity.

Do you feel like you're not connected to the people that you love in your life? Do you need to learn that lesson? Perhaps you need the right people in your environment. You may need to learn the lesson of taking better care of your environment, the people you hang out with, the conversations you participate in, and the media you consume.

Understand that a lot of the times in business specifically –we're talking business discouragement -- what's missing is a little bit more care. I know that that might sound harsh. I'm not saying you don't care about your business; I'm saying slow down.

Does this email make sense, or will it make people feel pressured? (I don't have a problem with a bit of pressure if it will help somebody make a better decision, but then there's nasty pressure.) Was that in there? Could there be a little bit more care for the person receiving the email?

Could there be more care for the person who's going to read the social media post? Could there be more care in how I treated myself as I completed this task?

Could there be a little bit of care toward me and humility that I might need to beef up my skills?

Here's the deal, folks, discouragement can be one of our most significant points of opportunity. It can be the moment when you decide everything's going to go differently next time. It's like a calling to us that something needs tweaking. We've got more attention to pay over here so that we can cause more significant results over there.

Discouragement is not comfortable. Let's be honest about that. It's uncomfortable, and that's one of the reasons that people don't talk about it, which makes me sad. We should discuss it more because it's easier to get out of than we think. We stay stuck in discouragement because we must actively try to learn what the discouragement is teaching us.

If you're discouraged because someone is more successful than you and you're looking at them wondering why, recognize two things are happening: Either that person knows something you don't know, or that person is doing something you're not doing.

Most of the time, what they know is how to pick themselves out of discouragement. What they know is how to learn from the times when they've felt discouraged.

So, when you open that document and brain dump the lessons learned, you will feel fantastic because you'll move from discouragement to challenge. You are going to get so excited all of a sudden. You might still feel apprehensive and sad that you couldn't cause what you wanted to drive right away. But because you're in action, that mindset will shift almost immediately.

As you go over these lessons learned and start to see what you can do or need to know, the second challenge is to get those things on your calendar. Schedule your implementation. This is the key to success.

Let's get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Why Your Day-to-Day Conversations Matter: https://sarahwalton.com/conversations-matter/

Should You Close It Down or Keep Going?: https://sarahwalton.com/close-or-keep-going/

5 Tips to Create an Environment for Abundance: https://sarahwalton.com/abundant-environment/

Loneliness: The Truth About Entrepreneurship That No One Tells You About: https://sarahwalton.com/loneliness-entrepreneurship/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#FeelingDiscouraged #MotivationForBusinessSucess #DayInTheLifeOfAnEntrepreneur #BusinessTips #BusinessMotivation #WomenInBusiness #EntrepreneurLife #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #SalesCoach #SuccessMindset

View Details

You know how much I love plants; I’m so blown away by their power and how much they can support us, little humans, wandering around this planet.

Shannon Mulligan-Mayernik is joining us to talk about the power of plants and how they can support our bodies. For Shannon, a class taken in a small herb shop in Chester, New York, in 2012 sparked her love for medicinal plants. Today, she runs Mayernik Kitchen, a Modern Day Herbal Apothecary in Pompton Plains, New Jersey. She continues to study and teach herbalism to her community.

This was not an overnight thing. Shannon’s journey happened over the years, even though she felt this amazing sense of excitement and urgency after that first class. She had the patience and the passion to keep going, even when it was a little bit slower than she would have liked.

So for those of you who aren’t sure what your passion is, or you too have taken a class, read a book, or watched a video. You’ve felt that spark that’s left you asking, “Is this my thing?” it’s time to listen to Shannon’s story.

Shannon’s journey began when a co-worker invited her to the class in Chester. She said she felt connected to the women in the class and had a sense of community that night. She said she immersed herself in the experience of making medicine with plants and ran with it.

That night she came home and told her husband working with plants was what she wanted to do. She says she felt an urgency to learn more.

At the time, she was working in publishing and wasn’t happy. She says she was comfortable in her job and working from home (before remote work took over). It was a comfortable situation. She studied and took an apprenticeship while continuing her 9-to-5 job. She worked at a local farm for three years before eventually opening her retail shop in 2020.

Despite the immediate love, sense of urgency, and excitement, it still took time for Shannon. She says, on the one hand, there was excitement in building something new, but on the other hand, frustration in being stuck behind a desk.

“I think that frustration is what really led me to say, “Okay, I need to leave this.” She says she still needed a buffer, which is why she went and worked on a farm for three years. It allowed her to connect everything and work with people enjoying the same things.

“So, it really brought it full circle. That bridge of working on a farm gave me more time because I was only part-time, and that allowed me the time to then say, ‘ I’m going to leave the farm, and this is going to be my full-time passion.’ ”

Shannon says you could walk out to your backyard -- anyone listening or watching -- could walk out, and there could be 15 different types of medicinal plants that we consider weeds. Dandelions, violets – all of these plants are considered medicinal. Shannon says part of her job is teaching and making people aware.

As a business owner, navigating where a customer lands on herbal medicine gets tricky. She says some people will 110 percent only want to take pharmaceuticals. These people say, ‘I’m on this, but I don’t want to be,’ and others are completely against any pharmaceutical. Typically, she’ll suggest swapping in an herbal remedy and then seeing if the customer notices an improvement. Once they feel that worked, what else COULD work?

For listeners interested in learning more about what Shannon’s cooking up, you can head to her website, which has an extensive library of information on plants, ailments, and products.

Let’s get to it!

===== Connect with Shannon Mulligan-Mayernik =====

Website: https://www.mayernikkitchen.com Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mayernikkitchen Coupon Code: 10% off all online orders: GameOn2023

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Committing Until it Takes with Kimberly Spencer: https://sarahwalton.com/business-commitment/

Should You Close it Down or Keep Going? https://sarahwalton.com/close-or-keep-going/

How to Love Your Body With Marla Mervis-Hartmann: https://sarahwalton.com/marla/

Your Body is as Important as Your Business With Angelica Ventrice: https://sarahwalton.com/womens-gut-health-love-your-body/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

We're going to do something a little bit different in this episode! We're doing a full-on coaching episode about breaking through something in your life.

As you're listening, I want you to think about one thing you feel is holding you back: that if you got through it, other parts of your life would start to pop.

Why am I doing this now? We are in the middle in the middle of launching the Abundance Academy. I have had so many amazing conversations with women who are frustrated, and this episode will help. Bookmark this episode, come back to it, and use it as often as needed.

(If you are ready to have a coach and move forward with your life in a new way, I want you to come and check out the Abundance Academy: https://sarahwalton.com/abundance-academy/)

You deserve to have your life work for you. You can learn how to eliminate roadblocks and remove barriers to your joy. I encourage you to grab a pen and journal for this episode and get writing. At this moment in our history, I want you to get to work. We need women who know how to bust through barriers.

Step 1: Identify your roadblock

I want you to just write out quickly what is frustrating you about this one thing. It could be your health, or maybe your body doesn't respond the way that you wish it would. Maybe you're having a hard time finding your next client. Maybe you feel like your copy is still, you know, not the best. Maybe you're upset about revenue.

Now please do not sidestep this question. Ask yourself: Why don't you do this thing that you want? Why is this barrier in your way?

Do any of these usual suspects come up? It's the economy's fault. It's your spouse's fault. Maybe this is just the way it is and you need to get a grip. (All of these are wrong, by the way.) Be honest. What's your excuse? What's your reason?

Step 2: Ask how this is affecting your life.

Are you locked out of connection with other people? Did you have to say no to a fantastic vacation with your friends because it's just "too irresponsible?" Are you losing out on experiences? Is your health suffering? Are you deciding that you will fail at anything you try? Is that how this is affecting your life? Think about this for a minute. I want you to get really honest.

Now that you've sat with this, ask yourself what would have happened in your life had this not been what you tell yourself.

What would your life be like if this hadn't been running the show for you? If you're too stupid, this is just the way it is. You don't take risks. Other people are going to be more successful than you. If these are the things you've been telling yourself, what have you missed out on in life?

What has this negative story you tell yourself? What has this robbed you of in your life? What would have been possible for you?

The ripple effect is powerful, isn't it? You can see what it looks like on a day-to-day basis. As you take a step back and get honest with yourself, you'll stop expecting things to change or thinking that tomorrow will somehow be different because this one story is running the show.

I'll be straight with you: These garbage stories aren't even original. We all have the same thoughts. That's how I can rattle them off. Don't let someone else tell you what's possible.

Step 3: Removing the barrier

I want you to look at what you wrote down. I want you to look at your story again. Let's prove that wrong because I bet you can. Look at that belief and ask yourself, what about this is not true? How can I prove that this is not true?

Have you been successful in your life? Are you stupid, or have you done amazing things? Have people been able to be successful in the middle of a bad economy? (Yep.) Have very small businesses turned incredibly successful? (Yep!).

Once you have started to prove this wrong, I'd like you to do what I call "a conversation with the universe."

Hi, universe. I am now letting this go. I have proven it false. I need you to support me in not thinking about it anymore.

Is that going to happen? No, it's probably not. Our brains are very hard-wired. These neural pathways are tight, so it probably will pop into your head again. So, what you're asking for is the support, the signs, the ability to see opportunities that continue to prove this belief wrong and support you in moving forward without this barrier in your way. You will likely have the thought again, but it won't be as strong, and it will get quieter.

The best part is you can't unlearn it. Now that you know that this belief, this negative story, this thought that has been knocking you off course has been proven wrong, you can't unlearn that.

You have more power.

This is why coaching is so powerful: You've opened the door to a life without this barrier. It's up to you now that you have this support. When the story rears its ugly head, remember it's been proven wrong, and you move forward towards what? What is it that you want now that the barrier is gone?

This week, I challenge you to act as though that negative story does not exist in your life and see what happens. It's borderline magical (no magic needed!).

Let's get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Don’t Believe the Hype: You’re Not Special https://sarahwalton.com/notspecial/

Should You Close It Down or Keep Going? https://sarahwalton.com/close-or-keep-going/

How to Coach Yourself Through Hard Times https://sarahwalton.com/coach-yourself/

7 Steps to Manifesting With Julie Foucht https://sarahwalton.com/julie-foucht/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#LimitingBeliefs #ScarcityThinking #Abundance #LimitingBeliefsCoach #SelfLimitingBeliefs #WomenInBusiness #EntrepreneurLife #SelfCoaching #Scarcity #SuccessMindset

View Details

Content warning: The following episode contains a discussion regarding eating disorders.

Today’s guest, Coach Kimberly Spencer, has this belief in her business and with clients that the reason you don’t have what you want is because of the story you’re telling yourself. Her life’s work is proof of that.

What Kimberly does is really look at the cobwebs of your unconscious in your business and figure out where you are holding things back. She's been able to expand her life because she started asking better questions because she changed her environment, and because she changed who she was hanging out with, which I believe is so critical to your success. She was able to transform every single aspect of her life that she wanted to transform.

Kimberly’s journey started in Hollywood as a screenwriter. At the time, she’d been battling bulimia for about ten years. A friend introduced her to Pilates, and for the first time, she said she felt good in her body.

“That was such a foreign sensation to me, where I felt strong, I felt confident … I felt guided and supported,” she says. This led to her teaching Pilates in her own private studio, where she was surrounded by multiple different belief systems every day.

She said seeing different stories come into and out of her space allowed her to shake up her own story about what was possible.

“I saw a correlation that it didn’t matter whether somebody was technically fat or technically thin … what mattered was their mindset around how they thought about their bodies.”

From there, Kimberly helped launch an e-commerce start-up. But three months before her wedding, she was asked to be bought out by her partner. She didn’t have a business anymore and felt like everything had been ripped out from under her.

She’d been an actor. A screenwriter. A Pilates instructor with her own studio. She’d healed from bulimia. She’d healed from narcissistic relationships. She’d been in pageants. She realized her through line was a holistic success piece, and she decided to start her company Crown Yourself.

She bought the equipment. She bought the domain and website. She did the photoshoot. And for a year and a half she made $100.

Kimberly says it wasn’t until she found out she was pregnant in 2016 that she realized the beliefs, habits, and attitude she had around money and her business ran parallel to the beliefs she had about her body a decade ago. That’s when she realized she had a process to work through for her business.

“Our brains are wired to survive, and so by exposing yourself to new belief systems … they’re exposing themselves to new possibilities of how to survive in this world. Our brain is wired to survive, not to thrive,” she says, recalling her time teaching Pilates. “You cannot change in the environment that made you sick.”

She notes shifting your environment can be a massive transformational piece because your external circumstances will always reflect your internal circumstances and vice versa.

In her journey to heal from bulimia, she pointed to three things that helped her overcome: Environment, future self, and banishing blame. She said it started with her taking personal responsibility.

“I had to start questioning my own behavior, stopped judging myself when I defaulted to what I had known as the default, which was binging and purging, and instead started asking myself some new questions,” she says.

She said she had to give herself so much grace and so much compassion and recognize and take the time and say, “It's going to take as long as it takes, but I'm committed to it taking.”

Dropping a victimhood mentality is almost always the first step to healing anything. Kimberly says it can really suck to look into the mirror and take ownership of your current state.

There is a space in radical ownership where people might get pushed to the point of putting themself at fault for their past. This is not true. Your past is not your fault. But you are responsible for healing and to move to a place of acceptance because acceptance is a neutral emotional state. Whereas as a victim, you’re projecting out, and as a villain, you’re projecting in. There’s guilt and shame in both directions versus true ownership. Acceptance means you’re just at the starting line. It’s neutral. We’re all humans going through this experience; we don’t get to decide until it’s on us to choose the response. And that response is the moment in which we have the shift of power. We can shift it from an experience being done to us to having some say in what the end result is.

In balancing being a new motion with her new business (that at this point had made $100), Kimberly went back to the idea of committing to the commitment. She eliminated arbitrary timelines and reassessed the level of responsibility she could commit to.

If you’re struggling, she asks you to look at whether or not you’re able to respond in the moment to the next thing rather than react.

===== Connect with Kimberly Spencer =====

Website: https://crownyourself.com Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/crownyourself.now/ Youtube: https://youtube.com/c/crownyourself

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Sick of People Pleasing? Childhood Trauma Might be the Source with Kalpa Gupta: https://sarahwalton.com/people-pleasing-trauma-response/

Your Body is as Important as Your Business With Angelica Ventrice: https://sarahwalton.com/womens-gut-health-love-your-body/

Understand Why You Eat What You Eat With Audrey Zona: https://sarahwalton.com/audrey/

Stop Fighting for Your Limiting Beliefs: https://youtu.be/TpfsfssQ-x0

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

View Details

Earlier this month, we made a MASSIVE decision over here at Team Sarah. It was so hard, but we have completed the Game on Girlfriend membership.

I created it because I wanted women to have a monthly check-in to get tips, ideas, or a workshop and stay in the conversation without necessarily having to have a one-on-one coach. It was a light in my heart that created community.

If this is not the entrepreneur conundrum, I don’t know what is! Do you keep this thing going? Do you stop? Do you keep pushing through? Is this offer still good for my business?

The first step is to check in with your body. We know our bodies have all the answers regardless of what the outside world wants us to do. (If you want to dive into that deeper with me, please check out April’s Coffee With Coach: https://youtube.com/live/0JAVqvBZk2s)

First of all, sit still and put your hands on your stomach. Move it up a little bit and feel where your ribs part. That’s actually our shame center. When we’re feeling crappy about something, it sits there. It’s a really interesting phenomenon. Just below that is your gut; you can feel it in your guts.

So, when the time comes and you’re thinking about what to do, rest your hand there and ask yourself: Is it time for me to release this or is it time to keep going? And just see what your body says.

In April’s Coffee With Coach, I talk about what we’ve learned from animals because they have emotions in their body. Emotions rule the body; thoughts rule the head. We try to make the head rule the body, but it doesn’t work that way. That’s why we feel yucky when we’re going against our gut; it doesn’t feel good. It makes emotions the deepest part of your knowing. That’s why we’re checking in with our bodies first.

The other thing you can do that’s really powerful is to watch how your body physically responds when you ask yourself what you should do. Usually, if you find yourself rocking back, it’s a no. Lean forward, keep going.

The next step is the common-sense aspect of our business – we’ve got to know the numbers. One of the things we did inside our business was to draw up a revenue map.

If you’re asking, “What does the business need me to do?” You need to know the numbers. Which parts of your business are flourishing, and which parts aren’t doing so well? If you were to stop focusing on what isn’t working, what could you do instead?

That was my decision here. The Game on Girlfriend membership was great. The Abundance Academy, the Sales Mastermind, and one-on-one coaching were pulling at me so hard – like Sarah Walton, this is what you are HERE TO DO. You love it so much; it’s causing extraordinary results. It was time to double down on those.

Sometimes that can be challenging for us as business owners – we think we should only stop if it sucks or it’s totally draining all the money. Sometimes we need to release things because bigger things are being born, and they will need more attention. We want to clean out the clutter, and that includes business projects.

Aligning your mission

My mission is to put more money in the hands of more women. When it came time to decide whether or not to close membership, one factor was that while the membership was in line with that, it wasn’t going fast enough. My work with the Abundance Academy, Sales Mastermind, and one-on-one coaching pushes my vision faster.

These women are with me every single week in this conversation about their relationship to money, what’s going on for them, and beliefs to release … it’s much more in line with where I want to go. The results are so much faster, much deeper, and much longer lasting.

When you know what your mission is it can be much easier to make these kinds of decisions.

If you’re not sure about your mission yet, I want you to do something called the rocking chair test. Picture yourself on your porch, aged 90, in your rocking chair. You love your life. What are you most proud of? What did you accomplish? Once you have that answer, you have your mission.

Let’s get to it!

Book Recommendation: “Believe It” by Jamie Kern Lima: https://amzn.to/3LsMdji

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

5 Tips to Create a Pristine Environment for Abundance: https://sarahwalton.com/abundant-environment/

How To Stop Binge Buying Courses You Don’t Need with Lindsay Maloney: https://sarahwalton.com/binge-buying-courses/

How to Pick Your Next Big Project: https://sarahwalton.com/choose-your-next-project/

The Secret to Your Business Numbers Will Change Everything with Lauren Colson: https://sarahwalton.com/understand-business-numbers/

Know Your Numbers to Break Through What’s Possible: https://sarahwalton.com/danielle/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#KeepGoing #WhenToQuit #CareerCoach #OvercomingFear #BusinessAdvice #GivingUp #Quitting #SalesCoach #WomenInBusiness #EntrepreneurLife

View Details

Content warning: The following episode contains a discussion of childhood sexual abuse and mentions of trauma.

Today I'm bringing you something a little bit different. Kalpa Gupta is an extraordinary woman who helps people deal with childhood sexual abuse. Now the name of her business is connected and what she really does. She's the CEO and founder of Knekxt Group, which goes out and really helps executives and really successful people mitigate risk and understand how to build trust, and she does that by dealing with childhood trauma, specifically childhood sexual abuse.

Now, if you've been following me for a while, you would understand and know why this specific topic is so important to me.

But as a business coach, you might be wondering why we are talking about this. You guys, we have so much that goes on in our heads and in our histories that we are usually not that aware of. We start to create patterns as children based on what happens to us, or at us. These moments in our lives, especially as children, can end up shaping what we believe is possible, what we believe, we can and cannot do, how the world is

I really invite you to listen to this discussion from the perspective of how I can strengthen myself. What new risks can I take and know that I'm safe? What do I need to heal?

Kalpa highlighted the moment that the coping mechanisms - be they around money, business, sex, intimacy, financial health, or physical health – we developed no longer work.

She shared the moment of her own realization, which was grounded in the feeling of tiptoeing around people and living in scarcity and hypervigilance. After losing support in a toxic workplace, Kalpa said she remembered being done with fixing herself.

“I'll just navigate, tiptoe around them until I realized you know, one day, “Oh my God, the kind of grace that I am expected to give to people. What about that grace for me? Where is that grace for me?’ ” she said.

She says for people who are stuck feeling shame or blame, for those who are having trouble forgiving themselves, knowledge is the first step. Kalpa cites the ACE score, where ACE stands for adverse childhood experiences. There are 10 categories; people can go and check their ACE score. The study itself demonstrates just how common these experiences are.

The more we stop judging our emotions, the better. Patterns are deep, and our reactions can often be traced back to our childhood – maybe you weren’t seen, heard, or understood. We tend to make up all these stories about ourselves and our life that are not true. Release them.

Kalpa says if you want to make a shift and you feel like nothing is possible, know that if you are alive right now, something has gone right in your life. You know that you can start to make a difference when you start reaching out, and you will find a path to healing.

===== Connect with Kalpa Gupta =====

Website: https://knekxt.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kalpashreegupta TikTok: @knekxt.com

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Does Everyone Matter But You? https://sarahwalton.com/gina/

Your Body Is As Important As Your Business with Angelica Ventrice https://sarahwalton.com/womens-gut-health-love-your-body/

What I Learned Over My Girls’ Weekend https://sarahwalton.com/lessons-from-friendships/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

In April’s Coffee With Coach, I talked about the power of abundance. We really dug into how abundance is a feeling and how you can access it even when you’re in a freak out moment.

That livestream really connected with people; we received so many private messages about how it was needed. We heard from people telling us how they didn’t realize they were focused on scarcity, only on the negative.

Honestly, if you’re human, it’s good to understand we’re addicted to certain emotions, and sometimes those emotions are helpful, and sometimes they are harmful.

If we're addicted to negativity, if we're addicted to gossip, if we're addicted to feeling like a victim, if we're addicted to feeling angry – it sounds weird to call those addictions, but they really are – our bodies respond to that flood of hormones. Then the body starts to crave that emotional response.

The conversation in Coffee With Coach helped some people realize that we confine ourselves to these situations that don’t serve us simply because we’re addicted to them.

I talked about how quickly we can shift our moods and emotions away from what doesn’t serve us. Here are some real-world tips for creating an environment where you’ll experience a more consistent feeling of abundance.

The five people you hang out with: You’ve probably heard this before, but if you were to take the salary of the five people you spend most of your time with and average that out, it’s probably how much you make. It’s bananas, but it’s true.

It’s not just about money. It’s about attitude and perspective. The conversations you have on a daily basis are so critical, and I don’t think we pay enough attention to them, to be honest. Those conversations make up our lives.

Have you ever had a conversation with someone who's super jazzed, excited, and inspiring, and they listen to you, and you can tell they really care about what you're saying? Then they get excited for you about things that are going on for you, and you're like, “Oh my gosh, I could do anything right now!”

Shift the gossip conversations: I want you to pick a couple of hours every day, and I want you to think about how you can protect those hours from anyone who might have something negative to say. For example, maybe it’s from 11 a.m. to 1 p.m. Your phone is off. Social media apps are off. You spend that time either meditating or being creative toward your business or your next project, and you do not allow any outside influences to creep in.

If you have friends who love to gossip, ask yourself how to change the conversation. What was the best thing you did this week? Tell me everything about your favorite moments from this week. Those are questions you can actually ask that get everybody excited and engaged.

Take two hours to be creative: Turn everything off. Own your power. You're going to need to look at what you look at while you're doing that. Doesn't that sound funny? Are there pictures that are distracting you? Are there unfinished projects on your desk that make you feel bad?

Remember that abundance is a feeling, an experience of being alive. When I say abundance, what can you put around you that will have you tap into the flow of abundance? Do you need beautiful pictures of nature around you, like a waterfall? Maybe a memento or a picture from your favorite vacation

Clean up your social media feeds: When I say keep your environment pristine, what you look at while you work is part of that. This is why I really want you to watch your social media accounts.

We're not spending as much time with people as we used to; inside of that is this new phenomenon: our relationships are online. So, who are you following? What conversations are you popping into on social media? That matters. That's also your environment. Who do you need to follow? Who do you need to start following?

Check your mindset: You know that rush you feel when you're driving and you see a police car behind you or you hear sirens? You just got scared. You just thought you were going to get caught, right? (Drive safe, everyone).

You can't tell me that your thoughts don't affect your body. So, if you've walked around your whole life thinking, “Woe is me, everybody's mean to me, why does this always happen to me?” that becomes your way of being.

When you go to expand, and you're working to make your environment pristine, what do you think will happen? That homeostasis is going to fight to be maintained. I’m telling you this so that when it hits you, you don't freak out and think something's wrong. It's OK. You’re pushing up against this normal and your body's asking for another hit of the emotions it's used to.

Instead, we're going to start to break this habit, we're going to start to break this addiction. At that moment is when I thought affirmations were freaking fantastic. This is when your physical environment supports you with objects and pictures and representations of abundance.

I want abundance for all of us. I really do. When I talk about putting money in the hands of more women, this is what I'm talking about. I want you to be able to take the vacations you want. I want you to be able to send your kids to the schools that you want. I want you to be able to buy the courses and the books and have the experiences that you want in your life. You deserve that, and the more you tap into that feeling, the more you remember that that's possible.

Let’s get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

April’s Coffee with Coach “Want More Money and More Time? ♥️ This Is For You”: https://youtube.com/live/0JAVqvBZk2s

Why Your Day-to-Day Conversations Matter https://sarahwalton.com/conversations-matter/

How (& When) to Break Up With Friends https://sarahwalton.com/break-up/

Loneliness: The Truth About Entrepreneurship: https://sarahwalton.com/loneliness-entrepreneurship/

What I Learned Over My Girls’ Weekend: https://sarahwalton.com/lessons-from-friendships/

Can We Disagree & Still Be Friends: https://sarahwalton.com/sisterhood/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#Abundance #AbundanceMentality #AbundanceMindset #AbundanceIsAllAroundUs #SuccessfulWomen #AbundanceCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #BusinessCoach #EntrepreneurLifestyle

View Details

Everyone wants the quick fix, but a lot of people don’t want to do the hard work. You might be comfortable getting the information and planning everything, but then you don’t do anything because it takes you out of your comfort zone.

If you are a self-identified course collector, meaning you see a new course, and you’re ready to buy it … You wait for the cart … You can't buy it … You buy it! And then … you won't do anything with it.

As an experienced business coach, Lindsay Maloney shares her thoughts on what's holding back so many women from stepping into their CEO shoes and scaling up. Lindsay helps coaches create six-figure businesses by building out their signature offers and designing dreamy client packages without the busy work. Lindsay says everyone wants that instant gratification, which gets in the way of their happiness. But if you want to build a business, it’s going to take longer than that. And all those unsexy tasks that it takes to make that business are never shared on the Instagram highlight reels that everyone seems to watch. This delayed gratification can have business owners questioning every move they make. Part of the conversation becomes what you are going to have to do long-term to get this business off the ground and will you be happy doing that? Instead, many people will sit in the creative phase, where they are absorbing information but not taking any action. They’re addicted to consuming, not moving forward. There is no program you can buy where you’ll have the same results as the rest of the people in your cohort. “No one has ever decided to work with me because I took a course from so-and-so,” says Lindsay. “They work with me because of who I am online ... no one is ever going to want to join your world because you’re a good student. They’re going to join you because you’re a great leader and you stepped out a little bit.” While it’s not wrong to buy a course, Lindsay says you have to decide what you’re going to DO. You have to keep learning. Identifying what is going to work for you and your business is key. We all have to take this moment and ask, “is this me?” You don’t have to be afraid to change aspects of your business that aren’t working for you. Remember, you can reassess and adjust and pivot. No matter what is happening, you have control over your business, and you can change it if things aren’t making you happy.

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

3 Reasons Coaches Don’t Make Money with Amanda Walker: https://sarahwalton.com/making-money-as-coach/

How to Pick Your Next Big Project: https://sarahwalton.com/choose-your-next-project/

2 Reasons You’re Procrastinating (and How to Stop): https://youtu.be/4gnoy5yHrk4

What’s Causing the Results You Have Right Now?: https://sarahwalton.com/causing-results/

Healing the Hustle (You Don’t Have to Keep Up), With Jessica Butts: https://sarahwalton.com/jessica-butts/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Last weekend I met up with four of my closest girlfriends. We do this every year. We try very hard to hang out in a house where we don't have to leave, where we can wear sweatpants and eat as much food as humanly possible.

I hope that this episode really inspires you to go out there and find your people.

I want to share three things I observed with these women over this weekend. It was a place where we could address what we need as humans, what we need as friends, and what we need as moms. Only two of out of the five have had children, and it was so interesting to see sort of what dominated the conversation and what didn't.

The friendship we share was forged during a challenging time for all of us. (For me, I had just called off an engagement.) What we bring to each other is that we talk about our addictions, we talk about what we're struggling with, we talk about our current relationships, what's great, what's not working, and we talk about what we really love.

We talk about what really matters with 100% acceptance.

The first thing that I learned over this weekend is that rest is not a luxury. Rest is a necessity. Every single one of us talked about how amazing it was to be able to turn off work, to be able to leave our families. We love them, but we needed to not do all the invisible work.

If you have been feeling tired, I want you to schedule rest into your calendar right now intentionally. I think that is critical. This is not nice to have, especially not now. I think, coming out of the pandemic and coming out of the restructuring we've all done, we need to make sure we're resting because rest looks different now, doesn't it?

So many people are working from home. I rarely leave my house. I work. I take care of the kids. I clean the house. Then I plan for work the next day, and I work in the house and then I walk the dog. I know I'm not special. Most of us have a schedule that's very similar now, even people who work for corporations, so I think it's critical that you understand when you need rest and how to get it.

The second thing I learned is how important it is to have playmates in our sandbox. I talk about this a lot to my own coach. What’s cool about my group of friends and where I do think we're very lucky is that two of us are entrepreneurs. One of us is a stay-at-home mother, and two work for corporations now. That combo is really great because we get to share different aspects and perspectives on life. But each of us has someone to turn to when we need a deeper conversation.

There's a really great book by Shasta Nelson called Friendships Don't Just Happen!: The Guide to Creating a Meaningful Circle of GirlFriends I recommend. She breaks down that each of us can have different groups of friends, and that's totally appropriate. You might have your work friends, your dance mom friends, and old friends from, you know, childhood or your early twenties.

Each one of those groups is going to serve a different purpose and that's OK. I think it's really important that we understand that you never want to make yourself feel wrong for who you're hanging out with. Chances are you need something from them. If you no longer do or feel like you're constantly giving and not getting back, it's probably time to release those friendships.

And the third thing I learned was the importance of sharing. I know that sounds funny. I had so much fun talking about different books. One of us has just totally dived headfirst into serious meditation, and she was sharing that with us, and we are talking about moving. We were talking about children. We were talking about how hard it is for parents, and as much as we love our children, why didn't anybody tell us it was going to be this hard? How much of a role is the internet playing in that? We talked about our health rights, were, as we're all getting older. Our health needs are changing. Who's going for a walk right now? Who's going to take a break right now? Those sorts of conversations were happening, and I think we loved sharing with each other what works.

Each one of us had a turn to say: you know, it's really hard for me right now, and we got to talk about that, and I really want to encourage you not only to put rest in your calendar after you listen to this episode. I want you to start fighting for friendships.

The only reason that this friendship between the five of us has lasted as long as it has is that we love each other. And every single year -- except during the pandemic -- we have fought to be in the same room for one weekend. We have fought to be together, to be with each other, to remind each other of what matters, to work through issues that you can't talk about with everybody, and to tell the truth about where life is standing. Also, to inspire each other.

I think every single one of us left this weekend with new goals, new ideas, and inspired actions, we could take. I want to encourage you to fight for your people. Go find the people in your sandbox, schedule your rest, do it with someone you love, and then make sure you're sharing from your heart.

Let’s get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Demand What You Need https://sarahwalton.com/demand/

How (& When) to Break Up With Friends https://sarahwalton.com/break-up/

The Power of Mastermind Groups https://sarahwalton.com/mastermind-group-benefits/

How ‘The Walking Dead’ Save My Business (No Really!) https://sarahwalton.com/walking-dead/

Check out the book “Friendships Don’t Just Happen” : https://amzn.to/3JDZOT4

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#BossWomen #WomenEmpowerment #GirlsWeekend #SelfCare #Resting #FriendshipGoals #Vulnerability #SuccessfulWomen #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #BusinessCoach

Friendships Don't Just Happen!: The Guide to Creating a Meaningful Circle of GirlFriends

View Details

Do you ever feel like you don’t quite fit in? Or maybe you can’t do business the way all the “business gurus” tell you? You know that feeling when it just doesn’t work and you’re wondering if you’re the problem? You might want to consider human design.

Today’s guest is Adriana Keefe, an award-winning real estate dropout turned Human Design Coach and motivational speaker. After her own "quarter-life crisis", she is now teaching high achieving women how to create harmony in life and business without sacrificing their goals.

Adriana worked with a business coach, who introduced her to human design and her chart, called a bodygraph. They had dug into Adriana’s story and what was holding her back – thinking she was too much for people, too loud, too annoying. Adriana says she was always telling herself that she had to sit down and shut up. This understand was met with instant validation.

After diving into human design, Adriana realized she’s a Manifesting Generator, meaning she’s a multi-hyphenate, multi-passionate person who needs to be challenged. Try it, learn it, teach it and move on to something new.

This went against the story Adriana had told herself growing up: that she was broken and a quitter because she would start and stop things, get bored and want to move on.

Adriana explains that human design is essentially the science of different differentiation. It asks how your energy is different than the person beside you, the person who raised you, and the partner in your life. And then ask how is that energy being conditioned from who you were the moment you were born, to who you’ve become based on the people who raised you. Everyone has their own stories.

Human design blends astrology and various philosophies such as the I Ching and Kabbalah to divide your personality into five energy types that are your strategy or authority. These energy types explain how people exchange energy with the world: Manifestors, Generators, Manifesting Generators, Projectors, and Reflectors.

“What I learned in human design was that we’re all conditioned to look and feel the exact same way. We’re all supposed to go to college, get married, procreate, retire, then die. All of us. And how is that? How can everyone be exactly the same?” asks Adriana.

When Adriana first launched a beta program for her business, she found a need. People were asking how to use their energy in business and for clarity around their careers. She found people were sick and tired of using marketing strategies and tactics that everyone said would work – but didn’t. It led to them feeling like failures.

For example, asking "How do I market based on what my energy is like?" If one person writes a blog post and another person writes a blog post, one of those will be way better and attract more people than the other. Well, why is that?

You could say one's a bad writer, but you could also say someone's energy is not in writing blogs and that's not the right path for them to take.

Most people don't know that. They think they're supposed to build their businesses the same way.

Within the program, her participants were able to tune into their energy and make decisions that made them love their work again. Adriana says whether it’s your personal or professional life, human design helps you shift and recognize what your body and soul need to feel GOOD.

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

===== Mentioned =====

The Unicorn Experiment: https://www.AdrianaKeefe.com/theunicornexperiment/

"Human Design Saved My Business" Podcast Episode: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/women-who-want-more/id1596313016?i=1000596726867

===== Connect with Adriana Keefe =====

Website: https://www.AdrianaKeefe.com/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/adrikeefe/ LinkedIn: https://LinkedIn.com/in/Adriana-keefe Podcast: https://womenwhowantmore.buzzsprout.com/

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Curious About the World of Spiritual Energy? Karen Foote Has Answers: https://sarahwalton.com/karen-foote/

What’s Causing the Results You Have Right Now?: https://sarahwalton.com/causing-results/

When Your Life Falls Apart Because of Money (And Your Career is Born): https://sarahwalton.com/michelle/

Healing the Hustle (You Don’t Have to Keep Up), With Jessica Butts: https://sarahwalton.com/jessica-butts/

How and When to Use Astrology With Wendy Cicchetti: https://sarahwalton.com/wendy/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

View Details

It’s springtime! We tend to get excited about what’s possible at this time of year and with that fresh-start mentality comes some hick-ups.

Maybe you start thinking about the 45 different things you’d actually really like to start. Today, I want to give you concrete steps you can take to pick your next big project so that you know your own track and you’re doing something that’s going to push your life forward.

Maybe you want to launch a podcast. Maybe you want to write a book. Maybe you want to launch a fundraising campaign.

Maybe you want to do something big in your business that will add revenue, and you don’t know what that is. Now you’re staring at this list going “I don’t know what I’m supposed to do,” and so you pull up Netflix or decide to redo your Sales Page … again.

When you look at your list, ask yourself what will cause a ripple effect. That’s a big thing to say, so let’s dig into it. Typically, when you don’t know what to do next you’ll back to what you feel comfortable with. That might look like redoing your sales page. But that’s not nearly as powerful and will not have the ripple effect that, say getting on the phone with a potential client would or jumping into networking groups where clients are.

You might have had this feeling before. (I know I have.) When you don’t know where your next customer or client is coming from, you start to get nervous. You don’t know how to affect your revenue. So, what do we do? We go back to what makes us comfortable.

Take a look at your to-do list for the project that will cause that ripple effect. Is it going to be hard?

I just want you to pick what's next. I think sometimes what can happen to us is we get stuck in some weird vortex where we think the next thing we choose is the only thing we're ever going to choose again.

You get to decide not only what you do right now, but you get to decide if this project needs to pivot. You get to decide if it needs to get bigger, and you get to decide how you spend every single day while you're working on this project.

You need to be engaged and happy and excited about what you're producing.

When we get hit with the unsexy tasks or the parts that make us nervous, we can step back and recognize that we chose to do this.

You chose to do it because you're working for something bigger, but as you're working towards that, something bigger, all of this is your time. All of this belongs to you, and you get to choose how you use it today.

We have money and time confused, we think there's always going to be tomorrow, and we feel like there's never going to be enough money. We are not promised tomorrow. Time is our only finite resource, and money can always be generated. Money is infinite.

This is when you choose the project that you know will really make a difference, even if it scares you a little bit at this moment right now, don't squander it, you do not get it back.

Let’s get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

It’s Never Too Late to Start with Communications Expert Lee Caraher https://sarahwalton.com/start-with-communications/

Take Back Your Time Every Day with Productivity Coach Heather Greco https://sarahwalton.com/heather/

The Power of Grit (and YES! You can learn it!): https://sarahwalton.com/grit/

The Truth About Motivation (and Why it Feels Mysterious): https://sarahwalton.com/truth-about-motivation/

Are You a Productive Procrastinator? : https://sarahwalton.com/amber/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

#entrepreneurship #FinancialFreedom #ProjectManagement #BusinessGrowth #TipsForEntrepreneurs #BusinessGoals #SmallBusinessGoals #SalesCoach #IntuitiveBusinessCoach #BusinessCoach

View Details

Coaching can change someone’s life, and it’s hard to put a value on that. Coaches who work with others to alter their behavior and create opportunities for growth – that’s so powerful.

Today I’m talking with Certified Master Coach Amanda Walker. She brings a common-sense approach to coaching coaches. She supports all of these beautiful humans, honoring their ability to coach and really connect with other people and make a difference.

We discuss reasons why coaches encounter cash flow issues, the squirrel effect, and the Land of the Lost. Whether you are a coach or not, I’m sure there will be something for you in this episode, especially if you’ve been feeling stuck or feeling like you’re living with a bunch of unmet expectations.

Amanda points to the positive correlation we expect when we start a business; put in a week’s worth of work and get a week’s worth of return. We set expectations that people will immediately take our offer. That’s not how it works, though, is it?

When there is a gap between our expectations – what we think the journey should look like and reality. The gap between those two places is what Amanda calls the Land of the Lost. People flounder when expectations don’t meet the reality of what’s happening. We tell ourselves it’s not working, and then we quit.

This is where the squirrel effect comes in. We go back to the drawing board and look at what others are doing. So, we’re in this chronic place of chasing the squirrel and starting over. We never gain traction in our business because we’re not sticking to one strategy, and we’re not asking ourselves what IS working.

When you’re stuck in that moment, learning to develop grit is a way to make it through.

Amanda suggests that anyone who’s feeling as though sales is slimy should write down all the thoughts they have about selling and sales in their business. The next step would be to look at that list and label each point as either a thought or a fact. A thought is something they routinely choose in their mind versus a fact that could be upheld in a court of law.

What she suspects is that a majority of the points on that list are just thoughts. If you think sales feels gross, that’s a thought that can be shifted; and the stories around sales that are holding you back can be broken down so you can move forward.

As you move towards learning grit and persevering, Amanda recalls advice from a mentor: Do one thing a day. It will move the needle forward, be it an email, a pitch, or whatever needs to be done because doing one thing every day will stack.

Let’s get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

How Do You Choose The Right Coach? : https://sarahwalton.com/find-the-right-coach/

A Breath of Fresh Air in Coaching With Nicole Saunders: https://sarahwalton.com/nicole/

Let’s Shake Up the Coaching Industry, With Lee Chaix McDonough: https://sarahwalton.com/lee/

The Power of Grit (and YES! You can learn it!): https://sarahwalton.com/grit/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

If you saw the title of today’s episode, I have to be honest, I’m a bit embarrassed. I’m super late to “The Walking Dead” phenomenon. But full disclosure, I don’t like gore or blood. And I probably fast-forwarded through 40% of most of the episodes, because well it’s gross.

I was at a point where the burnout was going to hit, and it was going to hit really hard if I didn't do something. I could feel I was starting to lose the ability to change my state by myself.

Picture it: It’s my house on Saturday morning. The kids aren’t here. I sat down on the couch after finishing my running class, and the fatigue was real. This wasn’t necessarily work related; it was a culmination of health issues and family issues I faced over the past year.

I was almost at the point where I couldn’t take care of myself. I don’t mean that as though I’m a victim – I just mean there was so much that had to get done. For the first time ever, I canceled every call and every class. I got substitute teachers for an entire week because I had to take care of yet another health issue that wasn’t mine. It was dire, and it required immediate attention.

All things are beyond my control. Sometimes life is like that. Sometimes we just have to deal with what is handed to us. By the end of it, it had been so challenging and draining that I went to my running class, which was amazing, and then I came home sweaty and disgusting and turned on “The Walking Dead.”

At first, I was thinking there was something wrong with me. I’m watching a show where people are being murdered. But I talked to a couple of friends about it, and one of them said, “You’re watching other people run from life-threatening situation to life-threatening situation.”

It was a joy for me to watch someone else have to deal with a crisis that did not stop. I got to sit on the couch and watch someone else deal with it.

What I came to understand is that the left side of my brain, the one that deals with analytical and active thinking, had been on fire for about a year. My daughter’s Type 1 diabetes diagnosis came in over a year ago. My brain had been solving problem after problem, strategic need after strategic need, and it just didn’t let up.

But that meant the right side of my brain wasn’t getting any exercise. While I was consuming art and slipping away into someone else’s world I was finally able to give my left brain a rest and give my right brain the workout it needed.

I started to spend the weekends really relaxing. Then I’d come into work on Monday, and I was able to function again and be creative. That’s something I personally felt had been missing in my business for the last year, my ability to really get uber creative, to really generate on a new level. That’s back!

So, that’s why I’m saying “The Walking Dead” did save my business.

Without spoiling anything, what happens to the main characters is exactly what happens to entrepreneurs. You know, in the beginning, any zombie is terrifying, and the rattling doorknob is the worst thing that could happen. But by seasons 2 and 3, the characters are shoving those zombies out of the way.

They’re no longer a problem. Why? Because there are other problems and they’re bigger. It’s exactly like being an entrepreneur. When you start the biggest problem might be setting up your website or some sort of transactional software in place. Then the next big problem might be firing someone. And it just keeps going.

But pretty soon, what starts to happen is that the tasks or ideas that used to be huge are the things you knock out on a Tuesday before lunch.

And I think that story inside “The Walking Dead” is so important for all of us. When life hands us a catastrophe sandwich, at first, it’s horrifying, and it’s terrible. But you can get through it. You can master it.

I do hope that you remember there is art out there. There is a place for us to go where we can slip into the power of the right brain, and we need that so much!

Let’s get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

The Power of Grit (and YES! You can learn it!): https://sarahwalton.com/grit/

The Truth About Motivation (and Why it Feels Mysterious): https://sarahwalton.com/truth-about-motivation/

Why Some People Fail: https://youtu.be/Hq65Sz9UXLY

Loneliness: The Truth About Entrepreneurship That No One Tells You About: https://sarahwalton.com/loneliness-entrepreneurship/

Are You a Productive Procrastinator? : https://sarahwalton.com/amber/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#Burnout #TurnOffTheLeftSideOfYourBrain #RightBrain #RightBrainSHIFT #LeftBrain #LeftBrainRightBrain #EntrepreneurAdvice #DayInTheLife

#TheWalkingDead #TWD #WalkingDead

View Details

I tell you all the time, you don’t have to do business the way everyone else does business. Well, today’s guest, money coach Mikelann Valterra tells us how important it is to personalize how we deal with our money.

Mikelann is an author, keynote speaker and money coach who helps women transform their relationship with money to create a life they love. For more than 20 years, she has been a thought leader in the field of financial psychology. Her strong background in emotional intelligence, paired with her practical money strategies, enable her clients to consciously design their life, while escaping financial stress and anxiety. We deal with money emotionally – and Mikelann is going to help us find our financial personality. We all have goals around things like retirement money, saving money, or even investing money. Every single one of those decisions is emotional and if left unexamined, could cause problems.

Mikelann tells us there is no wrong or bad money personality; it’s about knowing yourself. There are four main types: liberty, safe harbor, mission-driven, and giving personalities. Liberty types, motivated by freedom, and safe harbor types, motivated by safety and security, tend to be the ones we hear about the most. And these two types tend to pair up and complement each other in long-term relationships such as marriages and business partnerships.

Since everyone is motivated by different things, it’s important that each person have their own happy place – especially couples.

Mikelann notes people tend to talk about money in the past and future. In the past, it was all about debt, and the future is about retirement. A real nourishing spending plan is about our life in the present that also honors the past and future. If you don’t make a plan where you’re enjoying your current life, it’s going to be really hard to make progress on other money goals.

People can be complicated about money, and there is a lot of different advice to take in. Problems arise when people read financial advice written for a different personality type, and they take it on.

An example from Mikelann’s money coaching is people with too many accounts. They might have too many credit cards, checking accounts, and savings accounts, which induces a money fog. They don’t know what they spend or what they need to earn. How much they have in debt. Because there are so many places to look.

For that reason, she’s an advocate for simplifying their finances. When people are starting a new chapter, say after getting divorced, they look at their accounts. She says it’s very rare that multiple accounts are helpful for people. Limiting the accounts lets you focus on where you want the money to go.

Mikelann notes that she works with women who are rocking their business but they tend to feel like money is the only area that is not working for them. Having money “figured out” is really about feeling in control of your finances and feeling peaceful around money. Everybody has different values. You know, we got to figure that piece out, but when you feel in control, when you feel like you are the captain of your own ship, there's nothing you can't do, and so we want money to be a helper, not a hinderer.

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

The Secret to Your Business Numbers Will Change Everything: https://sarahwalton.com/understand-business-numbers/

How to Talk About Money Management as a Family: https://sarahwalton.com/family-money-management-amanda-neely/

When Your Life Falls Apart Because of Money (And Your Career is Born): https://sarahwalton.com/michelle/

How Your Values Can Make You Money: https://sarahwalton.com/jennifer-kem/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Happy Valentine’s Day! I love this day. It’s fun. It’s cute! I made heart-shaped pancakes for my kids and dyed them red! (I know, I have issues.) The other reason I love this day is that the wait list for the Sales Mastermind is open! I LOVE sales.

(You can learn more about the six-month Sales Mastermind program and join the wait list at: https://www.sarahwalton.com/salesmastermind/)

I was a guest on a podcast interview a few weeks ago, and the host asked me if I was one of those annoying people who always knew how to sell. Spoiler: I really was. We started talking about the scrunchies I made when I was in elementary school, and then she had me share a story I’d completely forgotten about: To buy my prom dress; I did all my friends’ nails for prom.

Who knew? Sales coach. Intuitive businesswoman. Manicurist extraordinaire. (And heart-shaped pancake maker, can’t forget that!)

My childhood was busy, and we were not well off. It was a playground for me to learn grit and really understand how I could thrive in a world that was not designed to have someone like me thrive.

There were people in my life who helped and supported me, but a lot of the time, I was left alone to sort of watch what was happening, and that gave me one of my greatest skills: how to read people. I learned how to watch others and see what they needed.

In the town I live in now, you can’t throw a cat without hitting a nail salon. This is not the environment I grew up in.

I would look at my friends pushing their cuticles back. Others would bite their nails. We would have nail painting parties. And eventually, the drug store started selling nail extension kits. I asked my friends on the dance team if they’d like me to do their nails for prom for $5. (I think the kit, which allowed me to do three people, cost $4.)

It was hard at first. I thought I should only charge what the kit is worth. But then I realized, I have to do this for them. I have to be there. That’s my time and energy, and it’s my artwork.

It was spending some time with them, making them happy, and letting me help them feel amazing. We had so much fun.

I remember a couple of days before prom, we had a sleepover. There was a line of girls around the kitchen counter waiting to get their nails done. I had such a wonderful time. We were talking about different things. I got to meet some of the girls I didn’t know very well. I remember sitting there at that point and thinking, “this is what it’s like to run a business.”

It was the first time I’d sold to the point that I could actually afford something that I normally couldn’t afford: my own prom dress. It was black velvet with royal blue satin puffy sleeves. I got shoes dyed the same royal blue to match the sleeves.

I’m sharing this story on Valentine’s Day, the day we opened the Sales Mastermind waitlist because this story shows what sales are when it’s done with heart. At no point, when I was sitting at that kitchen counter, was I like, “yes, give me your money.” We were all having a blast.

They were excited to show their parents and their dates. It wasn’t an outrageous expense for them. I was able to buy a dress I loved (on sale!). I bought it from my own work because I wasn't afraid to say, “hey, can I help you with that.” To me, that is the art of selling.

Selling has never been about trying to separate someone from their money. It's never about trying to be tricky. It's never about how much money can I make and how many successes can I get in.

I just wrapped up one of the last calls of the current Sales Mastermind cohort. We had so much fun and had a mic-drop moment. One of the participants said, “Wait a minute. I will never sell like a salesperson,” and I thought, “Oh my gosh, there it is!” It was so funny. We were all laughing.

From day one, I teach the women in this group how to understand their value. I teach them how to understand what their unique selling proposition [https://youtube.com/live/vvF9ytgcuZ8] is, how to write emails that don't sound smarmy, how to share from the heart, and how to look at somebody who needs something and go, “Oh my gosh, can I help you with that? I would love to help you with that.”

So, if sales freaks you out, if you're like, “I just want to help people, I don't want to be sales-y,” come and join us. You know what, we don't do sales-y, we do fun, we do a lot of laughing. Yes, there's strategy, but it's a strategy in teaching you to see how valuable what you have to offer is to other people.

Don't you think we deserve to go out into the world and love up on people and change their lives and make them feel amazing? I think we do. And I think it's okay for us to understand that that value should help us sustain a living.

I think on this Valentine's Day, one of the best gifts you give yourself is the ongoing knowledge that what you do matters and that you have everything you need to share those gifts and talents with the world.

Let’s get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

How to Make Money as an Artist with Miriam Schulman: https://sarahwalton.com/make-money-as-an-artist/

Loneliness: The Truth About Entrepreneurship That No One Tells You About: https://sarahwalton.com/loneliness-entrepreneurship/

Never Ask, “So What Do You Do?” Again: https://sarahwalton.com/colleen/

Get Uncomfortable to Get Rich: https://youtu.be/QKaqU3Pxf9c

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

#LoveSales #ScaleYourBusiness #SalesCoach #BusinessTips #Sales #Leads #Selling #HowToSell #SalesTips #SalesProcess

View Details

As women, we’ve been taught to ignore our bodies. We’ve been taught to perform, perform, perform no matter what. Today’s guest, Angelica Ventrice, is a gut health expert who supports high-performing and high-achieving women in living lives specifically aligned with their bodies.

Angelica’s journey to health coaching started with her own experience healing from leaky gut, Candida, and a mix of health issues from her childhood. She felt compelled to help other women achieve happiness within themselves and their bodies.

“I know it’s hard to hear, but you are not selfish for putting yourself first,” says Angelica in sharing her top tips for entrepreneurs who want to stay healthy.

Symptoms can make us feel uncomfortable and disrupt our day. Then there are things such as brain fog and fatigue that can wear on you. Your body is the main vessel of your business.

She notes how stress is a silent killer. Managing stress, whether it’s grounding, tapping, or meditation, is important. If you don’t manage stress, you’ll be in a constant state of flight or flight mode, and that really affects your overall health, which flows down into your business.

If you’re stressed, you’re likely operating on empty and have nothing left to give. Looking at your phone first thing in the morning can raise your cortisol and your stress levels. She suggests saving the morning for yourself and skipping the scrolling and emails on your phone.

She urges women to treat their bodies like they do their business and schedule their self-care into the calendar. Whether it’s meal prep, workouts, or meditation – whatever you need to do – put those appointments in your calendar.

Her last tip is to stay hydrated and eat more veggies. Angelica says most entrepreneurs live off coffee. If you’re not a water fan, try adding fruits like lemons or blueberries. She says when she looks at food intake when women join her program, most are lacking in fruits and vegetables. The goal is to get more fiber into your system.

While stress can affect your weight, chronic undereating, and yo-yo dieting can mean not feeding your body the level of nutrients it needs, which leaves room for poor gut bacteria to grow. Yo-yo dieting and undereating can also have an effect on your metabolic function, which can take a long time to restore.

There are so many entrepreneurs out there just killing themselves, running themselves ragged, and we really want to make sure we're fueling our bodies with beautiful, wonderful foods. The takeaway for everyone is that your body is as important as your business.

Let’s get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Understand Why You Eat What You Eat, With Audrey Zona: https://sarahwalton.com/audrey/

Everyone Is an Emotional Eater (And What to Do About It): https://sarahwalton.com/adina/

When You Hate Your Body, People Get Rich With Megan Hadley: https://sarahwalton.com/megan-hadley/

How to Love Your Body, With Marla Mervis-Hartmann: https://sarahwalton.com/marla/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

View Details

Relationships … they’re complicated, they’re wonderful … and they are the most powerful thing that you have access to outside of money in business.

It’s true. When you sit down and look at your business, your life, and your overall happiness – the quality of your relationships affects all of those things.

Think about the conversations you had as a child. These are conversations when you didn’t have control over your environment and you had people around you that you didn’t choose.

It was “the way things were.” You might have heard things like money doesn’t grow on trees… women who work outside the home are selfish… things like that.

Unfortunately, those conversations shape our worldview and ourselves. So when we look at relationships, think about the types of conversations you’re having.

When I work with clients one-on-one, and we start diving into the areas where they feel they lack success, where they feel their business needs to go next – common patterns and behaviors they can’t seem to figure out … EVERY SINGLE TIME we can look back at a childhood conversation.

We can look back at something that was either modeled for the client or something they were specifically told and taught.

The power of those conversations comes from the depth and the quality of the relationship they had with the person who’s either teaching them – or the person they’re watching as the behavior is modeled.

Even if what was taught no longer matches the client’s life – those conversations are rooted in the subconscious.

If you’re thinking you don’t need strong relationships to make money, I’m going to come back at you and say: ARE YOU FREAKING KIDDING ME? How does money come into your business?

It comes through other people. I'll tell you, the quality of your relationships will absolutely affect the quality of your life, the quality of your business, and the amount of money that you are able to make.

We're talking about having integrity. When you speak, when you show up online, or when you show up in person, people will learn whether or not they can trust you.

You earn that trust.

Now I will say for many women that I work with, not all of them, but many have a really hard time receiving. Every single relationship is based on giving and receiving. We can't just give all the time right. Receiving takes vulnerability.

Something I talked about in Episode 159 was that you have to understand your relationships if you are going to sustain a high level of productivity.

If you are going to go after your dreams, if you are going to go after more money, you're going to have to learn how to undo the role modeling and the lessons that you were taught – some by people who meant well and love you very much. You're going to have to understand those relationships, you're going to have to understand what matters to you, and you're going to have to learn to give and receive.

If you haven’t cultivated strong relationships yet, go start a mastermind group. Go meet some people. Join a Facebook group! Go find a group of human beings that you can support, and then allow them allow them to support you too. You've got to look at where you can improve your relationships, and I promise you the rest of your life will get easier.

One of the things I talk about all the time is how important it is for us as human beings to feel seen, to feel heard, and to feel like we matter. We must know these things, and if we don't, we wither, we die.

We need each other. Go out there and love up on each other today. Make sure you practice receiving all week-long, so you have stronger, more powerful relationships.

Let’s get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

The Truth About Motivation (and Why it Feels Mysterious): https://sarahwalton.com/truth-about-motivation/

The Power of Mastermind Groups: https://sarahwalton.com/mastermind-group-benefits/

Loneliness: The Truth About Entrepreneurship That No One Tells You About: https://sarahwalton.com/loneliness-entrepreneurship/

How (and When) to Break Up With Friends: https://sarahwalton.com/break-up/

Never Ask, “So What Do You Do?” Again: https://sarahwalton.com/colleen/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

If you’ve ever been told you can’t make a living off your art, today’s episode will help dispel that lie and get you back on track.

Today’s guest is artist and author Miriam Schulman, who is the founder of the Inspiration Place podcast. She teaches artists how to price their arts and how to make a dang living doing what they love.

Even if you don't consider yourself an artist, what you do based on your talent is art. The world is kind of ugly right now. There's a lot going on that isn't great, and we need your art. We need your talent. We need your beauty out there in the world. Miriam is one of those great, amazing business coaches that really help artists do that and do it well.

In her upcoming book “Artpreneur: The Step-by-Step Guide to Making a Sustainable Living from Your Creativity,” Miriam offers 14 lessons to help artists price and sell their work.

Miriam says one of her favorites is understanding the difference between prestige and charm pricing.

Charm pricing (like a $14.97 price tag instead of $15) can attract penny pinchers, and the numbers are processed by the logical part of the brain.

Whereas prestige pricing is processed by the feeling part of the brain. Research showed that people were more likely to buy a luxury item like a bottle of champagne when it was rounded (like a $40 instead of $38).

So, when you’re selling something like art or you want someone to invest in a premium product, Miriam suggests tapping into that feeling side. She sometimes says we lower the price, and we think we're making it more affordable. No, you might be doing your clients a disservice right because if you make something too cheap

When it comes to marketing, Miriam still believes email and even physical mail are tops. She says you can identify one to 200 people who are your hottest prospects for something, and it pays to send them physical mail. She suggests save the dates, postcards for awareness, and even taking your sales page and turning it into a printed booklet.

With email, she notes the engagement rate is higher, and you have more control over who will see your message. In her book, she offers advice about how to nurture relationships as well as practical lists like which words to use in your messaging.

Look for more tips in her book “Artpreneur,” which will release on January 31, 2023.

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

It’s Never Too Late to Start with Communications Expert Lee Caraher: https://sarahwalton.com/start-with-communications/

I Have So Much to Give, But I’m in a Fog: https://sarahwalton.com/robin/

The Marketing Tactic You Need To Stop Using, Right Now: https://sarahwalton.com/carolyn/

Why Zigzagging Your Path Means More Success: https://sarahwalton.com/susan/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Have you ever thought to yourself, “I wish I was motivated the way SHE is.” As if motivation were some magical thing that gets doled out from the divine and you were somehow skipped? That is not real. It’s not true. Motivation is a choice.

Let’s talk about why some people aren’t more motivated. We live in a society of reaction – we are massive consumers. We’re sitting back and waiting for the world to give us new circumstances, news, ideas and that new show to watch. It’s easy to sit and scroll.

Living a life of reaction isn’t living a life of choice. It’s not living a life of ambition. Obviously, there are day-to-day things that must be taken care of, but what happens when we start to choose?

I know it sounds super simple, but do you have a reason to act? Motivation is motive. Why are you writing that book? Why are you on that diet? Why did you start that podcast? Why did you choose to go out to dinner with those people you don’t like?

If you don’t know, you’re in reaction mode. So the first step is choosing your reason for acting right now, and the big picture why.

Now that you understand the why, you need that spark to push you into action. The spark comes from two things: ambition and expectation.

I know some people think ambition is a bad word – I want to bust that up. Ambition simply means you have the ability to dream of an alternate future. You have the ability to dream that something might be able to change. This is a uniquely human ability.

Ambition causes a gap between what is and what you see is possible. But ambition without expectation is really demoralizing.

If you’ve got your reason and you’re starting your new project, you can see the future, but you might not have an expectancy. The truth is, it’s going to get really challenging and really hard, really fast.

So how can you “see” expectations? One of the easiest ways is to look for people who have already succeeded. You’ve heard me say this before, but no one is special. You can do it. Another way is to have faith in yourself. You can believe that you will learn what you need to learn, take the next step and have the courage to keep going.

Now that you’ve recognized the expectation, you need to sustain your ambition. You’re excited, and you’ve created a gap. The gap is the space between your ambition and your results. This is where the magic lies, beautiful people!

You have to condition yourself to keep going before you see the results. This is where most people drop off.

To sustain your motivation, you need to have attention and effort. Your attention should be focused. Do you have a plan? Whereas the effort comes from showing up when it gets tough. If you want something extraordinary, it’s going to take effort. You’re going to have to do something you’ve never done.

It means facing discomfort. It means consistency. It means dedication. The sustained attention and effort are where you expand yourself to become the person who gets things done.

You’re in it for the long haul. You’re sustaining; you’re getting things done. Now we want to amplify with your attitude and environment. Business success is 80% mindset and 20% strategy right. This is the same thing. Attitude is your 80%. Attitude is everything. So if you are looking to really fight for your ambition this year, look at some really great quotes. Pull out some wonderful things that inspire you and keep those around you. Keep your inspiration present. Your environment needs similar treatment. Work on your environment. Make it conducive to matching your reason, matching your spark, and helping you sustain. That includes your people. I want you to notice what you do have control over. If you are looking to amplify your motivation, you must understand what sources and what forces are pulling you in a direction you do not want to go because in order to be motivated human, you must take responsibility for your environment, you must take responsibility for your choices and you must take responsibility for your own success. I hope this got you motivated and understanding that motivation is your choice. You can choose to have reasons that inspire you to do more, to try more, to dream bigger, and to study more so that you can see that this is all possible.

Let’s get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Permission to Succeed is NOT required! : https://sarahwalton.com/permission-to-succeed/

Lost Your Motivation? This Beautiful Supermom Shares the Best Motivation Secrets: https://sarahwalton.com/lori/ Totally unmotivated? You’re not alone. This will help.: https://sarahwalton.com/unmotivated/

Stop Studying, Stop Imagining, You’re Ready: https://sarahwalton.com/youre-ready/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Today’s guest Lee Caraher is a CEO, author, and sought-after speaker. Lee is an acclaimed communications strategist known for her practical solutions to big problems.

Lee started her PR company Double Forte during a crisis. Her mother was diagnosed with Stage 4 lung cancer, and in order to be with her, she packed up and started her own firm. She built her business for the quality of life.

At 58, Lee’s agency has just turned 20, and she has no plans of slowing down. As she puts it, age is her superpower. She says relevance is only as good as your ability to apply it to the current situation. You’re constantly learning and evolving.

It’s never too late to learn how to communicate better – or at all.

Her business is built around the ability to communicate clearly. She says if you cannot communicate, you can’t have a business or a relationship – your life will be mired with miscommunication and disaster.

But when you’re a good communicator, not only are you good at giving direction, but you are good at taking direction. This puts you in a position to be surrounded by people who understand their role and how they impact others. Even in a crisis, everyone would know what they are meant to do.

She says everyone is and has always been, their own platform. People want to understand who they are purchasing from, who they are in business with, who they choose to spend their time with, and who they watch for entertainment. If those people don’t align with them due to something they’ve said or are against your values, there is no reason to spend your time or money with them.

Lee says one of the most common mistakes in communications is that we assume people have understood what we said. We assume that our words mean the same thing to the person listening as they do to us – and they do not.

The other aspect of being a great communicator is knowing yourself – what you’re good at, what you’re bad at, and what you should lean into and stay away from. Understanding how you react and recognizing that others have different types – like Myers Briggs, appreciation languages, etc. – will help you understand how to talk and listen to them.

===== Mentioned ===== 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: https://amzn.to/3UjI0Qn

5 Languages of Appreciation In The Work Place: https://amzn.to/3OQFRdR

===== Connect with Lee Caraher =====

Sites: https://www.double-forte.com https://www.leecaraher.com

Twitter: https://twitter.com/LeeCaraher Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/LeeCaraher1 LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/leecaraher/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/leecaraher/

Most business owners don't know how much money they actually need to make to feel free. It's time to break that trend. Download my free Freedom Calculator and figure out the perfect number for you: https://sarahwalton.com/freedom

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Changing The Conversation: Aging Is HOT with Sheilisa McNeal-Burgess: https://sarahwalton.com/sheilisa/

Staying Smart During a Crisis: https://sarahwalton.com/crisis/

Why Zigzagging Your Path Means More Success: https://sarahwalton.com/susan/ The Power of Running (You’re NEVER Too Old To Start!) with Beth Baker: https://sarahwalton.com/beth/ You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People (30th Anniversary Ed.)

The 5 Languages of Appreciation in the Workplace: Empowering Organizations by Encouraging People

View Details

People who tend to fail in advancing their own lives are the ones constantly seeking permission from others.

Can we break open this idea that you need the approval of other people to kick some assets? It’s really important to release this need for approval and validation.

You’ll be surprised at the many ways you ask for permission every day. It’s not always as direct as waiting for likes and hearts on social media, or waiting for someone to acknowledge your work.

Do you ever find yourself asking: Am I acceptable? Is this good enough? Do I fit in? Will I fit in? Will I ever be good enough?

People who don’t advance rely too much on other people for their level of self-care, for permission to be happy, to understand the level of success they should or should not achieve.

I’ve talked about this a bit before when I mention those unspoken rules from childhood that we carry around with us. They might be things like, if you’re successful, no one will really love you. It’s selfish to make money. Until we really examine those unspoken rules, they can get in our way.

And let’s be honest, seeking a gold star – whether it’s from a friend, lover, or colleague – means you probably aren’t focusing on what you’re here to do.

Let's really talk about the fact that you aren't focusing on what you are here to do if you're seeking other people's approval.

Noticed the people who've really succeeded, whether it's in your industry or anything else, like health or romance. I want you to really step back and think how often did they seek permission from the world?

Here's the deal, the masses aspire to mediocrity. Let that sink in. The masses aspire to run home and watch Netflix as fast as possible. Let me get out of my company pants and forget my thoughts, forget my dreams, and forget my ambition. I just want to watch Netflix, and we become numb. That's what the masses do.

One of my favorite quotes is, “it takes nothing to lead an ordinary life.” Nothing. It takes nothing to hit the snooze button instead of a workout. That's easy. It takes nothing to watch TV instead of writing that book you've always wanted to write. It takes nothing, but it costs you everything.

We want to look at who you're asking permission from and why are you seeking permission? People who really expand themselves and really live their lives on their own terms don't limit what they think is possible based on how many other people agree with them. That's where the power is, where all the magic of life is.

I want you to think about your life right now. Think about all of the times where you have blown your own damn mind, and I bet you it was not sitting on the couch watching TV. I will bet you it was not hitting snooze.

I bet it was the time you were uncomfortable, and you pushed forward anyway. It was the time when you set a goal you didn't know how you were going to achieve, and you did it anyway. It was the time when you worked harder than you thought you ever could, and you still had energy.

This is your vision, is your dream. This is your idea. Get started! What the hell are you waiting for? You have permission. Give it to yourself. Get uncomfortable and do the hard things.

Let’s get to it!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Stop Explaining Yourself and Kick Overwhelm to the Curb: https://sarahwalton.com/stop-explaining/

Why Zig-Zagging Your Path Means More Success with Susan Hamilton Meier: https://sarahwalton.com/susan/

How to Have It All Without Going Crazy with Romi Neustadt: https://sarahwalton.com/romi/

3 Questions to Get Out of Your Box and Unstuck: https://youtu.be/FmhxOr3EmBc

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

It is time to get a bookkeeper? Or if you’re not happy with your bookkeeper, is it time to change? We’re going to take some time to discuss finances, so you can get excited about what’s coming up next year.

Today’s guest is Lauren Colson of Colson Strategies. Lauren is one of the guest experts I bring into the Sales Mastermind. She is so crystal clear about accounting and bookkeeping. She helps people understand finances are not something to be afraid of. Knowing your numbers is empowering. I think she's got this really cool, down-to-earth way of talking about money and accounting and bookkeeping and, my favorite, of course – projections or what's possible in your business.

When people don’t know their numbers; they don’t fully understand the ins and outs of it. Whether the person is scared to look at the numbers or they think they have it all in their head – there is a big knowledge gap. And that’s a problem because people can make decisions that really impact their finances, and they won’t see the consequences coming.

That knowledge gap can really impact a business owner’s ability to grow. Maybe the person wants to bring in three employees at a $50K salary. The importance of mapping out the finances and getting it out of your head becomes clear when you realize you need to consider payroll taxes, and worker’s comp insurance – there’s more to it than just that $50K.

Lauren says one of the biggest mistakes business owners can make is not understanding how much money their products and services are actually making. Big numbers can be misleading, so it’s key to understand what you’re bringing in at the product or service level.

For example, say you have four major services, and one makes a lot of revenue. If you don’t realize that it has a lot of costs associated with it, you won’t realize you’re not making as much money. Maybe that service isn’t worth doing at all, and you need to put your time and energy into a higher performing service.

Lauren notes bookkeeping and recording all of your transactions is like a rear-view mirror – it helps you know what has happened. Getting everything down on paper and projecting what’s going to happen is how you move forward. You need both to know where you can take your business and how to get there.

This is why understanding the numbers is empowering. That knowledge can transform your business.

Helping others understand those numbers has led to Lauren and her team developing new services for small, pre-revenue businesses to multi-million-dollar businesses. It’s all about focusing on financial strategy: Where are we going, and how are we getting there?

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Know Your Numbers to Break Through What’s Possible: https://sarahwalton.com/danielle/ When Your Life Falls Apart Because of Money (And Your Career Is Born): https://sarahwalton.com/michelle/

Stop Pretending You Can’t Make Money: https://youtu.be/mxepEl-doMk

How to Make Financial Goals that Stick: https://youtu.be/PkoXBrz1268

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

What does a coach do, and how do you know if you’re talking to the right coach for you?

Finding a coach can change your life. Finding the right coach can change your life forever.

When you’re looking to find the right coach for you, there is one question to ask: Will this person cause me to take different actions?

Great coaches cause change in human behavior. You want someone who is going to come in and inspire you to take new action so you can cause different results. It’s fun. It’s uplifting.

Only people can imagine a different future. This is why we don’t see vacation posters for elephants, right? When we imagine that moment, we create a gap. It’s a gap between what’s possible, what we can envision, and where we are now.

Closing that gap can be hard. We either don’t know what to do, or we’re not doing it because something is holding us back. It could be fear, a limiting belief or even mindset. Mindset might be something like, “if I do this, people will judge me.”

Maybe you’re staring at your balance sheet at the end of the year, and you’re thinking, “I need to make more money next year.” Or maybe you’ve realized you don’t have any boundaries. Or – and this one is my favorite – maybe you’re over-functioning and everyone else in your life is very happy about this because it benefits them, but YOU are not thrilled.

These are really important issues. Think about how many times you have felt like you weren’t smart enough to get something done, or how many times you had this kind of deep ache in your gut and you were thinking, “you know, I just don’t have what it takes to get this right.”

This is where coaching is everything.

I’m going to tie this into sports for a moment because it’s where the term came from. So I want you to imagine you’re a gymnast working on your routine.

Your coach doesn’t do the routine with you. The coach watches you do the routine. They stand back. Sometimes they are all the way across the room. Sometimes they might even stand up high to view your routine from above. They get all the perspectives about how the routine is performed. And those are all perspectives the gymnast doesn’t have.

So, when you put yourself back in those moments, what you want is a coach who can see all of you, the entire landscape and outline of your “routine.” That coach can come in and tell you what to do next. That coach can come in and say you’ve done “xyz”, but you’ve totally forgotten about “q.”

People who have coaches are incredibly strong. They’re ambitious and very driven. But they also understand there are things they cannot see that might be holding them back. It doesn’t mean there is anything wrong with those people. They recognize the value in having a coach who stands next to you and supports you and helps you to see things you can’t see.

Mentioned:

How I’m Investing During our Biggest Year Yet: https://sarahwalton.com/investing/

Sales Mastermind: https://sarahwalton.com/salesmastermind/

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Let’s Shake Up The Coaching Industry: https://sarahwalton.com/lee/ The Power of Mastermind Groups: https://sarahwalton.com/mastermind-groups/ 3 Lessons I Learned From My 8-figure Coach: https://sarahwalton.com/3-lessons-8-figure-coach/ A Day In The Life Of A Coach: https://sarahwalton.com/life-of-a-coach/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

View Details

If you don’t have your health, who the heck is running your business?

There's so much of our lives where we are sitting staring at boxes, staring at light, staring at cameras and video screens, and it's really important that we have this time to be out in nature, to breathe air all the way in, to fill our lungs completely with oxygen and to feel all of the physical sensations that come with it.

I really do believe everyone can run, and to be honest, in my humble opinion, running parallels the journey of business.

Our guest today is Beth Baker, a certified running coach that knows how bad running sucks...until it doesn’t. After overcoming her own fear of running, she’s gone on to personally coach 2,500 non-runners to run distances from 5K to marathons and get featured in Runner’s World Magazine.

Growing up, Beth says she always received Runner’s World Magazine, but as a larger woman, she never saw herself represented in the pages. The patriarchy tells us only young, fit people run. But that’s not true.

She says there is an instinctual response to running. When you are running by yourself, out in the open in the real world – so not on a treadmill – there is a fight or flight response that can be triggered.

When you're running fast, you can either feel chased or like you're chasing. And as women, we tend to feel chased. I've heard people say they feel like they're going to die, that they will get left behind, and that something is going to go wrong.

They feel very vulnerable, and they feel like they're on stage. All of these very weird feelings, but it's just running. There are tools to help with that, but it's real. It doesn't happen with everybody, but happens with new people who don't know what's on the other side, the feeling of endorphins, the feeling of relaxation. You have to be able to push through that initial fear response to get to the goodness.

Your body is meant to move. And the older you get, the more it's important for you to do it. There's that motion is lotion; it's the stiffness that comes with age and achiness. It's just the more you move it, the better it feels, and it just you just have to be mindful of going slow. Slowness is building bigger muscles and having them as a tool because going fast isn't the goal.

There is a propensity to feel not strong enough or not good enough. Give yourself permission to go slow. Having accountability partners and setting a small goal like running a 5K gives people something to look forward to.

Beth remembers it took her a year to do her first 5K run, and now she has a Couch to 5K club that gears up in two months. Take it slow and embrace where you’re at right now to move forward.

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Changing The Conversation: Aging Is HOT with Sheilisa McNeal-Burgess: https://sarahwalton.com/sheilisa/

Take Back Your Time Every Day with Productivity Coach Heather Greco: https://sarahwalton.com/heather/

What’s Life REALLY Like After Menopause, With Dr. Cari Schaefer: https://sarahwalton.com/cari/

How to Love Your Body, With Marla Mervis-Hartmann: https://sarahwalton.com/marla/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

The path to entrepreneurship can be lonely – people in your life, your community and your world won’t always understand what you’re doing. In this episode I’m going to talk about a couple of truths around this loneliness, so you can be aware and know what to do when it hits you.

It’s common for entrepreneurs when they’re passionate and getting ready to launch something new into the world, to pass up opportunities to socialize and stay in to work. There is so much extra effort to apply and deadlines to meet. You might hear things like, “But you run the business. Can’t you do that later?”

This attitude is common if you’ve ever been scrolling and see what I like to call “entrepreneur porn.” I’m sure you’ve seen it, “Oh! I’m relaxing on the beach and I made a million dollars yesterday.” Those fake posts.

When you’re an entrepreneur, your business is your baby. You're always going to wonder about it and want to be involved somehow or at least understand the trajectory of your business. What is the next idea? How are we going to take care of our customers next year? These kinds of questions and ideas are constantly rolling around in our heads, as they should be.

If we’re being honest, we need to manage ourselves, our conversations, and meet people where they are because not everyone will understand. How much do you tone out when someone's going on and on and on about the intricacies of their day job? It’s not because you don't love them. They're wonderful, but you don't understand it.

Whereas if they're talking about their relationship or they're talking about something they're passionate about -- a cause or an idea -- then you're engaged because that's what that friendship is built on. So, we want to kind of honor where our friendships are and what they're built upon because then we know which conversations to have.

Mastermind groups can help. There is something so profound and exciting about running into your people and saying, “Oh my gosh! Yesterday I tried to do this new email and it didn't work,” and someone goes, “I went through that too, and here's what I did to fix it!”

All of a sudden, you realize you’re not an anomaly, you’re not weird, and the loneliness can dissipate. I cannot emphasize enough how important this is: You are not a compartmentalized human being. You are not just an entrepreneur. You are not just a spouse. You are not just a friend. You are not just a daughter. You are not just a mother. You are many, many things, and the different aspects of you deserve attention and companionship.

Ask, who gets you? Who gets your business? Find your people and watch your business succeed.

Now, the other thing I want to talk about in the entrepreneurial journey that can cause some loneliness is this idea that you will shed certain parts of your life.

The way that you use your time starts to shift, and once you really get into that mode, your life can feel weird to you because you're expanding at such an extraordinary rate and your life may not always keep up.

I'm sure you've had that experience right, like you go through something for most people. Unfortunately, it's like a dramatic event. Maybe you lose someone close to you or someone you love gets a diagnosis, or maybe you move right?

You recognize there are some people who just don't understand that journey. The same can happen when it's positive, right, when you start to succeed, when you, when you have given up those Friday night dinners here and there, not all the time but once in a while, right to sort of cause this success for yourself, you're going to find that your life feels different and that's OK. That's normal. We want to normalize that as well. You don't stop the process of growth by thinking there's something wrong. There's nothing wrong. This is just part of the process.

The number one thing you can do to sort of counter that so it's not so dramatic for you is to talk to your friends and family about what's going on. You might go, “but Sara, you just told me to treat my friendships the way that they are, to meet people where they are.”

That's correct, I did, and that doesn't mean that you don't let people know what's happening for you. That's very different from expecting them to be able to relate to it.

When we know that it's really time to sort of progress into friendship, whether that means to release it or to bring that person into how your reality is changing, the most important thing we can do is inspire them about the future.

I talk a lot about how what's going on out there in the world is also happening inside of us. Right, that kind of conflict, that turmoil, this deep desire to be right, all these things that are coming. We can come in with our businesses and transform that, and we can transform that through inspiring emails, through the purpose that we've been giving, by sharing our talents, by having one amazing conversation with a customer or client every single day. That is so important. Have you ever had an interaction with someone totally changes your day.

You can be that person for everyone, and when you share that vision with the people in your life who are important to you, they will get inspired as well.

Now, instead of complaining or wishing that you weren't working so hard or not understanding how you are changing as a person, they're on the ride with you, and suddenly they're fighting for your vision too, and they're supporting you in their way. As so, I really want to give you permission and sort of give you a nice, gentle Sara Walton nudge to get out there and share your vision with your people.

You also must protect your vision, and what I mean by that is there are some people who are not ready to hear your vision. They are not ready to confront their own purpose and their own dreams because it's too scary for them. When you do it, they freak out. You know who I'm talking about.

So, if you have someone that you need to protect your vision from talk about them instead. it's great. They'll fall in love with you. You'll have a great time, you'll learn more about them and life will be grand. All right, so that's my tip for that one you either share and inspire with those that you love or you have the person where you talk about them.

I know this time of year especially, people can start to feel a little bit lonely, can start to feel like, “Oh my gosh, am I doing this right? Like what's happening?”

You're doing it right if you're learning, you're doing it right, and we are all here for you cheering you on every step of the way.

Mentioned:

Shasta Nelson’s “Friendships Don't Just Happen!: The Guide to Creating a Meaningful Circle of GirlFriends”: https://amzn.to/3UrX9iv

Sales Mastermind: https://sarahwalton.com/salesmastermind/

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

How (& When) to Break Up With Friends: https://sarahwalton.com/break-up/

The Power of Mastermind Groups: https://sarahwalton.com/mastermind-groups/

Can We Disagree And Still Be Friends?: https://sarahwalton.com/sisterhood/

The Power of Conflict In Business: https://sarahwalton.com/liz-lisa/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

If you have been thinking of starting your own podcast, or you already have one and you’re not sure how to improve, this is the episode for you.

You have all the power you need to get your message out there, and you don't have to rely on an algorithm. You don't have to dance and point at words that are on a screen. Please don't do that. You are a beautiful, strong business owner, who has every right to express herself exactly the way she wants.

In case you can't tell, I am incredibly passionate about this. So is today's guest Chelsea Riffe. Chelsea is a mindset and podcast host who specializes in helping creatives, coaches, and entrepreneurs launch, grow and monetize their podcasts. She hosts the top-rated podcast “In My Non-Expert Opinion” and got her start in broadcast journalism.

Chelsea says monetizing your podcast is as easy as using it to promote your offers rather than brand deals and sponsorships. If someone listens to your podcast and then goes and books a high-ticket coaching package with you, that's monetizing your podcast. You just used a piece of content to create a new client. This is where content strategy and clear calls to action become really helpful. It actually eliminates a lot of needs for sales calls and discovery calls.

And unlike social media, podcasting doesn’t rely on algorithms and follower numbers. Whether you’re pitching to another host or looking to collaborate, your audience numbers don’t trump your ability to speak to their audience. If you can speak someone's language directly to them and show your value to their audience, numbers don't matter.

Chelsea notes strategy is key when launching a business podcast. Without it, people get burnt out and experience “podfade” where they ghost their own podcast because they don’t know what to talk about.

She says it’s also important to ensure you have systems and organization in place because starting a podcast is a big project – from writing an outline, recording, editing, and creating promotional materials. Without a system it’s easy to lose momentum and become resentful of the tasks required to maintain a successful podcast.

Chelsea says if she could go back and do everything again, she would do a podcast series or season when she first started out. She says with constraints on creativity – like a season or series based on a theme – you can be more focused in filling that content and it allows you to build in natural breaks. And if you are open about how your broadcast works there won’t be a risk of losing your audience.

If you’re looking to break the toxic cycle of social media, podcasting is a great option. Your voice is literally so impactful because you can hear your personality, your tone, your inflection. So, it makes a much bigger impact than when you're scrolling and tapping and swiping amongst a sea of content. You are literally using your voice to bring your business to life.

===== Connect with Chelsea Riffe =====

Website and free consult opt-in: https://www.chelseariffe.com/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/chelseariffe/

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

An Honest Conversation with My Podcast Agent, Julie Fry: https://sarahwalton.com/julie/

What The Heck Is Content And Why Is It “King”? : https://sarahwalton.com/abby/

The Skill of Listening: https://sarahwalton.com/listening/

How to be a STELLAR Podcast Guest: https://youtu.be/iAk-gekLmSM

How to get the PERFECT Guest to say yes to Your Podcast: https://youtu.be/Ta8bSk4bOG4

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Masterminds bring people together to problem solve and make things better. I think it’s important, especially for business women, to sign up for Masterminds because the feeling of going it alone can increase your struggle without you even recognizing it.

You can get involved directly in the program, or you create your own group by calling together some peers and colleagues whose opinions you trust. They could be people who are further down the road than you are, maybe some people who are behind you on the road, and you can share ideas and help each other move forward. There is no leader in a Mastermind group – each person has the opportunity to give and receive advice.

There are so many Mastermind possibilities out there – even international ones held virtually. People from every time zone can show up. Here are some of the benefits of joining a Mastermind group or creating your own.

If you’re in business, it can be really lonely. Sometimes it might feel like nobody else could possibly understand the struggles you’re going through – it’s like you’re shouting into the wind. I think it’s important to talk about that. One of my most opened emails in the history of my business had the subject line that read: I just want people to know I exist.

Masterminds can offer that connection. They can make us feel understood, heard and offer levels of accountability.

Masterminds also offer the opportunity either to share your successes or to be reminded of them. I was speaking to my groups recently about feeling stuck and the idea that momentum is not kicking in and that can happen when we don’t recognize how far we’ve already come. It’s so easy to let that happen.

It’s easy to look down the path that you’ve been walking all this time and not lift your head up, look back and see how far you’ve come. Women especially tend to downplay our successes. We speak minimally about them like, “it’s no big deal, just a regular Tuesday for me.”

But what you’re doing is extraordinary and moving the business forward. Your successes can be acknowledged more easily when you’re in a Mastermind.

And when you’re around people who are up to something, people who are ambitious, people who are excited, do you notice how much energy you feel? If you don't know what I'm talking about, I want you to imagine going to an event or a concert, even a sporting event. You feel the energy of all those people right when they get excited or they do, when they're super inspired and happy. That energy is so intense and that is what happens when humans come together. Big groups are fantastic for much more energy, that kind of vitality feeling like “I can conquer the world.”

But on the daily or weekly or monthly, when you're visiting with your Mastermind, you will always feel a shot of energy. When you're actually with your people and you start talking about what you're up to, they're going to get excited with you, or if they share what they're up to, you're going to get excited for them. That congruence matters.

If you’re thinking about starting your own group, it can take about six months to a year to really connect to each other. Small tight-knit groups of trusted colleagues who are willing to be vulnerable with each other can offer high value quality feedback.

This differs from online groups offering tips for market research because in those groups of hundreds, sometimes thousands, you don’t know those people, their qualifications or their motivations. You don’t know how far along they are in their business or why they might think their advice is appropriate for you.

And that matters, because the quality of the feedback really important. So having a tight group you can turn to and trust is really important to avoid sinking revenue and time into ideas that aren’t the right fit.

Promo Code Offer

If you don’t know, I produce my podcast through Lybsyn.com. They’re a fantastic hosting company for podcasts and right now they’re running a special.

If you use the promo code “GIRLFRIEND” you can get up to two months of free podcasting. Go ahead and head on over there, they have a ton of free podcasting guides, tutorials and videos to help you create, record and promote your own podcast!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Never Ask, “So What Do You Do?” Again: https://sarahwalton.com/colleen/

You Asked! My Daily Routine and Habits: https://sarahwalton.com/routine-habits/

3 Things to Do When You Feel Stagnant: https://youtu.be/fpqyqS4eBYc

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Couldn’t we all use a little bit more time? Time is our most precious resource and today’s guest is productivity coach Heather Greco.

Heather brings health and wellness experience as well as a corporate legal and marketing background to help her clients get more organized and dive into what makes them happy. As a busy mom of three and the founder of Chaos N’ Cookies, keeping moms from crumbling is her main objective. She also helps hundreds of women to be more productive and self-sufficient in their homes and businesses allowing them to reclaim control of the chaos.

The first step is to write it all down, but you have to be in a place where you’re ready to make the changes. Take your list and consider what is reasonable for you to handle.

The next step is to identify when you’re most productive. This is the window when you know you can be focused and get the most done.

At the beginning of the day, or the night before, write your list. Prioritize your non-negotiables that you want to accomplish – they could be personal or business related, but it’s the things that you know you want to check off that list. Follow those non-negotiables up with your next three high priority items and assign time limits for each task.

Heather suggests that you avoid setting up timers on your phone, because it's easy to snooze those alarms or get distracted by opening an app or socials. By the end of the day there are two things to do when assessing your list: Reflect on what you’ve accomplished and how it made you feel, and plan your tasks for the next day.

Reflecting on tasks is important. Understanding if something made you feel energized and happy versus draining you can help you decide if you should delegate that task or shift the time of day when you work on it.

Then you assess your priorities list, decide on your next non-negotiables. Adjusting your mindset and breaking the tasks down can help you avoid overwhelm. Heather gave an example of building furniture – a set of five chairs. Rather than looking at the task and thinking, I need to do all five today, and if I can’t do it all, I’m not going to do it -- start with one chair. Tick that off your list and move to the next one. You’ll have started and completed the first step.

Everyone’s schedule looks different and it doesn’t help anyone to compare and put pressure on yourself. You do whatever it is that works for you and that’s what perfection should look like. Our value is not based on our level of productivity.

Heather says prepare for the worst, hope for the best, because you can't plan chaos, you can't plan crisis.

Having clarity and information in place is foundational to feeling at peace. And feeling at peace gives us that space and time to breathe – the everything is handled breath. Having systems for your and your peace of mind – or sanity – will go a long way. \

===== Next Steps =====
2 Reasons You Can’t Focus and the No. 1 Question to Ask Yourself: https://youtu.be/peX4a_MfjEQ

How To Stop Overwhelm In Its Tracks: https://youtu.be/KyEj9Bb15BI

3 Biggest Time Wasters for Business Owners: https://sarahwalton.com/time-wasters/

Are You a Productive Procrastinator? : https://sarahwalton.com/amber/

===== Connect with Heather Greco =====

Website: https://chaosncookies.com/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/chaosncookies/
https://www.instagram.com/theheathergreco/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/heather.greco1/
https://www.facebook.com/Chaos-n-Cookies-111324364538688

Thank you so much for listening. I’m honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts by clicking here, scrolling to the bottom, and clicking “Write a review.”
Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

Beautiful people, if you own a small business, it’s time to rethink the business trends that are no longer working for us as we approach the end of the year.

In today’s episode, I’m going to talk about three business trends that died in 2022. Kick them out the door -- they are GONE.

Business Trend 1. Hustling: This idea that if you haven’t burnt yourself out, you’re not working hard enough is now gone. The digital wave and 2020 when most of us realized we could work from anywhere has come together to kill the idea that you must hustle in order to succeed.

Business Trend 2. Automated Customer Service: Customer service needs to be empathetic, and it needs to be personalized. I’m starting to see this in some of the larger industries of the world, but obviously also inside small businesses. So, if in your business you do not have an answer for excellent customer service, please make that goal before the end of 2022 and maybe the beginning of 2023, and consider how you want your customers to feel.

Business Trend 3. SMART goals: This one is near and dear to my heart. If you’ve ever heard me talk about my Sprints, you know I love me some goals. The trend that died in 2022 around goals is the idea that SMART goals are enough.

You must be emotionally connected to your goals; setting them isn’t enough to succeed. It’s really important that you know why you’re setting that goal. It’s going to take some work from you, and it’s going to take time for you to become emotionally invested. But that’s what will keep you centered and grounded when the work is coming in and you need to attend to your goals instead of getting distracted by a shiny object.

So as we close out 2022, let’s keep ourselves healthy, let’s take really excellent care of our customers, and let’s understand why we are setting the goals we’re setting.

===== Next Steps =====

Best ways to THINK About Your Small Business: https://youtu.be/XHetnBTyw1U

2 Reasons You Can’t Focus and the No. 1 Question to Ask Yourself: https://youtu.be/peX4a_MfjEQ

Coffee With Coach: I Wanna Quit! : https://youtu.be/V1gDnqWsxnY

And if you’re thinking you want a coach’s support, come join me in a Sprint — all the details are here: https://sarahwalton.com/sprint/

===== Connect with Sarah =====

More Sarah Uncut: https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PL_...

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/sarahwaltonpage

Instagram: https://instagram.com/thesarahwalton

View Details

Today’s guest, Wendy Cicchetti, brings a common-sense approach to the world of astrology, spiritual teachings, and past lives as they pertain to instincts and new ideas entering our subconscious.

Wendy has been a student of holistic philosophy for much of her life. She is well schooled in a powerful mixture of traditional and contemporary Astrology. She can help you understand yourself more fully and help you identify those patterns of behavior that keep causing you difficulty.
She is highly intuitive and exceptionally skilled in holistic Astrology (relating to career, romance, relocation, finances, children, and families), astrological and spiritual coaching, and Akashic records (past lives).
So, there’s this approach to understanding your own intuition, understanding other forces that might be at work when you’re feeling the nudge to make a big decision or to go to a different area.

Wendy says astrology is one of the most helpful things that people can do to understand why they are who they are and what’s going on in their lives.

On one hand, people forget about the joy. One of the most important things about your life purpose is that most people don’t understand that it has to bring you joy. If you are on a path that does not make you happy, you are not in your lane, says Wendy.

On the other hand, there are people who know what they want in life but are stuck and can’t get there. Using transits, progressions, and solar returns, Wendy is able to see what energies are going to impact you in the coming years. She will help you see the "hot" spots of your life and what issues need your focus.

There is a gentle approach to feed your soul and keep your social contracts; there are thousands of paths you can take. Oftentimes something will come into your head, and you might shake it off. Watch for it to come again, pay attention to those nudges.

Wendy highlights the Capricorn imperative, which is all about big business, tradition, duty, and finance. People aren't used to listening to the quiet, sound or mental energy of intuition. It is quiet now in our world today. Fear screams at us all the time, a scream the loudest of anything, which is why meditation is so important because you know you can get quiet and listen to your intuition.

You don’t need to take an all or nothing approach. Wendy urges her clients who are waiting to follow their passion to use their spare moments to start studying, start reading, start a class. You can keep one foot in the work a day world and take a step towards doing what you love.

She says there is always a safety net when you follow your path, but it requires self-trust. Being open enough to accept what happens as it happens and really trusting that there’s actually some logic behind this.

Let’s get to it.

===== Mentioned =====

The Full Initial Life Reading is life changing. This reading is temporarily on sale for 30% off. Head to https://twixtearthandsky.com/ and click on ‘Services’ in the top right. Add Full Initial Astrological Life Reading to your cart.
===== Next Steps =====
Curious About the World of Spiritual Energy? Karen Foote has Answers: https://youtu.be/zSfFz6EY_SA

7 Steps to Manifesting with Julie Foucht: https://youtu.be/3sgDAdIRwZw

How to Be Great in the Face of Uncertainty: https://sarahwalton.com/uncertainty

Finding "Happiness" (What the Heck Does That Even Mean?): https://youtu.be/yechAGQQ8jw

When 3 People Tell You You’re Drunk, Lie Down: https://youtu.be/kj8fsekPLp4

===== Connect with Wendy Cicchetti =====

Website: https://twixtearthandsky.com/
Email: wendy@twixtearthandsky.com

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

There’s more than one way to accomplish your goals. I know you want me to say, “If you just do this, then everything will be fine.” It’s part of that drive we have to be in control of our own outcomes. Unfortunately, business just doesn’t work that way. But there are some things you can do to move in the right direction.

A significance junkie is someone who shows up online or at events and consistently promises that they have the answer. They have a new secret, a new tactic, a new trick. Then they show up next month with something different.

You’ve probably seen those people, or maybe you’ve even been one of those people at some point in your career.

This is a need we all share as humans — to be significant and to matter. So don’t judge it. We’ve all been there. It is important to take a step back and notice WHERE we do this, because trying to be certain about what we can do is never going to actually get us what we want.

We get so focused on controlling and manipulating, and in business, it can have the opposite effect of what we want. We can get lost in the numbers. We can get lost in the planning process.

We lose sight of what we’re actually doing — and the most important thing in the business is you ... not a tactic or trick. When people invest in your business, they are investing in you (and your product if you’re selling a physical item).

You are running the business. You ARE the business. You are significant already. (Do you know how many people talk about starting a business and then don’t do it?)

You’ve started. You did this thing! There is courage in that. You were given dreams, ideas, and passions ... and you LISTENED. So, this significance chasing can stop.

You might need to learn new skills. You can do a course and pick up a book, but don’t treat it like a lifeline. You won’t be perfect overnight. When you’re a significance junkie, you’re hoping that the next big thing will save you.

Don’t look for the answer outside of yourself. You save you. You show up. You pick yourself up.

Acknowledge how AMAZING you are for running this business in the first place, and then ask yourself: What skills do I need to make this amazing? What skills can I add to me to make this even better? That’s a very different way to frame growing and scaling your business.

A business is built moment by moment and choice by choice, just like everything else in your life. Repetition is the mother of learning.

Sometimes people get lucky. Maybe they know someone who knows someone and that can make a big difference. But even then, that doesn't solve all the problems. You can know someone who knows someone, but if you're not prepared it won’t matter.

Do you know about the skills that you need to be fantastic? Are you willing to make mistakes and learn from them? Are you willing to surround yourself with people who love you and are cheering you on?

If no one has told you today, remember you are amazing. You are running a business, and you deserve to make a living running that business. Go out there and just work. No tactics, no tricks, just work!

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

What’s Causing the Results You Have Right Now? : https://sarahwalton.com/causing-results/

Why Your Day-to-Day Conversations Matter: https://sarahwalton.com/conversations-matter/

Are You Brilliant But Broke?: https://sarahwalton.com/brilliant-but-broke/

Best ways to THINK About Your Small Business: https://youtu.be/XHetnBTyw1U

How to Increase Confidence: https://youtu.be/nQSWeY60rL0

2 Reasons You Can’t Focus and the No. 1 Question to Ask Yourself: https://youtu.be/peX4a_MfjEQ

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

(If you’re not sure how to leave a review, you can watch this quick tutorial.)

View Details

We have to get our message out to more people. Speaking is a great way to add value when people can’t afford to work with you or aren’t interested in working with you directly.

You can share the message they need to hear to move people and connect with people. We need to know that we can connect with our fellow humans. We need to know that what we are experiencing matters — and speaking is such an extraordinary way to do that.

Our guest, Jenn Espinosa Goswami is a professional speaker and holistic wellness coach at Weightless. Jenn first shared her story of losing 100 pounds at Toastmasters. She took this organic experience of speaking about the struggles she went through and the mistakes she made along the way and distilled it for the people she works with.

Jenn says there are people who take stories and examples and case studies and successes that they've experienced in their own life and pay it forward to people in their audience who are ready for that message.

“It's a very humbling experience to say, “Oh, I could impact other people just by sharing something that I experienced in my life.’ I think that's the most powerful thing you can talk about,” she said.

She says speaking is not an identity and you don’t need any marketing collateral to become a speaker. You just have to do it. If you don’t have an audience to consistently speak to, deliver value to someone else’s audience.

Jenn helps people identify topics and understand the speaking cycle of promoting yourself, pitching yourself, and how to make connections when you need to find your audience.

She notes that one of the hardest things you’ll do once you’ve decided to become a speaker is choose your single signature topic. When event planners are looking for speakers, they won’t necessarily care about your name or where you’ve been featured — they’re going to choose your topic first.

So, if your topic isn’t amazing and doesn’t fit what they’re looking for, they’re not going to hire you.

That doesn’t mean your story or topic isn’t profound. One of the great things about speaking is that it gives us the ability not only to self-reflect, but also to learn and share in a way that anyone can understand.

And speaking can help business owners in different ways. Jenn says she has clients who want to get paid to speak and leave, whereas others don’t need to get paid to speak, but want to sell their programs. No matter which goal you have, Jenn breaks down some tips for applying to speaking opportunities and what you need to get started.

Let’s get to it.

===== Mentioned =====

Jenn has made it easy to get started with knowing exactly what you need in your Signature Speech with this free template, including an outline and how to determine what makes your speech successful. Download your copy today: https://bit.ly/signaturespeak

===== Next Steps =====

Honest Conversation With My Podcast Agent, Julie Fry: https://youtu.be/6I3Ne6tEcLo

How to get the PERFECT guest to say yes to your podcast: https://youtu.be/Ta8bSk4bOG4

How to be a STELLAR podcast guest: https://youtu.be/iAk-gekLmSM

How to Increase Confidence: https://youtu.be/nQSWeY60rL0

===== Connect with Jenn Espinosa-Goswami =====

Linktree: https://linktr.ee/jennspingo
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jego3
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/JenniferEspinosaGoswami
IG: https://www.instagram.com/jennspingo

View Details

Nobody saw it coming.

Little did I know, before filming September’s Coffee With Coach, something was going to happen that would turn my life upside down. I’m not trying to be cryptic or coy, but it was something that affected me deeply on a personal level.

I showed up to the stream with no makeup and wet hair because I just couldn’t make those things happen that day. I didn’t have the time, energy, or focus. But I’ll always show up when I say I’m going to show up.

I decided to coach myself live, which was scary, but I did it. It’s been a month, but I’m still going through that experience. It isn’t my story to tell, but I do want to share how I’m coaching myself through it daily.

(You can watch Coach’s Confession: Last Week Was Awful https://youtu.be/KnAXyEtpEPg)

Because it’s the hardest days that challenge you to your core — the days that feel like you’re going to get sucked under — that will show you who you really are.

It starts with our thoughts. They can change our entire mood. If you find yourself lost in a spiral of thoughts — say you had a fight with someone you love a lot and you get to talking to them in your head to vent — interrupt yourself. That entire experience is in your head and is being led by your thoughts.

Stop the spiral. Clap your hands, ask yourself out loud how many burgers you could eat in five minutes if someone paid you a million dollars. Seriously.

It’s not a new concept, it’s called pattern interrupting. Every time you relive that experience, your body goes through it too. The more you retell the story, you more you put yourself back where you started. The tears, that feeling in the pit of your stomach — it all comes back.

And then we ruminate. So, you really want to notice how you are thinking and also WHY you’re focusing on this. (For me, this is really challenging, because in this current circumstance, my brain wants to trick me into thinking I can fix it. And I can’t. My logical brain knows that’s not true.)

And here’s the thing; thoughts are sticky. I was listening to a guided meditation the other day, and that’s what the person said. Thoughts are sticky. (It made me think of rubber cement. Do you all remember that? You could cover your fingers in the sticky mess, but you could pull it.) I pictured being able to pull my thoughts out of my head and get them away from me so I could focus on the task at hand.

I don’t say that to deny the experience or pretend not to feel the emotions we have. We need to do feel things. But life goes on. We will always get the call. The bad news will surface.
It can happen to any one of us, but it's not an excuse to stop all of life. We need to mourn; we may need to take care of things.

We need to recognize the rest of life isn't stopping — as much as we feel like it should. It just doesn't. We need to take care of ourselves.

Remember to take care of your body — drink water, eat healthy food, and sleep. Remember to communicate when you need to take time off or step away.

So, on the daily, I am asking myself what my thoughts are, and I'm asking myself what I want to focus on, and I'm checking in on my physical well-being.

Here are key questions to ask yourself: If my highest self put this challenge in my way, why would she have done that? As we’re looking at focus, thoughts, and beliefs, what could you believe about that? How can I be really good during these hard times? How can I be really proud of how I dealt with this, as painful or as harrowing as it is?

You will not be defined by WHAT you get through, but HOW you get through it.

(And please do not confuse this for toxic positivity. The “everything happens for a reason” mentality is harmful.)

Recognize the pain and humanity and the grief that comes sometimes when life is shocking.
And then the last question to ask is: Who needs me today? Sometimes that moment of a break of focus on us can give us a chance to breathe.

I will be honest — throughout this exact experience I'm having right now, I have not had the energy to ask that question. Instead, I've asked, “What do I need today?”

These are the questions I think we can pause and ask ourselves so that, no matter what's happening out there in the world, we can still show up as our very, very best selves.

I know life is not always easy; please know I’m here with you.

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Why Your Emotions Are the Key to Your Success: https://sarahwalton.com/emotions-success/

Why Anger Is My Favorite Emotion: https://sarahwalton.com/anger/

2 Reasons You Can’t Focus and the No. 1 Question to Ask Yourself: https://youtu.be/peX4a_MfjEQ

How Do I Find Work-Life Balance? : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mt2ItSiEQSw

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

When Julie Foucht decided she needed to take her coaching business seriously, she hired a high-end coach and learned to “market like a man.” She doubled, then tripled her income in less than a year, but felt drained, uninspired, and restless.

Urged by advice gained while meditating, she began to embrace her “essential Feminine” and birthed a new way: The Art of Feminine Business. She helps her customers learn how to manifest and create businesses using their feminine power.

Now, running your business like a man isn’t necessarily a bad thing. There are a lot of tips and tactics that work really well for men in business. But for many of us, that doesn’t work. It’s where burnout comes from, where unbelievable overwhelm comes from.

Julie’s steps start with recognizing that each person is both a creator and a created source with the ability to interact with source energy. This allows for dreams of the spirit realm to be manifested into the physical realm. She says understanding that relationship to the source is key to manifesting.

The next step can be more challenging. As women we’re taught desire is bad, that we need to be satisfied with what we have. But to manifest, we need to know what we really want and be willing to receive it.

We have a tendency to want to hold on until we get a good grip of what we want before we truly let go. But it doesn’t work that way. We have to let go of what is taking up the space and make room for it. This might mean letting go of beliefs. For Julie, her desire to create a six-figure business meant giving up the idea that she couldn’t outshine her brother.

When you’ve done the work to express your soul’s desire, to feel and imagine having it, Julie says your body will change its position when you feel that emotion. It fuels manifesting and calibrates your energy to the energy of the thing you’re trying to attract.

This leads to the final – and one of the most important – step: Show up and do your part.

Let’s get to it.

===== Mentioned =====
The “The Wise Witch Guide” : https://juliefoucht.com/the-wise-witch-guide-download-now/
===== Next Steps =====

No. 1 Mindset Shift for Success: https://youtu.be/jtMFqS5iSf4

Mindful Living Isn’t Just About Yoga and Green Drinks, It’s About Your “Stuff” With Diana Firth: https://sarahwalton.com/diana/

Finding "Happiness" (What the Heck Does That Even Mean?) :
https://youtu.be/yechAGQQ8jw

What’s Causing the Results You Have Right Now? :
https://sarahwalton.com/causing-results/

===== Connect with Julie Foucht =====

Website: https://juliefoucht.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/coachjulz/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/juliefoucht
IG: https://www.instagram.com/artoffemininebusiness/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/coachjulz

View Details

Time is one of the most precious resources we have. When I think about successful people, sometimes I’ll ask, “do they have a couple of extra hours each day?”

As business owners, there are days when you feel hyper-productive, and so much gets done! But we can also get really tripped, and there are some activities that feel important but are just time wasters.

I do want to highlight two very important considers before we get into those, though:
1) You already know which activities you’re good at. Recognize what those are and let go of the other tasks. Delegate them.
2) Remember your revenue-producing tasks must come first. On the daily, it can be easy to get distracted.

Today, I want to get those top three business time wasters out of the way, so you can focus on the revenue-generating tasks.

Let’s break down the top three time wasters in business:

Social media is not free
I know this won't come as a shock to anyone, but social media is not free. It can take up so much of your time. Ask yourself if you’re spending more time on social media as a consumer or as someone who produces content.

Social media is addictive. Be aware of where your attention and awareness are going. I'm going to ask you: if you are working on social media and you don't yet have a team who can support you with posting, schedule the time. Set a timer.

Comparison despairing game
It feels horrible to compare your business to other people's businesses, especially if we are comparing ourselves to other people's social media feeds. We all know that's not real.

Some people will even ask me how I manage all my social posts. I’m not doing that. I write the posts, and sometimes I help choose the graphics, but I have a team. I’m very grateful for them. I delegate.

We know what people are posting is gorgeous to look at. But if you're going to see that and consume it as if you're not enough because of the way your life looks or business looks, that is a waste of your time and energy. As I've shared with you guys so many times, 80% of success is your headspace. Only 20% of success is strategy.

If you are going to spend time on a platform consuming content to the point that you feel bad about yourself, that is a double whammy. Now you've lost the time; you can't get it back, and your head's not in the right space.

Redoing things
The biggest time waster for most business owners is redoing things that have already been done, and there are a couple of ways this manifests.

You might be a productive procrastinator. If you’re worried about something new that you’re going to launch, you might be nervous. When we’re nervous, we distract ourselves. Redoing things is a fantastic way to make us feel like we’re being productive when we’re just avoiding what needs to be done.

I’m talking about rewriting your About page. Renaming your programs. Changing your brand colors.

If something no longer fits or you've really advanced your business and it's time for a complete overhaul, please don't do it once a year. Once every five is enough, maybe three.

There's so much that we could be doing with our time, but we spend so much energy being concerned that we're not “doing it right.” If we do something different in our business, if we talk about our brand differently, or if we take on new strategies, we're not “doing business right.” That is a lie.

The only people who've been truly successful at business are the people who break the mold, the people who say, “Oh yeah, I see everybody doing that thing over there. I'm not doing that.” They are the ones who win, so do not be afraid of having to “do things right.” Trust yourself.

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Are You a Productive Procrastinator? https://sarahwalton.com/amber/
6 Tools I’d Use If I Started My Business Today: https://sarahwalton.com/6-business-tools/

How to Create Before You Compare and Despair: https://sarahwalton.com/create/
Must-Have Tools To Show Up Online And Feel Good Doing It: https://sarahwalton.com/trish/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

Thank you so much for listening. I’m so honored that you’re here and would be so grateful if you could leave a quick review on Apple Podcasts.
Then we’ll get to inspire even more people!

View Details

The idea that you can only pursue your career or business success in one way is blatantly false. In today’s episode, branding expert and career coach Susan Hamilton Meier explores why we feel guilty about wanting to zigzag as women.

The path to the top isn’t always a straight line, and we don’t need to feel nervous about changing or exploring new things, or sharing artistic or creative sides of ourselves with the world.

Susan helps women find the through-line of their work history; write a focused, memorable elevator pitch; and design a vision and action plan for the next phase of their journey.
As more and more people reassess their work and how they work, it’s time to challenge some of the stories we tell ourselves about how our career is meant to grow.

Susan highlights this idea that your career is supposed to be a straight line, like a ladder you’re meant to climb. She says people — herself included — get insecure because they didn’t go immediately from point A to point B — they zigzagged.

She challenges people who wonder if they “got far enough fast enough” to really reflect on their choices, because she guarantees there are good reasons to back them up. She says when people understand that choices were intentional and that they were being true to who they are in exploring their interests and passions, a sense of integrity results.

Susan shared what she thinks are the top three benefits of zigzagging: More skills, a larger network and more ideas. She says the more innovative organizations are ones who have people who are generalists, not specialists, because innovation comes not only from mistakes, but also from this kind of cross-pollination of one sphere and another.

And that realization brought us to an amazing topic: the kill the competition aspect. While there is some value in considering what the competition is going to do and where your position in the marketplace is, to be effective, you must focus on who you are, who your customer is, what they need.

When you’re watching somebody else succeed, you might think “I want to succeed too, so I'm going to be like them” as opposed to “I can be successful showing up as me.”

How willing are you to show up and be there when people call and say, “This is how I help”?

Susan agrees. It’s not your logo, your tagline, or your business. She says your brand is a relationship. Your brand is the friendship that you’re building with the people who you know, who are kind of in your client base, and the people you haven't met yet who are in your client base. There’s trust, there’s authenticity, and there’s consistency.

===== Mentioned =====
5 things you can start doing tomorrow: https://www.susanmeierstudio.com/workbook

===== Next Steps =====
Finding “Happiness” (What the Heck Does That Even Mean?) :
https://youtu.be/yechAGQQ8jw

What’s Causing the Results You Have Right Now? :
https://sarahwalton.com/causing-results/

Best ways to THINK About Your Small Business: https://youtu.be/XHetnBTyw1U

===== Connect with Susan Hamilton Meier =====
Website: https://www.susanmeierstudio.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/susanhamiltonmeier
Twitter: https://twitter.com/susanhmeier
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/susanmeierart

===== Connect with Sarah =====
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/sarahwaltonpage
Instagram: https://instagram.com/thesarahwalton
Game on Girlfriend: https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PL_Jen-dhtrcPvkgdjasgiyAk1NgPbZYRS
Most business owners don't know how much money they actually need to make to feel free. It's time to break that trend. Download my free Freedom Calculator and figure out the perfect number for you: https://sarahwalton.com/freedom

View Details

One of the most popular questions I receive is: “Sarah, What do I need to actually launch a business, and how do I do that without slapping a bazillion dollars on my credit card?”

I love that question. You really want to take tangible steps, and I’m going to give those to you today.

Before I get into the tools I use, let’s be honest about one thing: A business is simply an exchange of value for money. That’s it. You need to understand the finances and make sure you’re making a profit.

If you’re just starting out and you’ve got your business idea but you’re scared to get it off the ground, please hear this: Add value and learn how to explain your value.

Now, let’s get into some tools that are efficient without breaking the bank.

ConvertKit (https://convertkit.com/email-marketing-fresh-start): I am an affiliate of ConvertKit, that’s how much I love them! They give you powerful tools for online marketing. You can tag each customer based on their behavior.

Here is an example: Let’s say you’re just starting out and you were a guest on someone’s podcast. You share that podcast episode with everyone on your newsletter list. ConvertKit will let you tag the people who listened to the episode, so the next time you’re on a podcast you think those folks will enjoy, you can send them a special message. It’s such a great way to take care of your people and show you understand them and what they are interested in.

The other reason I really love ConvertKit is they give you the tools you need to build landing pages and form with freebies and lead magnets. You don’t even need a website. They will track the data for you and tell you whether or not the pages are successful so you can grow your newsletter list.

Cost: Free up to 300 subscribers | $9/month for growing creators

Stripe (https://stripe.com/): Next up, you need to be able to accept money. And Stripe is a great company that happens to integrate with ConvertKit. You can log into Stripe to create products and services that you can link to directly in your emails. People can make purchases right from their phone, and your business will look professional.

Cost: 2.9% off the purchase price (at the time of this recording).

LegalZoom (https://www.legalzoom.com/): Now that you’re accepting payments into your bank account, I’m going to assume you’re incorporated. Getting incorporated might not be necessary yet, but my recommendation is to check out LegalZoom.com. Depending on the state you live in, it will cost about $400 to get your incorporation papers. You’ll take those papers to the bank to set up your business banking account, which you’ll also set up in Stripe. Easy, right?

Cost: About $400

Basecamp (https://basecamp.com/ ): Now that you’re set up with your newsletter and payment system, you’re going to want a project management system. Why? You want to be able to go back and understand how you’ve created things and where they are living. I love Basecamp. You can assign deadlines and tasks to people. There are a lot of alternatives too, like Asana and even Google Sheets. If you’d rather have a customer tracking system, I recommend HubSpot (https://www.hubspot.com/products/marketing/free). I use this to keep track of all our members, their birthdays, gifts we’ve sent, cancellations, etc. I want customer service to be number one — and I’m sure you do too. HubSpot is free up to a certain amount of people and lets you track how you’ve worked with them.

Cost: Basecamp free up to 3 projects | $99/month unlimited features

Canva (https://www.canva.com/) and Hautestock (https://hautestock.co/): Beautiful graphics are key if you’re going to sell online. Canva is something we use in our business all the time. You can put in your brand colors, and the free version gives you access to templates. If you find you need stock photos, I recommend Hautestock — I have an annual membership — for their photos and videos, which you can then import into Canva to create beautiful graphics. It’s so classy, and it’s important in this online world that your content looks fantastic on social media.

Cost: Canva free | Pro and Teams plans for additional features. Hautestock: $399 a year

Websavers (https://clients.websavers.ca/whmcs/aff.php?aff=282): Once you’re ready for your website, I’m going to recommend Websavers — I’m an affiliate by the way. And yes, they are a Canadian company. First of all, their customer service is fantastic, and their pricing is competitive. Use Websavers for your hosting, and then find a designer. One of my favorite things to do is to go online and find fantastic Facebook groups that support moms and women and ask anyone in the group if they have a web designer they’d recommend. And what I love about doing that is you might get someone who's new, so the price will be a lot less. But you're also helping someone else start their business. I love doing that.

Cost: Plans are low as $3/month

So as you can see, you don’t have to break the bank to get started.

I think anytime you're adding value, you can usually do that by communicating well online. Once you start making money, once your business is actually profitable, I would highly recommend two things:

Learn how to write. Learning how to communicate your value well online is critical. There is so much nonsense out there.

(I know this is self-serving, but I absolutely mean it with all my heart) Invest in a coach because success is 80% mindset and 20% strategy.

You can get all these incredible tools and have them at your disposal, but if you start thinking negative thoughts, you're already out of the game! I can give you every strategy in the whole world, and it's not going to work because your head's not straight. So, the second you are able to get yourself in a course with a coach or to hire a coach, please do that for YOU.

More resources to help launch your business:
Legal support: https://www.laynelyons.com/
Coaching support: https://sarahwalton.com/programs/

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Best ways to THINK About Your Small Business: https://youtu.be/XHetnBTyw1U

How I’m Investing During Our Biggest Year Yet: https://sarahwalton.com/investing/
How to Manage Emotions When You See Your Balance Sheet: https://sarahwalton.com/manage-emotions/

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

The numbers on your books are nothing to be scared or ashamed about. In today’s episode, I chat with reformed CFO Danielle Hayden about how data can empower you and your business.

After spending 10+ years in the boardroom as a corporate finance officer, Danielle has now found her sweet spot as the CEO of Kickstart Accounting, Inc., where she helps business owners with bookkeeping, financial analysis, and education. She is also the author of the Profit Planner book series.
Tracking and understanding the data changes your mindset, says Danielle. She says as business owners, we have a tendency to make things seem worse off than they really are. But looking at the data, you can track the numbers to progress and find strength and encouragement.

Once you can pin down your numbers, you can make tactical decisions regarding questions like: Am I ready to hire? … How much can I pay them … How much do I pay myself? … Can I afford to join this coaching program?

Danielle reminds us there is nothing to be ashamed of when it comes to the numbers. Entrepreneurship is not a pass or fail system. You can separate the person from the business and ask yourself: What worked? What didn’t work? How can I use these numbers to improve?

Use the numbers for data points. Use the numbers to grow without judgment.

Danielle believes in creating a culture of financial accountability and throwing out excuses like, “I’m a creative, I’m not a numbers person.” You can likely build strategy for business decisions with data you have on hand already and own your success.

Pop in those headphones, and let’s get to it!

===== Mentioned =====
Free gift for listeners: Guide to create a financial dashboard: https://kickstartaccountinginc.com/dashboard

===== Next Steps =====
Transcend Your Money Beliefs, With Michelle Arpin Begina: https://youtu.be/7mpajCGy2so

Reveal Your Money Story With How You Spend: https://youtu.be/zNbBl2TJnCA

You Can Make Money Without a Following: https://youtu.be/-Xvm6dUM-8U

===== Connect with Danielle Hayden =====
Website: https://kickstartaccountinginc.com
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/DanielleHaydenOH
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/daniellehayden__oh/?hl=en

View Details

I just wrapped up the Sales Mastermind retreat, and I wanted to tell you about the absolute magic we experienced! I was so moved and so inspired. We had so much fun.

So I wanted to share why I truly believe in masterminds and group programs like this and retreats and the rundown of what went on over the weekend.

To give you some background, I flew out to Las Vegas with my good friend Michele Wang. She’s a YouTube influencer, and the two of us are accountability buddies. During one of our check-ins, we decided to have a little business retreat with just the two of us, and I decided I wanted to host my own retreat with the Sales Mastermind cohorts.

I’ve been doing a lot of research into retreats and how to create an atmosphere of bonding, inclusion, and excitement.

We started off the day by setting intentions such as what we wanted to get out of the retreat, what the participants wanted to receive, and their personal intentions. Then we started working on the BIG goal. You know the one — it scares you.

By the time that exercise was done, we were seeing things like, “I want to double my revenue … wait, that’s not enough. I want to double that number.” It’s so exciting to see people get LIT UP about what’s possible for women.

Next up was a full-on business assessment with what I’m going to call “the Sarah Walton process.” I think it’s a bit different because I always include the human inside the business. So we really spent some time breaking down nine different aspects, and at the end, I had everyone pick three things to work on, pair up, and talk about what they needed to do to make it happen.

You’ll have to listen to the rest of the episode to hear about the other amazing things we did over the course of the day, but what really moved me was knowing that all these women are up to AMAZING things. These businesses are heart-centered. We all were so pumped and excited about what we’re going to create out there in the world, how much money we want to make, and what we want to do with that money to make the world a better place.

You know I say this all the time, but what you’re here to deliver matters. If you’re not mastering the skill of sales, you’re selling the world short of your gifts. We need you. You’ve got to get out there and deliver on your promise.

Your promise is your expertise, your experience, and your talents.

Pop in those earphones, and let’s get to it!

Testimonials from the virtual retreat:
“That was the most amazing virtual retreat I’ve ever been to. It was just so perfect. I’m absolutely renewed with hope, and I’m so inspired and so happy to know that the world we’re leaving behind is going to be better because there are beautiful women doing so many amazing things. Each person I got to hear speak was just so powerful. I’m so excited — I got SO much out of this retreat! Now I’m off to get my tasks done! Thank you, Sarah!”

“I learned in the first hour of this retreat that I can sell any time I want! I used to think I had to plan it out or set a whole bunch of time aside to sell. But during the retreat, I got it done! Right then … and it was even a little bit fun! I wasn’t expecting that. I loved this retreat!”

“The retreat was wonderful. It definitely renewed my faith in goodness and my excitement for what I’m doing. I’ve never been one to join groups, but I see now that I’ve never been with the ‘right’ group. I could be fast friends with any of these lovely women. Thank you for doing what you do.”

“Thank you for such a great day, it went by SO fast! What a great group and I loved the exercises. Thank you, thank you, thank you!”

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

Interview with Michele Wang: Want to Start a YouTube Channel? Listen to this first: https://sarahwalton.com/michele

My Daily Routine and Habits: https://sarahwalton.com/routine-habits/

What to Do When Money Isn’t Motivating You: https://youtu.be/rkjdZgCP8pc

Best Ways to THINK About Your Small Business: https://youtu.be/XHetnBTyw1U

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Menopause doesn’t happen to women; it happens for them. It doesn’t always feel that way, but today we’re demystifying the changes with Dr. Cari Schaefer.

Dr. Cari is a nationally certified herbalist and primary care provider of Chinese medicine by the Medical Board of California. She founded the platform Wise Woman Emerging to help women through menopausal change.

Dr. Cari’s vision for the platform was born out of her own menopause journey, when she discovered that this time in a woman’s life has all but been lost to society and traditional medical establishments.

Women are offered few solutions, and many are left to suffer alone. Cari’s experience involved being sent to an extreme detox center, where she developed a phobia of flying on the way home and attended a lecture where she was told women are “done” post-menopause. (EXCUSE ME?)

In today’s episode, she walks us through the three major hormonal shifts in a woman’s life and explains the biology behind what drives women, and what gets in the way as these shifts happen.

She hits on the imbalance that can emerge from the survival instinct to care for others instead of caring for ourselves and the role of stress and weight gain. (More stress in an already stressful time? It takes a toll.)

Listen for Dr. Cari’s tips, including screening panels you can do to check your hormone levels and get the support your body — and you — need.

Pop in those headphones and let’s get to it!

===== Mentioned =====
“The Food Solution” by Dr Cari Schaefer: https://www.amazon.com/Food-Solution-Chemically-Ridden-C-R-P/dp/1518824412
===== Next Steps =====
Changing the Conversation: Aging Is HOT, With Sheilisa McNeal-Burgess: https://youtu.be/-q6B8tbDQ80

How to Deal With Mom Guilt and Achieve Balance: https://youtu.be/c1tdQbDXRgE

How to Biohack Your Business Success: https://youtu.be/tIyZ6v-kduk

Mindful Living Isn’t Just About Yoga and Green Drinks, With Diana Firth: https://youtu.be/9CUb1OYpUvI

===== Connect with Dr. Cari Schaefer =====
Website: https://www.cari4health.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/wisewomanemerging
===== Connect with Sarah =====
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/sarahwaltonpage
Instagram: https://instagram.com/thesarahwalton
Game on Girlfriend: https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PL_Jen-dhtrcPvkgdjasgiyAk1NgPbZYRS
Most business owners don't know how much money they actually need to make to feel free. It's time to break that trend. Download my free Freedom Calculator and figure out the perfect number for you: https://sarahwalton.com/freedom

View Details

I’m going to pull back the curtain to explain how I structure my day and the 15-minute morning routine that has completely changed my life. Is it groundbreaking? No. Is it effective? Absolutely.

My alarm is set for 5:35 a.m. Why? I think it was a typo, and I never changed it. It's set for 5:35 on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays. I meet my trainer at 6 a.m. on those days.

I have a new routine that has absolutely changed my life: I go for at least a 15-minute walk by myself and practice deep breathing, express gratitude and visualize my day.

I do the deep breathing exercise for 30 seconds, maybe a minute, and then sometimes I'll listen to music that makes me super happy—I mean we’re talking PUMPED UP. Yes, Backstreet Boys are included. Sometimes Taylor Swift. That’s when I do little bit of gratitude and go through all the things that I want to accomplish.

A recent mindset switch is this idea that what we produce here at Team Sarah is worth the financial goal we made. I keep saying that over and over. I truly believe that; I think that’s what it’s worth, and I'm so excited we’re able to offer it. I’ll let that idea flood over me. I’ll think about the clients I’ll be coaching that day or the classes I am teaching and really dive into that. This is going to go well. People are going to hear what they need to hear. It’s going to be an absolute joy to deliver.

Once I get home, I usually open my email and load up Voxer to check in with my clients and the Sales Mastermind students.

The next thing I’ll do is focus on my next big goal. (Spoiler: We have another launch of the Sales Mastermind coming out, and I'm going to be hosting a free workshop for it!) So, I’ll look at that goal. I’ll stare at it, and I’ll ask myself: What are the three things that I need to get done today to get closer to that goal?

Once that's clear for me, I’ll look at my schedule to see which clients I’m going to be working with and supporting and whether I’m teaching or coaching. And then I'll hop in the shower. (Yes, I do shower.)
And that all happens before noon. I was a bit embarrassed to talk so much about myself in this episode, but listen in for more about how I work with clients, what I do to stay present and energized in all those coaching calls, and the exciting work we’re getting ready to launch.

Pop in those earphones, and let’s get to it!

Free workshop: https://sarahwalton.com/sales-call-workshop-aug/

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

This Is Why You Keep Giving Up: https://sarahwalton.com/giving-up/

Never Ask “So, What Do You Do?” Again, With Networking Expert Colleen Biggs: https://sarahwalton.com/colleen/

How to Attract Clients, With Hailey Rowe: https://sarahwalton.com/hailey/

Show Up and Own Your Space: https://youtu.be/Xzeap1NeZOM

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

We’re getting raw and honest about what’s happening at large for women.

Jessica Butts is a psychotherapist and Myers‒Briggs expert, a three-time author, and a corporate trainer. Her mission is to help us all “heal the hustle.”

You know I talk all the time about the idea of how women “aren’t really supposed to handle money” and that undercurrent in our society. The idea that we women can make our “cute little money” with our “cute little businesses,” but when it comes to the “real money,” that’s for the men. Well, we unpack all that energy and the business trauma women face in today’s episode.

I know. Get ready, we’re going deep.
Jessica shares her story of transformation after years of suppressing who she was and running headlong into the hustle. She remembers it like an addiction. Then COVID hit. Her next move? Selling everything she owned to do the work of figuring out what was important.

Jessica talks about how the hustle hooks into women viciously because we are taught to feel good about ourselves based on how much we produce—and we don’t even get paid properly for it.

She says her work isn’t about ambition but about balancing the being and the doing. It’s about doing the internal work to maintain who we naturally are amid the chaos thrown at us. Stop trying to change your environment or the people around you. You can only change yourself.

We get candid (we swear a bit) about the toxicity of comparison and the trap of pretending you’re perfect.

Beautiful people, you hear me say all the time that no matter what work you choose, you do not get to lift yourself up out of your humanity—and if you want a better understanding of what that means, pop in those headphones. Game on!

If you’d like to follow Jessica on all the socials … here’s where you can find her:
Website: www.jessicabutts.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/healingthehustle

Other Game On Girlfriend podcast episodes you might want to check out:

How Values Make You Money: https://sarahwalton.com/jennifer-kem/

How do I Find Work-Life Balance? : https://sarahwalton.com/find-work-life-balance/

I Should Work for Free Because I Help People. (WTF?) : https://youtu.be/BX0iiR9kIaU

You can check out our podcast interviews on YouTube, too! http://bit.ly/YouTubeSWalton

Find out more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Today I want to talk about how I'm investing during our biggest year yet! This is the best year that the business has ever had, and I wanted to talk about what I attribute that to and why I think it’s working so well. (We are up 158% year over year.)

People get excited when the revenue increases, but we’re taking a sober approach to sustaining the growth.

If I have money in the business, I'm deciding who we're hiring, how we're working, what our agreements are, and the difference that we're making in the world.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

In this episode, I sat down with my podcast agent, Julie Fry, and talk about all the amazing things agents to get do!

In this episode, we also talk about why a bigger audience of podcast listeners isn’t always the most important factor when deciding which shows to pitch. I’m thrilled that we touched on this because I believe her reasons behind this 100%. So keep an ear out for that part of the conversation.

You’ll also want to listen in for Julie’s #1 tip for your call to action at the end of a podcast episode. It’s so easy for your brain to turn off during an interview because you’re working hard to do a good job. That makes it easy to blow one of the most important questions a podcast guest will ask you.

Julie is the Founder of Your Expert Guest, a podcast guest booking agency for thought leaders that want visibility without spending HOURS on social media.

She and her clients can track hundreds of thousands of dollars of business back to being a podcast guest on top-ranked shows. I hope that made you raise an eyebrow or two because it’s 100% true. I’ve witnessed it firsthand.

I hope you enjoy getting to know Julie, and I’m so excited to share this part of my world with you!

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

We’ve all had those moments where we think things are going in one direction, and then BAM. It doesn’t have to be a crisis of global or even national proportions – it just has to affect our lives.

When that happens, our brain stops working a little, and the reaction sets in. That is when we make mistakes. Crises are moments of resistance – and they don’t usually lead to the best response.

So one of the things I want to teach you to do today to stay smart during a crisis is to ask this question: What do I need right now?

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Picture it: You’re about to walk into a networking event and your palms get sweaty and a feeling of dread sweeps over you.

You’re worried about 2 things simultaneously: The pressure to sell and find “leads” (I hate that word, btw), and concern that someone else is going to try and sell you things.

What if (and believe me, this can feel like a huge “what if”), networking could actually be enjoyable. What if it could feel like a joy, something that you actually look forward to?

If that sounds impossible, you’re going to love the conversation inside this episode.

I got to chat with Colleen Biggs, who’s an Award-Winning pioneer of a woman who loves helping other women Lead Up in their lives and take bigger leaps in business. She recently turned 50, and oh boy does she love celebrating her life!

We had a fun conversation about how to make networking more fun, and honestly, more meaningful.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

I love getting emails from listeners! Some of my favorite questions come to me in this way, and today’s episode was inspired by this email:

Sarah, I love your energy … but I don’t have it. LOL How in the world do you grow your business when your schedule is absolutely crazy?

In this week’s episode, I give you 3 essential tips for kicking some assets, even when you feel like your life is insane.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Like so many other women, when I knew it was time to quit my corporate job, it was scary, and a little bit disorienting. But it’s really important that we listen when that happens.

We never want to get stuck where we don’t belong.

Which is why I’m happy to bring you this week’s podcast guest, María Tomás-Keegan.

María is a multi-certified Career & Life Coach specializing in helping professional women get unstuck. So that whole, “This is not my beautiful life!” feeling is her sweet spot.

She brings her extensive corporate leadership experience to her coaching, along with what she learned from navigating many life-changing events like loss, divorce, and career upheavals.

María partners with women to create the firm foundation for leaping into their next chapter with confidence while gathering life-long tools to help them thrive.

María is also an award-winning author, speaker, and international podcast host of "Tips for the Transition | The Career Roadmap."

After you listen to this episode, you might just find the courage to make a change in your business or life.

After all, you never want to say stay stuck where you don't belong.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

You’ve set a goal. You’re excited. You have all that ambition welling up inside of you. You set out to make it happen — and you get clobbered.

If you’re alive, you’ve probably had that experience. That’s when the insecurities creep in. You immediately get upset with yourself. You find all the nooks and crannies within that tell you you’re not as great as you should be.

If you’ve ever got frustrated and asked yourself, “Why do I keep doing this!?” recognize that in that moment, you’re being upset instead of getting back in the game. So, if you’ve set a goal and failed, I need you to forgive yourself. If you don’t, it keeps the issue in place. It keeps this idea that you shouldn’t take action in place, along with all those other lies, like “I suck.”

If you’re ready to get back on track and set goals that will light you up, pop in those earphones, and let’s get to it!

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

This week’s podcast guest is Megan Rempel. She’s a mom of 4, a Registered Nurse with a certificate in Women’s Hormonal Health, a health and wellness coach, and a cycle syncing expert.

And today she shares exactly how she figured this out and studied it, so we can use the power of our cycles as a guide, instead of ignoring it. Using what she teaches can also help us stop self-sabotaging and get a lot more out of our day-to-day lives.

I love how Megan shares the steps you can take right away to start understanding the signals our bodies are sending. And to be honest, she blew my mind when she said that the majority of our PMS symptoms are not normal, they’re actually calls of distress and requests for support from our bodies.

Megan’s mission is to help women discover that life can be easier, as we tap into the magic that we’ve had inside us all along - our monthly cycle.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Friend breakups don’t get enough attention, and the truth is, those breakups are very, very common among entrepreneurs.

They’re a big deal. Who you hang out with matters, and if you’re looking at severing a relationship, there’s probably a really good reason for it.

So, today, we’re going to dive into three reasons you might need to break up with a friend, support you in how to do it, and make sure you’re hanging out with some killer people.

The conversations you’re having day to day shape the way you perceive the world, and this is important: Who you hang out with is YOUR choice.

Pop in those earphones, and let’s get to it!

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Have you ever considered that values are behaviors and not ideas?

As in, if you could behave in alignment with your values, what would be possible in your business?

I have to tell you, I’d never thought about it like that before, unless you count the idea that “love is a verb” — which is something I’ve heard in my family since I was little.

Outside of that, I’ve thought of values as nice little platitudes executives hang on their walls, or memes people create for social media.

But today’s podcast guest, Jennifer Kem changed all of that.

It all changed for her after a colleague was promoted over her while she was still working in corporate.

She found herself in the elevator after making sacrifice after sacrifice, only to have a male colleague be promoted instead of her.

Instead of whining or staying in a state of rage, Jennifer did something amazing: She asked a really important question …

Tune in to find out what it was. Because it can truly change your life if you apply it.

If you’d like to snag The Archetype Influence Mix Assessment that Jennifer offered during the episode, you can do that by going here: www.Confidently.me/girlfriend (Normally sold for $250, but free for The Game On Girlfriend audience with this link!)

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

We’ve all been there … you’re just going along with your day, and you decide to check your numbers.

“Wait, what? That’s it? I thought I was making money!”

If that hasn’t happened to you, that’s amazing! Congrats. But if it has, you know the drop of the stomach, how you can start to feel like a failure … and then that damn imposter syndrome and self-doubt starts creeping in.

So what the heck do you do when that happens? I mean, you own a business, so learning how to deal with numbers without wanting to crawl under a rock and cry is critical. After all, your business needs you to keep showing up, being consistent, and bringing in revenue.

If you’ve ever had that moment when you just feel like you got punched in the gut by your numbers, it’s time to pop in those earphones. Let’s get to it.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

I’ll be honest: Figuring out how to “niche down” (a phrase I hate, by the way) is scary AF. It is.

Listen, it’s scary when you first start running your business. You need cashflow, so the temptation to say yes to anything and everything is real. And honestly, it’s not the dumbest thing in the world to do, especially if you’re not sure what you really want to be doing day in and day out.

This week’s guest is Hailey Rowe. She’s a marketing/sales coach and strategist for online coaches and service providers who want to gain more clients online consistently, grow their business to full time, and rock their sales without self-doubt.

She shares her business, marketing, and mindset tips in her Health Coach Nation Podcast and in the Health Coach Nation Facebook Group (Facebook.com/groups/healthcoachnation).

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Well, this is an episode I never thought I’d be recording. And honestly, I'm scared to be doing it.

I know you guys turn to me for business advice, sales training, and personal development.

But you guys, we have to talk about this. It's just too important. And I understand if this makes you weary, or makes you question why I'm doing this, but I hope I’ve earned your trust to the point that you’ll just listen and explore what I'm sharing.

As a woman who's made it my life’s work to “put more money in the hands of more women” I have to say something when I see policies, laws, or behavior that will make sure money is taken out of the hands of women.

I have to do this episode because forcing women to have babies that they don't want to have is certainly one way to ensure women have less money in their hands.

So, whether you and I see eye to eye on this specific issue or not, know you're welcome in my space. I’m here for all women who want to use their talents, experience, and expertise to make the world a better place.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Ever had one of those days where you just think, “OMG. I’m the worst mom!” Or maybe you have one of those days where you find yourself sitting in a chair, staring into space and muttering “Buh-buh. Buh buh.” Like Goldie Hawn in Overboard. (I mean, how awesome is that scene, by the way?)

Well, either way, if you’re a human being who’s responsible for smaller human beings, you get it. You know that moment of overwhelm and feeling like you’re about to lose it.

If that’s you, you’re going to love this episode. Today’s guest is Albiona Rakipi.

Albiona has over 20 years of experience working with children and families, first as an early childhood educator and currently as a pediatric speech and language pathologist.

She’s best known for helping parents reframe the way they interpret their child’s behavior while reflecting on their parenting journey.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

OK, can we pull up a chair, have some tea, and talk about this for a second? Just the other day, I was on a call with one of my students, and she shared that even though she’s experiencing an incredibly successful time in her business, she’s never felt so unhappy.

OMG. Did anyone else just hear the sad trombone sound? Womp womp, womp …

It’s likely you’ve experienced this too. It’s like: Wait a minute. I should be happy right now. Why am I not happy? What’s wrong with me?

But the truth is there’s nothing wrong with you, beautiful people. A few things could be at play when you find yourself unhappy while successful that I share in today's episode.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

In today's episode I chat with financial professional and business owner Amanda Neely about the importance of approaching financial strategy as a family unit.

I know money can be a bit touchy: how much we're saving, who's earning the most and how much. I'm sure you've experienced it. We all grow up with different ideas about how money is meant to be managed and who is supposed to do it. And then we come together as a family, and sometimes there are competing ideas. It doesn't matter how the money is coming into the family bank account. It matters how the family manages the money once it's there and that it's the family's money.

Amanda’s specialty is talking about how to bring femininity into our conversations about money and why it’s actually critical that we do. Her goal is to help people take charge of their cash flow, leverage their assets, and increase their profitability in ways that would make their grandma proud. When women are left out of the conversation, the financial strategy might end up being more risky or won't factor in what happens if they want to have a hobby or start a business. When their dreams aren't part of the financial plan, it never happens.

Listen to the episode for more tips about how to talk money management, including how to flip the script on people who might tell you it's just too complicated. Spoiler: It's not. And the more your have the discussions, the more empowered you will be.

Full show notes: https://sarahwalton.com/family-money-management-amanda-neely/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thesarahwalton/

Connect with Amanda: https://grandmaswealthwisdom.com/

View Details

What if all emotions — even the ones we don’t enjoy as much — are trying to tell us something really important?

What if listening to our emotions will direct us to take actions that will directly affect our ability to increase revenue? Or hire our next hire? Or become better writers or bosses or siblings or parents?

What if … the one thing that can show us exactly what we need to do is the one thing we shove down and try to ignore?

Listen in for how you can learn to listen to your own emotions with a new perspective and an appreciation for the keys they hold to unlocking your success.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Today’s guest is Amber Hawley.

She’s a licensed therapist, multiple biz owner, and former tech industry dropout who works with high-achieving, easily distracted entrepreneurs with mindset & strategies to stop suffering for success.

As host of the Easily Distracted Entrepreneur podcast, she supports ADHD {and ADHD-ish} business owners who live in Distraction City to overcome shiny object syndrome.

You’re going to get a lot out of this episode because Amber dives in deep about what burnout is, what the signs are, and how you can move through burnout faster and with less pain.

Oh, and by the way, burnout is real and it’s hard. And this week’s episode will not only help you feel normal about that, but it will also help you deal with it, too.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

It’s my birthday episode! I love making birthday episodes for the podcast! The first time it was my birthday after our launch, it was right in the middle of the shutdown.

And that sort of started a tradition of celebrating my birthday on the podcast. And I’m so excited that I got to do this one on my actual birthday!

I’m declaring my next trip around the sun “the year of women making a boatload of money.” I’m not kidding.

Over here at Team Sarah, we’ve set some really exciting (and honestly, scare-the-pants-off-me) goals regarding our revenue for the coming year.

I’m done messing around, and I’m in this to make sure I help you make more money, too. The days of “I’m scared of being salesy” and “People who make money are bad” are behind us.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

In this week’s live coaching session, we’re sitting down with sales expert Alex Goggin. When Alex and I first started talking, her biggest pain point — and, oh boy, is it painful — was that she didn’t care about any of the goals she’d set for herself. I’m sure you’ve had that experience, too. You sit down, you write out what you think you’re “supposed” to do next … and you just don’t care.

It doesn’t feel good to set goals you don’t care about. And once you’ve done it, how do you get out of it? How do you figure out which goals will set your mind and heart on fire?

This episode is part 3 of a three-part series of live coaching sessions filmed right here in my home.

If you’ve been feeling stuck about your best next step, pop in those earphones, and let’s get to it. Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Recently, a courageous woman wrote in and asked me, “Sarah, how can I feel like I’m worthy enough to do what I want to do?”

I almost fell out of my chair. The question is so honest and so relatable … but also heartbreaking.

I loved how this question was asked because people sometimes ask this question more indirectly.

Maybe it’s something like, “How can I get rid of Imposter Syndrome” or “Why am I afraid of success?”

I believe that at the heart of all these ways of asking, there’s just one underlying fear: Am I good enough?

In this episode, I give you a very powerful tool you can use to get to the heart of this question. If you actually use it, it’s a million dollar tool — no joke. Obviously, you don’t have to use it. This can just be a nice episode you listened to one time … but I say, go for it. ;-)

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

In this week’s live coaching session, we’re sitting down with singer-songwriter Robin Renée. This was such a tender and vulnerable session, and I really want to acknowledge Robin for her generosity in sitting down with me and being this honest. Chances are you’ll hear a little bit of yourself in this episode, especially if you’ve ever felt a deeply personal ache to give and have an impact. In this episode, Robin and I work through how they’ve cut off their access to self-expression. And when that happens to any of us, it can knock us off course. This episode is part 2 of a 3-part series of live coaching sessions filmed right here in my home.

Again, a huge thank you to Robin for being so open and honest. It’s truly a gift to the rest of us. If you’ve been feeling stuck, pop in those earphones, and let’s get to it. Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

How in the world are we supposed to keep on keepin’ on when it feels like the world has gone off the rails (again)?

It’s really easy to slip into the mode where you consume all the media — social and traditional — to keep up with every second of every event, all day long.

But it’s not good for your state of mind.

Should you stay informed and know what’s going on? Absolutely. And you can do that in a way that supports your personal growth and the growth of your business.

There are so many stressors on all of us right now: stressors like the larger world events that are shaping how we see our future, and the more personal stressors, like when my daughter was diagnosed with Type 1 Diabetes last month.

This life stuff is hard. And life is going to keep on “life-ing” whether we want it to or not.

In today’s episode, which is a little bit different from my usual episodes, I share a few small, simple steps we can all take daily to keep our heads on straight when “life happens.”

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

This week’s podcast episode is a live coaching session with nurse practitioner, Gina Dicostanzo.

I’m so excited to share a live coaching session with you! While we had some fun back and forth, this is really what it’s like to sit down with a coach and work through tough challenges.

I want to acknowledge Gina and thank her for sharing her roadblocks with us so honestly. It takes an open mind and courage to be coached — and it takes even more courage to be coached when a camera is on!

This episode is part 1 of a 3-part series of live coaching sessions that I held in my house. I have to tell you, it was such a joy to invite people into my office and have them sit down with me for a real heart to heart.

I’ll never forget walking out of my corporate office for the last time, terrified of what was next and hoping I could figure it out. It takes a lot of courage to start a new career.

And if you’re considering that, this coaching session with Gina might be helpful.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

About once a year I love to ask the beautiful women on my newsletter list what they’d love to learn from me.

I’ll literally ask: “What’s the one thing you want to learn from me?” Or “What’s one problem I can help you solve?”

It’s my favorite email to send out, and OMG the responses! They’re thoughtful and smart and boy do you guys want to learn! It’s so beautiful to see.

And today’s podcast episode is a direct response to one of these survey answers. Now, these are always anonymous, so I never know who’s writing, but this one simply said, “Sarah, can you teach me how to market myself better?”

Oh yeah. So good. Direct, honest, and real.

In today’s episode, I jump right in.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

I love bringing you real people who’ve created businesses based on their own struggles and experiences, so they can help more people.

Right now women are realizing that we judge ourselves “morally” in three major topics in life:

How we spend money

Sex

Food

We talk about being a “good girl” or a “bad girl” (notice how we don’t usually say “good” or “bad” woman - it’s girl), when it comes to how we eat, how we spend our money and our relationship to sex.

This episode is a little bit more like a coaching session for me (ahem!), as Adina walks me through some of my emotional experiences and responses to food throughout my life.

Adina Kelman is the founder of Life In Balance, a private practice she founded with a deep commitment to those who are battling with food. She balances her love of yoga with a dedication to wholistic healing and nutrition.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

I love to ask our audience what questions they’d like me to answer — and oh boy, did I love this one.

One of our awesome humans wrote in and said: “How can I get out of the unfulfilling work trap I am in and still afford my life expenses?”

My heart stopped when I read that question. Because I remember asking myself that exact same question (OK, maybe a few words were different) when I was still working in my corporate job.

It was like, “I make a lot of money; where the heck does it go every month? Why can’t I quit this job already?”

It can truly feel like a trap, and it’s horrible. Honestly, I think it’s one of the worst feelings we can have. I mean, we want to feel free, right?

We want to be able to choose and enjoy our life … but then every Sunday night you get the blues. You hate it. You can’t take it another day. You can’t believe you’re in this position.

In this episode, I walk you through 4 steps you can take to help you out with that exact problem.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

I love to ask our audience what questions they’d like me to answer — and oh boy, did I love this one.

One of our awesome humans wrote in and said: “How can I get out of the unfulfilling work trap I am in and still afford my life expenses?”

My heart stopped when I read that question. Because I remember asking myself that exact same question (OK, maybe a few words were different) when I was still working in my corporate job.

It was like, “I make a lot of money; where the heck does it go every month? Why can’t I quit this job already?”

It can truly feel like a trap, and it’s horrible. Honestly, I think it’s one of the worst feelings we can have. I mean, we want to feel free, right?

We want to be able to choose and enjoy our life … but then every Sunday night you get the blues. You hate it. You can’t take it another day. You can’t believe you’re in this position.

In this episode, I walk you through 4 steps you can take to help you out with that exact problem.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

If we were to write about the last two years using biblical language, I imagine it going something like this:

And the dark days were upon them. Hope and joy seemed to have left the people of earth. Cynicism, sarcasm, and quitting became commonplace among the people.

You guys. Holy cow. Is it just me or are these some tough times we’re going through? The resignation, the fatigue, the worry.

I don’t know who needs to hear this one this week, but if you’re going through what most of the world is going through, this is going to help.

Mentioned in the Episode: Motivation Is a Skill on YouTube: https://youtu.be/Nb50alykUbA

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

I’m so excited to share this episode with you! Every once in a while, I like to share some of my work on the podcast, and this week, we’re bringing you behind the scenes of my New Year’s Day workshop!

We called this one “But What About the Money?” because, well, people always ask me about that when we talk about creating a new business from their experience, expertise, and talents.

They’ll say, “That sounds great, Sarah! But what about the money?”

So, I went right at it and got to work on creating this workshop to deal with that.

In this episode, you’re going to hear a small cut from the very beginning of the workshop where I talk about settling in and clearing out the past year (yes, please), but then we go right into how our beliefs about money were created.

You’ll hear some of the limiting beliefs from the participants, and I have a suspicion you’ll hear some of your own beliefs in that list. So keep that in mind as you listen in.

Finally, I go deep on a really important question about where these beliefs came from, and how to let them go. Oh, yeah … this is serious work, and it’s fun, too.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

It’s the worst feeling. You could see the dream, the vision. You could taste the success. You made plans … you wanted it.

And then something went wrong.

One part of your plan didn’t fit your vision.

So maybe you made that mean the entire dream was stupid or not worth it.

And you gave up.

You put your tail between your legs, and you stopped …

Writing the book.

Recording the podcast episodes.

Sending the emails.

Saving the money.

Going to the gym.

Updating your online dating profile.

What on earth is going on when we do stuff like this?

You got attached to the exact outcome of your vision. You were so attached to making things look a certain way or turn out a certain way … and you lost sight of the real reason you set these things in motion in the first place.

Want to know what that is and how you can make sure it’s in place next time?

Pop in those earphones, and let’s get to it.

Find out more about your host by visiting: https://sarahwalton.com/

View Details

Happy New Year!

OMG. What a crazy 24 months we’ve all been through. I mean, can I just say it that boldly? Wow!

And in this episode, I want to give you a gift: A New Year’s planning session through the podcast!

YAY! Let’s go!

You’re definitely going to want a pen and a journal for this one. I’m gifting you a little mini-workshop as a New Year’s present, and it’s going to take a little bit of work on your part.

By the end of the episode, you’ll have 5 new goals planned, you’ll know exactly what you need to do to make them happen, and you’ll have a new skill to master in the coming year. (OMG. That’s seriously my favorite part.)

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Marla is the creator and founder of Love Your Body Love Yourself. She helps women find a resounding “YES!” to the question:

Do you love your body?

And like all the guests I have on the show, Marla walks the talk. She’s the real deal. She’s been in the trenches of warfare with her own body, too — and she knows what the struggle is like.

I ask some of the questions that have been top of my mind for me for a long time:

Because dieting is so toxic to our bodies and minds, what do I do if I want to shrink the size of my body?
What would you say to someone who’s terrified right now, and she doesn’t love her body?
What do we do in those moments when we feel so scared and so stuck about weight?

As a professional Marla, has been featured at TEDx Salinas. She was the leading body image expert and reiki master at Journey Malibu, a drug/alcohol rehabilitation center.

After you listen in, you’re probably going to feel a whole lot of relief and acceptance —and you’ll know, once and for all, that when it comes to the weight loss struggle, you’re not alone.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

OMG, you guys. I got handed a serious piece of humble pie this morning by my running coach.

I’ve said it many times, and I swear I mean it: None of us are special. And holy cannoli, if I didn’t get a reminder of that today.

But when it comes to your goals, most of the time, you’ll have to do something you’ve never done before to reach them. And that’s not comfortable.

I hung in there this morning, and I ended up running faster for longer than I ever have before.

To be honest, I almost missed it. I almost let my thoughts pull me out of the game, and I would’ve missed that moment. I would’ve missed my best running day yet, all in the name of staying comfortable.

Today matters. Get out there and challenge yourself to go further, go faster, and work toward what you say you want.

Pop in those earphones, and let’s get to it.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Ugh. I just can’t do it anymore. It’s too hard. It’s too big. I’m just not like anyone else.

Have you ever heard yourself saying crazy things like this? (And yes, don’t even try to argue with me, they really are crazy.)

Heaven knows, I’ve been there. If we’re really honest, we’ve all been there. And that’s why I wanted to bring you this interview on the podcast with Mary Ellen Loranger.

She found her true calling by helping others create meaningful change in their lives, from bodies and minds to careers and finances.

She has a background in hospital administration, fundraising and development, special event management, and writing/producing, her career expands over several industries including healthcare, public relations, and the non-profit sector.

She’s passionate about helping her clients learn healthy habits to create an optimal healthy lifestyle and her team of health coaches to develop the skills and leadership strategies they need to succeed and accomplish their goals and dreams.

Oh! And if you want to get in on Mary Ellen’s super generous offer to snag one of her books, all you have to do is take a selfie of yourself listening in and post it to social media and tag us using the hashtag #GameOnGirlfiend and the handles @thesarahwalton and @wintodaywithme

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Don’t you hate it when you set a goal and then nothing happens? It’s the worst feeling.

We all start out with great intentions when we set a new goal or start chasing a new idea.

But then things get off track. Suddenly, the tasks get a little boring. The excitement starts to wear off. And we’re left with something none of us want.

The unsexy tasks.

What are the unsexy tasks?

Unsexy tasks are those that aren’t very exciting to do. They’re the small, day in and day out things that can add up to huge success — or massive failure.

They’re those to-dos that can seem dangerously small or unimportant in the moment.

And not doing the unsexy tasks can absolutely kill your dreams. Like, dead. As in, no longer around, gone … the trash can that collects our ambition, hope, and confidence.

In today’s episode, I dive into why this is so dangerous and discuss the one thing we’re all up against that levels the playing field.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

It’s a huge day over here at Team Sarah ... because today’s the day we’ve created, produced, and published 100 episodes of the GAME ON GIRLFRIEND PODCAST!

I had no idea that this ride was going to be this fulfilling and rewarding. The guests, the crying and laughing, the insights, the moments of learning. I mean, the women I’ve had on the show! What an honor. Scrolling back and listening to episode one and hearing the transformation is incredible. So much has changed since that first recording, but my message has stayed the same: The Game. Is. On.

I truly believe that if you’re reading this right now, it’s because you’re ready for more LIFE. I want you to know this podcast is a labor of love, and I love bringing this content to you. I hope it inspires you. I hope it lights you up.

We decided to create episode 100 in true Girlfriend fashion, as we share clips from our favorite episodes in addition to fan favorites. We’ve had such a great time pulling these clips for you — so we can keep the excitement, inspiration, and personal development flowing to you.

Full show notes: https://sarahwalton.com/100/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thesarahwalton/

View Details

No, really. What do you do when there’s conflict? How do you react?

Do you run away? Are you scared? Do you yell? Are you great at compromising?

Learning how to fight, and compromise, and then fight again is a huge skillset when it comes to running a successful business.

In this week’s episode, I sat down with not just one amazing lady, but two! I’m thrilled to share this discussion I had with the voices behind the Bossy Brilliant & Badass Podcast, Lisa Lindsey and Liz Green.

These two have studied (seriously, check out their credentials below) and applied the work of collaboration and conflict to their own partnership.

I'll be honest, I have a really hard time with partnerships in business. I don’t love being accountable to anyone else (I know! But I really don’t!), and I like being able to feel “free” as I build. I loved sharing that with them, and I loved their honest answers about what it means to really be in partnership with someone else.

These two women are a great example of what’s possible when you learn how to share what you need, you know your conflict style (listen up for that part!), and you work through your disagreements in a way that helps your business flourish instead of flounder.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

I’ve had it. We have to talk about this, people. You need to understand why you’re scared to charge people for the work you do.

Even more importantly, you need to understand that this is not a belief you actually have, this is something that’s been designed, systematized, and drilled into you.

For most of the earth’s existence, women weren’t viewed as full people. Yes, you read that right. We were property. “Things” that “belonged” to men. First the fathers, then the husbands, sometimes the brothers — you know, so they could decide who we should marry. Or not marry.

And along with that belief came the unspoken rule that women never handle money. In any way.

Women are the backbones — and the shock absorbers — of society. And it’s time we stop shying away from the incredible, irreplaceable, and critical role we play.

You matter. Your work matters. And you deserve to make a damn good living helping people.

Go get ’em!

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

So, you may have noticed that there’s quite a bit of change going on in the world right now …

I mean, wow! We have the “Great Resignation” — 4.3 million people resigned from their jobs in September of 2021— and we know social change is a must.

It’s time for organizations, nonprofits, and corporations to catch up. And that means change from the inside out.

Because of all this, I’m thrilled to announce this week’s guest on The Game On Girlfriend Podcast, Nancy Murphy.

Nancy has made a career out of saying what others are afraid to — and learning how to say it in ways that get others to listen.

She’s the founder and president of CSR Communications and creator of Intrapreneurs Influence Lab.

Her passion is helping leaders of change within established organizations (intrapreneurs) influence and persuade others so they can realize their vision for change faster, with less frustration and resistance.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

You know the feeling, right? You pick up your phone to make sure you got back to your kid’s school about that field trip release form, and you see that little red circle over your Instagram app.

I’m not sure what sort of voodoo those red dots are into, but damn, it’s good. It works almost every time.

Before you know it, you’re not even sure if you still have kids, what a field trip is, or why you should care.

You’re transported into a world of perfect bodies, bubbly personalities, and perfect bedroom decor.

Oh, and then you see your competitor, who looks like they’re “killin’ it” (whatever the hell that means) and you begin to despair.

In today’s episode, I’ll walk you through 3 things you can do right now to avoid the compare and despair trap and keep you creating stellar content and a profitable business.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

I love money. I like really, really love money. And heaven knows it wasn’t always that way.

As we grow up, the conversations we hear about money and the aspects of it that we learn aren’t talked about have a major and critical effect on how we view money as adults.

My guest in this episode is Michelle Arpin Begina.

She’s an advisor, author, and speaker. She’s taken her own money story and alchemized it into a passion for financial literacy that marries the science of wealth management with the art of financial therapy.

I mean, come on! How amazing is that? Michelle is a woman I’m both honored and excited to stand shoulder to shoulder with on our mission to put more money in the hands of more women.

And Michelle dives deep into how important it is that we actually feel good while we’re dealing with our money.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

So, in my unofficial study of life (LOL!), I’ve come to notice that about 90% of female business owners are scared to sell.

Yep, you read that right. Again, it’s unofficial. I don’t do research surveys for a living (one of my clients does, however — maybe I should call her!), but I can tell you, 9 out of 10 of my clients struggle with sales.

Over time, I’ve come to notice a trend in the beliefs that are killing sales. There are 3 that seem to stand out from the others, and I think we have a lot of the “bro” sales tactics we see out there.

Listen in to learn the 3 ways you may be holding yourself back when it comes to sales, and how you can get those blocks out of your way.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Have you ever had one of those days where you can’t think straight? Your body feels tired, you forget a few things here and there, and you’re just not feeling your best?

Our guest on this episode is Tanessa Shears, a health consultant and host of the “Becoming Limitless” podcast.

Tanessa shares practical actions we can all take to be more productive and to simply feel better on a daily basis — specifically so you can do really well in your business!

Ahh, yes please!

If you’ve never heard of biohacking, we go into detail about what it means and how you can use it.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Have you ever had one of those moments when you knew, you just knew there was something you shouldn’t do, but you did it anyway?

Or worse, you knew what the right thing to do was, but you didn’t do it?

Oh, man. It feels horrible, right? Ugh. Like a punch in the gut yuckiness.

What if I told you it wasn’t your fault? What if I told you that, especially as a woman, you were trained not to listen to that quiet little voice that says, “Hey! Don’t do that.” Or “RUN!”

Because I’ll be honest, I truly believe we were trained to do exactly that — ignore our instincts. That’s what I call “the softest voice in the room.”

In today’s episode, I share some pretty specific examples of how this happens, and when it happens.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

We’re about to hit the fun season of “Buy this!” “Don’t wait — order now!” and “For today only!” messages.

Honestly, in our society, it’s pretty funny to even call it a “season.” Because while it gets a little more intense toward the end of each year, we live with it all the time.

You’re not thin enough! Strong enough! Rich enough! Smart enough! But if you buy my [insert crazy nonsense here] then you’ll be OK.

Rubbish. Total rubbish.

Yet it works on us, doesn’t it? Annoyingly, fairly consistently, it works. And it works because it plays right into our ego’s favorite thing: A direct focus on everything we don’t have, instead of a keen self-awareness on how awesome we already are.

In this episode, I cover:

How you can avoid getting sucked in the “You’re not enough on your own, you need my thing first!” season that’s coming our way …
How you can walk away from any crazy purchase before it’s too late.
The steps you can take to make sure you never make anyone else feel like they’re not enough (love this one!).

This is one of those episodes where you might want to keep a pen and paper handy, as I ask some pretty specific questions to help you find a feeling of calm so you can move forward with confidence and ease.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Are you one of those women who gets pretty strong nudges? You know, you get a feeling that you should call someone, send an email or text — then you do … and magic follows.

It’s pretty cool, right?

Have you ever been curious about what that means or wonder if you’re tapping into something bigger than you? Is it just your intuition, or is something else going on?

Today, we cover questions like this and so much more as we talk to Karen Foote, reiki master teacher and massage therapist.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Maybe you’ve found yourself thinking something like this lately:

I’m exhausted all the time. I think I’m just burned out.

I can’t seem to focus on just one thing. I must be a loser.

Why am I always so tired?

How come everyone else seems to be able to handle everything, and I can’t?

It’s become an epidemic among women. We say yes. To everything!

You guys. This has to stop.

It’s not easy, and in this episode, you’ll hear more about why it’s not easy for us (hint, we’re being incredibly co-dependent when we do this) but how we can break through and get it done anyway.

The training you’re going to listen to in this episode is from a live training I did this month with my monthly members. This is just a short clip of a 75-minute, in-depth training we did together.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

If we don’t understand what foods make us feel awful, and which ones make us feel amazing, then we’re doing a huge disservice to our life’s work.

Taking care of your health as a woman is one of the more powerful ways we can succeed. You know how it works … when you feel great, you do great things. When you feel horrible, nothing seems to work well.

So it’s with that in mind that I bring you Episode 88 of the Game On Girlfriend Podcast with Audrey Zona.

You’re about to hear a bit about science, numbers, and the power of food. Our bodies react in amazing ways to what we put in our mouths, and Audrey breaks it all down for us in this episode.

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com//audrey

View Details

One of the biggest reasons you might be struggling with being happy right now is because of the “there’s not enough” myth we were born into. There’s not enough happiness to go around, so if you’re happy, that means you’re stealing happiness from someone else.

Total poppycock. Yes, I said poppycock.

You are allowed to be happy, even while the world is going through all this uncertainty and madness.

In this episode, I’ll talk about how you can deal with the overwhelming global events we’re experiencing while keeping your own happiness at the forefront.

Also, I share with you in this episode why it’s so important for you to know your numbers when it comes to money.

We need women to make money right now. And I’m talking lots of money. As promised in the episode, here’s a link to my Freedom Calculator: https://www.sarahwalton.com/freedom

So, pop in those earphones, and let’s get happy!

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

This week I got to giggle and laugh and learn from the beautiful Sheilisa McNeal-Burgess - Founder & CEO of Fria Jewelry.

Sheilisa is a solutions-focused inventor & brainchild behind the ground-breaking technology for women going through menopause.

Because aging is a taboo conversation, most people don’t want to engage in it. That means we can’t help each other go through it.

What if we decided to change all that? What if we decided that going through menopause is a privilege because it means we’re still alive?

What if we decided to turn this entire conversation on its head and we started treating the phases of our physical life with joy and respect?

That’s exactly what this week’s podcast conversation is all about.

You’ll also hear us talk about race and the role that’s played in her life. I love her perspective on what we’ve all been born into and her courage to speak so openly and honestly about how we can overcome obstacles and win.

If you’d like to take advantage of her generous offer to take 10% off your first Fria bracelet, the code for that is SWPodcast and you can check those out here: www.myfria.com

Learn more about your host at: https://sarahwalton.com/

View Details

“As we grow ourselves, we start to become less influenced by the negativity around us.”

You guys, so many people are living in fear right now. And I almost don’t want to talk about it, because I love bringing you positive solutions to tough stuff.

So, with that in mind, we’re going to talk about what’s really going on and what the real effects are, but I’ll also give you concrete ways to protect yourself and those you love.

In this episode, I’ll talk about how fear affects the brain and the body and what you can do about it, starting right now.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Megan Hadley is a nutrition therapist and the owner of Simple Nutrition, a nutrition counseling practice in Greensboro, NC, and founder of Fork the Food Rules, a membership for people who have decided not to diet.

She believes that all bodies are good bodies and that from cake to kale, all foods are good foods. After helping hundreds of clients recover from diet culture, Megan knows that when women think less about food and body and more about what really matters to them, they begin to thrive in all areas of their life.

Our conversation runs wide and far, as we do discuss how we got here. How is it that women’s bodies are used to sell everything from cars and beer to sporting events and paper towels?

And just how much is the diet industry making off all this damage to our collective psyche? Megan shares all about it, and it’s a lot. It’s like, mind-glowingly, let’s-fly-to-Mars, kind of money.

And it’s being made off our belief that our bodies are not OK exactly the way they are.

WHAT IN THE ACTUAL [YOUR FAVORITE BAD WORD GOES HERE]!

We’ve been taught to hate the female body, and it’s time to put an end to that.

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/megan-hadley

View Details

Have you ever had that experience when you’ve just been celebrating something amazing …

Say you just lost a bunch of weight …

You just got picked to appear on a national TV show for your work …

You just heard from your accountant, and you’re making more money than you’ve ever made …

You just went on the best date of your life …

And then it hits.

A worrisome, anxiety-producing thought comes out of nowhere:

“My spouse is cheating on me, I know it.”

“I’m terrible at what I do, and everyone is going to find out.”

“I’m the worst parent ever.”

“I think I feel sick …”

Oh, boy. That, my beautiful girlfriend, is called an “Upper-Limit Problem.”

It’s a problem that gets created when we realize things are going really well.

As you listen to this episode, I hope you keep asking yourself just how great you’re willing to have it. I mean, just how GOOD can it get before you decide you can’t tolerate it anymore?

Oh, and listen in for my two favorite questions to ask when your brain tells you that good things just can’t happen.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

Have you ever found yourself saying something like, “I really want to make more money.” And then you don’t?

Or how about, “I really want to quit this job that I hate.” And then you don’t.

Or maybe even, “I really want more love in my life.” But Netflix and popcorn are your closest friends?

If you’ve ever found yourself in that position, then this is the podcast episode for you.

In today’s world of “do do do!” and “freak out of this!” and “you have to be doing that!” It’s so easy to get caught up in the same old pattern of being busy, but not actually moving yourself in a direction that matters to you.

What would happen if you stopped doing that?

What would be possible if you stopped your brain mid-freakout and said, “Wait. Is there a better way to respond to this? Is there a different way for me to see this?”

In today’s podcast episode with Melanie Benson, you’re going to learn how to do exactly that.

Oh, and we don’t do that silly broad-strokes, make-no-sense platitude thing in this episode. No way. We talk about specific examples of habitual behavior, ways to rewire your thinking and we even talk about what it means to truly have influence (hint: it’s not about you).

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/melanie

View Details

So in Episode 79, “When Life Happens” I shared with you that I have a singular intention for running my business.

And while my motto is “I put more money in the hands of more women” my internal intention is to “spread love”.

In this episode, I explain exactly what I mean by that, and what my true definition of love is … but I also want to walk you through exactly why you want to find your intention and how you can use it once you know what it is.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

View Details

This one is for all you animal lovers out there! Oh, and for all of you who have friends who are crazy in love with their pets, you’re going to want to listen in.

If you’ve been searching for a great gift for a dog lover, or you want to have a beautiful picture of your cat up on your wall, or you want to spend more time looking at your household pet because come on, they’re the best, then this is the episode for you.

Today’s guest on the show is Nicole McKay, Founder of AugiDog Art. Her business takes your favorite picture of your pet and turns it into beautiful art. Yep. Your favorite pet on a canvas.

I was excited to bring her to the podcast not only because I’m a huge animal lover and I think her canvases are cool (which they are), it’s because of her story.

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/nicole

View Details

What’s that old saying? “You make plans … God laughs.” Is that it?

You can catch the video version of this episode here: https://youtu.be/eyfWNKJC0p8

Holy cannoli you guys. I can’t even. I don’t even know what just happened. I recorded this after 2 nights of very little sleep, a tough workout, and a serious amount of writing and logistics.

Here’s the deal:

My dad had an accident. He lives 3,000 miles away. I’m a mom, a business owner, friend, podcast host, and coach.

I had plans for the coming months, both personally and professionally and the majority of those plans just flew right out the window.

Learn more about your host by visiting www.sarahwalton.com

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/life-happens

View Details

Do you remember that fun little thing we used to write to each other when AIM was in? You know, that old-fashioned messenger app?

It’s this one: ZOMG!

LOL

You guys. That is exactly how I felt when I wrapped up this podcast episode with Lee.

In full transparency, I had the hardest time naming this episode. Usually, I write my many (MANY) options for the title and then choose one. With this episode? That was tough.

To give you an idea of what I mean, here are a few of the other titles my team and I thought of:

Coaching’s Roots In The White Patriarchy

Breaking Up The Roots of Coaching

How to Reshape The Coaching Industry

The White Patriarchy In Coaching

So, my amazing Girlfriend, if you’ve ever thought about hiring a coach, but then got turned off by the bro-ness of it all, the pressure, the negativity, the ick-factor, then this is an episode you’ll want to tune into.

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/lee

View Details

Our day-to-day conversations are POWERFUL. They can dictate our days, weeks, and months — ultimately, they can shape our lives. It's true. When I moved from Utah to California and then to the East Coast, my conversations changed from topics like "Who has the cleanest house and best-behaved children" to "How fit are you, and what's the latest diet" and then to "How busy are you, how important is your work, and what's the latest in politics." Have you ever noticed the different conversations you with your family and friend groups?

In this episode, I'm going to break down the five common conversation types we have as women: gossiping, commiserating, inspiring, listening, and healing. Because the truth is: hurt people hurt people. If you're running away from healing, you are hurting other people. I know that's not who you are or what you want to be doing. None of this is on purpose.

Full show notes: https://sarahwalton.com/conversations-matter/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thesarahwalton/

View Details

What would you say if I told you that “writer’s block” isn’t a real thing?

I know, so rude, right? I mean, what one earth can we blame all those stalled days and weeks on if we can’t blame writer’s block?

Well, when I sat down with Jacq Fisch for this podcast episode, she ripped the lid off that old myth. And she did it quickly.

I can’t wait for you to listen in on what she shares about it.

We also talked about some of the other struggles people have when they sit down to write. I know that one of the biggest complaints I hear from my clients and students is that cursed newsletter-slash-email stuff we’re supposed to send out at least once a month.

Jacq has an awesome fix for that, by the way. So keep your ears open for that solution because it’s freaking genius.

Find the full notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/jacq

View Details

So there’s one word that I hear a lot in my line of work. The word “fear”.

It’s all over the place.

“Conquer your fears!”

“Fear is destroying your life.”

“Face your fears or lose everything.”

And I get it. I really do. We’ve all had that experience when we do something that felt really scary at first, but we went ahead and did it anyway - usually to find out that it wasn’t so bad after all.

But what about other fears? The “little” ones?

You know, like spiders and the dark and “crunchy bugs” - those bugs that make a crunchy sound when you step on them (that’s one of my best friend’s fears).

I mean, those are fears too, right? And they don’t destroy your life or make you “lose everything”.

Fears run the gamut and they’re real. And, we all have them.

Some are on the more annoying or inconvenient side, like having to take the stairs when you’re afraid of the elevator.

Others can truly be crippling and obvious, like being too afraid to leave the house.

In today’s episode, I hang out more in this last category of fears. The fears that are crippling but hidden, they’re sneaky little suckers and they will, in fact, rob you of your dreams, your wisdom, and your best next steps.

So in today’s episode, I thought we could reframe this idea of ‘fears” together. Maybe there’s a better way to look at these fears.

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/fear

View Details

For all of you event hosts, retreat planners, and well, any entrepreneur really, this one’s for you.

You’re going to love this interview with Jessica Chinyelu.

Sometimes when I interview people I feel like I should be furiously taking notes, and this episode was definitely one of them!

And, as a woman after my own heart, Jessica built her business by truly understanding her own talents, experience, and expertise. I was so excited to share her story with you - because it’s the exact story I tell you all the time.

You can create a hugely successful heart-centered business using the talents you’ve been given. And when you couple that with your journey and your expertise? Watch out world.

You’ll feel unstoppable after this interview, simply because of Jessica’s example. But it doesn’t stop there …

Jessica lays out incredible idea after incredible idea, and she makes sponsorship relationships and deals seem not only attainable but fun. No really, fun.

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/jessica

View Details

It’s become a phenomenon, have you noticed?

“I’m so busy, I can’t even breathe.”

“I don’t even know which project I should do next, there’s so much going on.”

“I’m so sorry I can’t make that appointment. My dog just threw up, my kids are going crazy, work is insane and, you know. It’s just a lot.”

Holy cannoli you guys. I feel like I’ve had this conversation with so many women over the last few weeks. The women in my Sprints, my 1:1 clients, friends, family … you name it.

So I have a few ideas for us to stop this from happening.

This habit that so many of us have that requires us to explain absolutely everything we do is … well, it’s bananas.

It keeps us in this weird childlike state where it feels like we’re asking permission to live our own lives.

In this episode, I ask you to think through your last week and see where you’ve given explanations for small things.

Small things like why you’re leaving the house. Why you decided to put on makeup today. Why you’re wearing jeans instead of yoga pants. Or why your car is dirty.

I mean, I’ve even seen women explain why their nails aren’t painted.

You guys. What in the world are we doing?

What would happen if you simply said, “I’ll be back in 10 minutes”?

What if you didn’t even think to explain your appearance to anyone else. I mean, come on. We’ve all been doing that for way too long.

And when it comes to overwhelm, what if you just declared that you’re done with it?

Like, “I don’t do overwhelm. I just refuse.” OMG. Can you imagine?

Now to do this, it is going to take some work. But it’s not as hard as you think.

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/stop-explaining

View Details

You’ve probably had an experience that goes something like this …

You pick up your phone. You start thumbing through that Instagram newsfeed. And then you realize something.

Everyone looks the same.

Everyone sounds the same.

How many pink blazers did you just double-tap? How many duck lips can one person see from a fake private jet?

A dance where one points at words that fly across the screen?

It’s hard to watch, and when you’re looking to share your business and create a living for yourself and your family, it can be really discouraging.

How the heck are you supposed to stand out online?

Ah, my girlfriend, you are going to love this week’s podcast episode.

I got to sit down with a joy of a human being, stylist, and brand embodiment coach, Trish Taylor.

This episode is devoted especially for you, the incredible entrepreneur. These days it’s pretty challenging to show up authentically and attract your soulmate clients online and feel worthy of being seen as an authority in their space without fear of judgment.

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/trish

View Details

I have a love-hate relationship with the world of “woo-woo”. If you don’t know what “woo-woo” is, you might imagine it as the world of mediation, stones, chakras, sound baths, ‘The Secret’ or ‘magical thinking.'

I hope that helps. “Woo-woo” has become such a common description in my industry that sometimes I forget to define it.

Anyway, I love me some stones. I carry them around on stage when I speak, and I have several in my desk. Meditation is pretty damn cool and I really like the idea that when we ask, we receive.

And today, I’m busting up this myth that “abundance” isn’t real. That the idea of “abundance” belongs only in the world of the “woo” and that we can’t possibly allow anything to flow, especially when it comes to money, health, or happiness.

In this episode, I hope I’ll explain why I think the flow of abundance is a “real” thing and how you can start to jump into it.

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/abundance

View Details

If you’ve been feeling like that to-do list is just way too long (oh, and by the way, you don’t even care), then this is the podcast episode you’ve been waiting for.

In this episode, I got to interview Lori Oberbroeckling, who’s just released her new book, Secrets of Supermom: How Extraordinary Moms Succeed at Work and Home & How You Can Too!

Lori kicks off this interview by telling us exactly how to tackle that shared lack of motivation we’ve all been feeling. The burnout, the overwhelm, and let’s be honest, the apathy about so many of the “things” we’re supposed to do and care about.

We also talk about how to identify your motivation style (so cool!), so you know what levers to pull when you lack motivation. For instance, do you get motivated by rewards? Those accolades that you’re sure are coming when you’re done with your projects or tasks?

Or do you care more about what you’ll learn how you’ll impact others? It’s such a fun conversation!

I mean, how often do we get to really sit down and notice what motivates us? She talks about all of this in the interview, and she covers the motivational styles in her book, too.

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/lori

View Details

In my twelve-plus years of studying personal and professional development, I’ve learned to really appreciate our emotions and what they do for us. I’m so grateful for the extraordinary feedback loop they provide us.

But it’s a feedback loop that only works if we listen to it.

And most women were taught, either explicitly or through suggestion and subtle messaging that anger in women is bad.

Peace is something we should try to maintain at all costs.

And that quickly translates to, “Don’t get angry, kid.”

In this episode, I’ll dive into what anger is really trying to tell us and why it’s the most loving, most caring emotion we have.

I know, not the usual conversation we have around anger, right?

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/anger

View Details

This episode was so much fun to record because Diana and I have been friends for over 25 years (I still can’t believe that, but whatever. It’s true. LOL)

Diana has been an organizer, stager, and designer in the Washington DC area for over 11 years. And during that time, she got to see how people were really living.

Not that, “Hey! Company-is-coming-let-me-clean-up kind of living. No. The real kind of living. The living that means your electric bill is in your bedroom, and your old love letters are under your bed and the plastic recycling is piling up in your kitchen because you haven’t been able to put it in the bin yet. That kind of living.

Once COVID hit in March of 2020, Diana realized that while she loves organizing and helping people with their spaces, the “mess” would come back after she left. So she decided to shift the focus of her business to mindful living when it comes to our “stuff”.

Now she helps her clients create homes that help them focus their energy, balance their lives, and manifest their greatest desires.

Find the full show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/diana

View Details

Well I have to be honest, that’s not a title for a podcast episode that I ever thought I'd write … but here I am.

If you’re a woman and you have a pulse, chances are you’re starting to feel it now.

The burnout.

The exhaustion, the disappointment, the expectation hangover, the wariness to venture back out into the world.

But it’s going to happen now, we know that. And in order to stay grounded and make sure you feel happier as the days go by, you, me, we, need to demand what we need.

Now of course I don’t mean run around yelling at everyone that you need a foot rub or a glass of wine, or recognition for everything you’ve ever done for your friends and family.

Instead, I’d like you to return to the basics because I’ll bet those aren’t being met right now.

If you’ve been around me for a while, you know what those basics are:

1: Do you feel seen?

2: Do you feel heard?

3: Do you feel valued?

And for this time in the history of humanity, I’m going to add:

Do you feel connected?

Find the full show notes here: https://sarahwalton.com/demand

View Details

The timing of this interview has me jumping up and down. I’m so happy to bring you, Dr. Megan Fisk, to this interview, because Megan’s on a mission to elevate soul-led entrepreneurs' voices in communities throughout the world.

Why? Because your story matters. And you learning how to tell it is your responsibility if you’re up to a big game.

And in our conversation, she talks about exactly which talks you need to have prepared (so you can share them off the cuff when you need to!) and how you can structure them to be truly effective and actually connect with your intended audience.

Oh, and that was one of my favorite things about our interview … she emphasizes the importance of your audience, over what you say. Listen in for that piece, because it’s key to being a successful speaker.

We also talk about how men and women communicate differently, and why that is. To be honest, this was the number one reason I wanted Megan on the show. I wanted to make sure we all understand our inner workings and how to use them effectively.

Pop in those earphones and listen in!

You can find the full show notes here: https://sarahwalton.com/dr-megan

View Details

So it’s starting to happen. The world is opening back up, almost all the way, from our global pandemic and lockdown.

The Great Gaslighting has begun. If you have no idea what I’m talking about when I say that, you can check out Episode #16 of the podcast from last April.

March 12, 2020, was one way, and March 13, 2020, was a whole new way. And that “new” way hung around for almost a year.

It was real. It happened.

And now you get to decide what you want to keep, what you want to let go of and you get to actually reflect on what you learned during this time.

In this episode I’ll cover 3 things you can reflect on as we close out the “Great Pause”:

1: What do you want to keep from this time?

2: What do you want to let go of?

3: What have you learned?

I know you know this, but I’m going to remind you anyway.

This was extraordinary. It's magical and scary and peaceful and violent. You will never have another 12 months like the 12 months we just lived through.

What will you do with that? How will you allow that to change who you are? How do you want to shape your life going forward, now that you know what you know?

Because, my beautiful Girlfriend, the Game is STILL on.

Learn more at: https://sarahwalton.com/world-opens

View Details

So, in case you missed it, I’m in a fight with my industry right now. I’ve had it with the “bro-marketing” and the “Do it my way, or you’ll be broke forever” lines that so many business coaches throw around out there.

The other afternoon, to take a break from all the madness, I hopped onto Clubhouse (if we’re not connected there yet, you can find me @SarahWalton — come play!) to connect in a way I haven’t been able to with traditional social media.

And boom, there was Nicole Saunders. I just loved her energy and her approach to community and connecting. We had a lot in common in the way we view the world, especially around business coaching. I asked her if she’d like to make our conversation more public on the podcast, and she said yes!

So, here we are. Episode 64, right at your doorstep.

In this episode, Nicole and I talk about the power of Clubhouse (I mean, c’mon — how could we not?) and how people can use it without becoming overwhelmed. I love that last part because the last thing any of us need is another time suck.

If you’ve lost your faith in online marketing, today’s episode will definitely cheer you up.

Pop in those earphones, and let’s get to it.

Learn more at: https://sarahwalton.com/nicole

View Details

This one is for all of your course collectors out there.

You know, you buy a course, you have every intention of studying it and applying it, and then BAM! You don’t.

So on your computer, it sits, and you just hope you remember the password for that magical moment when motivation hits you in the forehead and you can’t wait to jump in and finally start it.

Or maybe you’re one of those beautiful women who still has her old college textbooks in a box in the attic?

You know, you haven’t opened that box for years, but you keep carting those books with you every time you move. There’s just something about all that knowledge and information in there. You just can’t bring yourself to let go of them.

In today’s episode, we’re going to talk about why you keep buying more information that you don’t use, and then you keep - even though you don’t use it or look at it.

Learn more at: https://sarahwalton.com/youre-ready

View Details

Emily Padan, the founder of Bloom Class, and co-owner of Hinter was originally an elementary teacher for 7 years in Montreal.

And in the Spring of 2020, she did something really cool … she launched a new business.

She did one of my favorite things, she took her talents, experiences, and expertise and put them together to create something brand new to offer the world.

The result is her second company, called Bloom Class.

See, Emily is passionate about nature, helping others become kinder to themselves, to each other, and the planet. So she created a new kind of business right in the middle of the pandemic.

Through her business, Emily matches educators with students in classes ranging from Art to Debate.

And the cool part? For every class, a tree is planted. Yep, she’s created a carbon negative business. Not just carbon neutral, carbon negative.

Women like Emily are leading the way on the path to creativity and self-trust. As you listen in, I hope you’ll be reminded of the many talents and experiences that you’ve been gifted.

Learn more at: https://sarahwalton.com/emily

View Details

Our need to compare ourselves to others and that push we all feel to have “more” is just part of being human these days.

But when it comes to being “internet famous” it can really do severe damage to how we view ourselves and to how we spend our time.

In today’s episode, I’ll walk you through two larger topics around this phenomenon.

Topic #1: The myth that more is better.

Topic #2: Where you focus matters, and you need to turn your trust inward, and not wait for outside validation.

If you’ve been feeling blue or down about social media lately, then this is the episode for you.

Pop in those earphones, and let’s get to it.

Learn more at: https://sarahwalton.com/internet-famous

View Details

Every once in a while I have the opportunity to open up our minds and hearts by having real conversations with incredible women.

This week’s interview is one of those times.

I got to sit down with Jahaan Blake, Sports Executive turned Career Coach, to talk about what it’s like to make it as a woman in a male-dominated industry, what it was like to experience the social uprising in 2020 as a black woman, and what she sees as true leadership.

When Jahaan and I sat down to go over the topics we wanted to cover together, we knew that these were the 3 we wanted to discuss. That being said, I don’t think either one of us thought we’d get as honest and vulnerable as we did.

Jahaan is so generous and real throughout this entire interview, and we just went for it.

What was it like as a Black woman in America during the Spring of 2020? Was she mad at her white friends? Were they only reaching out because someone told them to?

Which micro-aggressions, and well, aggressive-aggressive behavior had she stuffed down or tried to ignore?

How does all of that play into her work now? And then? How do we move forward through all of this with honesty and power?

Yep. We covered all of that and Jahaan was so powerful and real in her answers. I want to say it was a joy to interview her, but it was more than that. It was a gift, a powerful gift.

Learn more at: https://sarahwalton.com/jahaan

View Details

Sometimes I've gotta come at you with the basics, and that's what this episode is all about.

The basics of messes. And not your emotional messes, or that conversation where you were a little bit more mean than you intended to be last week - but yes please go clean up those messes too!

This is about your space. We've all been spending more time in our homes. So today, I want to talk to you today about how you are keeping your workspace and how you are keeping your sleep space. That's what I mean when I say get back to basics! These things are really, really important.

This is my own experience and what I have personally gone through, but I will tell you it is life-changing.

Learn more at: https://sarahwalton.com/office-mess

View Details

I’m so excited to bring you this week’s episode with Isabelle Mercier. Holy cannoli you guys, this woman is a powerhouse, and she knows business.

Isabelle is one of the most inspirational branding, marketing, and customer experience keynote speakers in the space. Her official title is Brand Strategist & Business Performance Catalyst.

She’s one of North America’s Top Business Influence's, bestselling author, two-times TEDx speaker with over 2.5 Million views, and TV show host.

She’s been in the work of branding, marketing, and customer experience for over 25 years.

And in this episode, I jumped right in with her by asking the big question - at least, the question I think is big …

Why are some businesses successful and some fail? What actions is the founder taking, or not taking, that actually makes the difference?

I loved her answer, and I think you will, too. It’s not what you think it is. We’ve all been told a lot of things on our different journeys, but what Isabelle shares in this episode struck me as the truth.

Learn more at: https://sarahwalton.com/isabelle

View Details

There’s one skill that most people don’t have, and it destroys their goals. The hard part is, this one skill, while it’s learnable, goes completely against our human nature.

It’s called patience.

How do I get over the impatience in seeing the results of your work?

You’ll never "get over it”.

It’s part of our human design. It’s what we do. We’re wired to be annoyed when we don’t get that instant hit of dopamine that gets us feeling good and fired up for the next big hurdle in front of us.

But, what we can do, is start to focus on the actions and tasks that actually matter, so we know we’re on track.

It’s a total flip in focus and attention, and it will help you have the life you really want.

Pop in those earphones and let’s get to it.

Join my Free Facebook Group, Game On Girlfriend Insiders https://www.facebook.com/groups/sarahwalton

Learn more at: https://sarahwalton.com/results

View Details

So, you’re excited about launching your business, or you’ve already launched your business, but you know there’s some “legal stuff” that you should probably take care of … but yuck. That doesn’t sound fun.

It’s enough to send you right under your desk, hiding from all that annoying “first party of the first part” legalese.

Well, in today’s episode I’m so excited to get to introduce you to a lawyer who’s fun, smart, and a woman who can demystify your legal worries.

After listening in today, you’ll be able to end the confusion and overwhelm around your business’s legal needs. I even have a feeling you’ll be inspired to take care of this foundational piece of your business, once and for all.

You can find the full Show notes at: https://sarahwalton.com/layne

View Details

After such a challenging year for so many, I decided to gift my annual conference to as many people as possible by streaming it LIVE.

And you’re about to hear part of Day 1, which is all about power.

The conference is 3 days long and each day has its own theme:

Day one is all about power.

Day two is about passion.

Day three is about profit.

You’re about to hear an excerpt from day one: power. You’re going to hear how I define power, and a little bit about how you can get more of it.

Now, this is my definition of power, so you know it won’t have much to do with force or the idea of “taking over” or manipulating others.

No, this is more about you being powerful in your own life. Asking for what you need, creating life on your terms, and a bit about how and why, you’ve been giving power away.

We’ve worked to edit this in a way that it stands on its own, and we hope you enjoy it.

Great news! If you love what you hear, the entire conference is now available for you to own, forever. Watch the videos and interviews over and over again - and reuse the exercises every time you feel stuck.

You can purchase the entire event for only $37 here: https://www.sarahwalton.com/live2021

Learn more at: https://sarahwalton.com/felt-powerless

View Details

If you’re actively scaling your business right now, chances are you’re hearing about the importance of outsourcing, often by hiring an integrator, Director of Operations, or an Online Business Manager.

As a former Director of Operations, this week’s podcast guest knows all too well that throwing money, and even people, at a problem, is not always the best decision and when it’s not the right time for you to hire, going too quickly can even put you out of business. Yikes.

This week’s guest is Kristen Westcott, and she’s a business growth and systems strategist who’s spent the last decade in the legal and education fields supporting leaders and students in the areas of goal setting, productivity, and project management.

So we’re going to dive right into it and talk about when it’s the right time to hire, how to figure out what you really need, and then how to get it.

Learn more at: https://sarahwalton.com/kristen

View Details

After the colossal amount of stress and change that 2020 brought us, don’t you feel UNTOUCHABLE now? What can the world possibly throw at us now that we can’t handle? And now that we are older and wiser, there’s something we need to talk about as women as we head into this new year.

Let’s be honest. We’ve been trained not to speak up, not to rock the boat. We’ve been taught to be polite. We don’t ask for what we need because people might think we’re stupid and we can’t figure it out on our own. There’s something sinister at play here, and I want to make sure that in the new year we don’t carry this idea that sharing what you need somehow makes you a “ bad woman.”

As women, we excel when we allow our feelings to lead the way. What if instead of ignoring our emotions, we actually felt them? What if we embraced their truth? As you start to craft this year for yourself and you start to really get excited about what’s possible for you, use your emotions to guide you. Sit with them, feel them, and let them tell the truth. In 2020, we became the shock absorbers of society, and I say in 2021 we become the power surge. It’s time for us to tell the truth about how much we want, how much we’re willing to put up with, and to go after our goals.

Full show notes: https://sarahwalton.com/truth/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thesarahwalton/

View Details

You guys! We made it! 2020 is almost over, and I’m so excited to bring you episode #52 right at the end of this year — all 52 weeks of growth, our collective loss of innocence, and our resiliency and serious grit.

And for this last episode, I wanted to ask you guys what you’ve learned from this year and what you would say to your old self (you know, the unsuspecting old self from last February).

I have to tell you, we were overwhelmed here at Team Sarah with how many responses we received! Thank you so much to everyone who took the time to write in to share what you’ve learned this year.

We’ve put together as many of those responses as possible, and I’ll be sharing those in today’s episode.

I’ll also be sharing my top 10 lessons from 2020 and what I hope to see for all of you in 2021 (holy cow, you guys, I can’t believe it’s actually here!).

View Details

One of the things I love most about what I do is watching my clients have “aha” moments about themselves.

It’s those moments when a client really GETS it, like in her bones, that her voice matters and she launches and sells out the online program she’d been thinking about launching for over 2 years.

Or when she breaks her own industry by offering group classes for four-figures an hour instead of hustling away for $25 an hour and feeling exhausted.

It’s when she crunches the numbers and realizes that five-figure months are completely possible. Like, this month, right now. It’s not a pipe dream.

Or when she knows that even though she’s in sales, she doesn’t have to let other people yank her chain by dictating her schedule and her lunch dates.

And my favorite, when she trusts her instincts, her talents, and her own experiences to create something completely new - something that’s come from her own struggles and her own wins.

In today’s episode, I’m bringing you behind the scenes in one of my VIP coaching groups. This group of 5 women has blown my mind this year. The grit (remember that from Episode 50?) the heart, the passion, and most of all, the love and support they’ve shown each other as they grow.

View Details

If you were to hear that someone is “gritty” what would you think of? Are they dripping with sweat and clenching their teeth?

Do they stink from all that hard work? Are they friendly or do they growl at you if you come too close?

It’s funny to think about … but today, I hope to turn that around a little bit.

I’ve never really thought of myself as particularly gritty (though that changed a bit this year), but the more I learn about it, the more I want to BE a gritty person

In Paul Tough’s book, “How Children Succeed,” he lists grit as one of the 7 traits of successful people. And I don’t think it’s an accident that he consistently lists grit as the first trait.

(Oh, and for what it’s worth, I wish he’d name that book “How People Succeed” because it’s certainly not just about children. I highly recommend you read it.)

How Children Succeed: Grit, Curiosity, and the Hidden Power of Character

View Details

Your business has been growing. It feels good. You’re really proud of what you’ve created, and then....

you realize you forgot to respond to an important DM on Instagram.

And you know you worked until midnight last Tuesday but you’re not even sure what you were working on.

Then your mind starts reeling and next thing you know, you’re thinking about a strategy for your future—but it’s fleeting, something like this:

“I need a strategy! Wait, which strategy? What was I just thinking about? Ugh, I need to clean my desk. Did I eat yet?”

Sound familiar? Well, fortunately, today’s podcast guest, Tina Forsyth, is an expert at how to work through this season in your business growth … and how to come through with flying colors.

View Details

Really successful women—those who enjoy high performance and experience great peace and joy in their lives— have learned how to become really great listeners.

They learn how to recognize and manage their automatic reactions to conversations, and then they learn how to replace those automatic reactions with new reactions—reactions that serve them and the people in their lives.

So, in this episode, I’ll walk you through what great listeners do, according to The Harvard Business Review studies.

We’ll also talk about how you can stop your automatic thoughts in the moment so you can listen effectively to those you love. Finally, we’ll discuss how you can use this skill to become the most powerful version of yourself.

Pop in those earphones, and we’ll get to work!

View Details

So there we all were hanging out at the beginning of March 2020 with our beautiful innocent selves, having no idea what was about to happen.

But happen it did. I won’t make you relive it too much, but living through that shutdown, with its shelter in place orders, the everything-suddenly-virtual world wasn’t the easiest shift.

Oh, and add in the general hum of fear and anxiety about a pandemic we didn’t yet understand, and wow. That was quite the recipe for angst soup.

And this week, especially as it’s the week of Thanksgiving, I couldn’t think of a more perfect guest to bring to you on the podcast…because my guest this week knows how to find beauty in pretty much everything.

She even found it during that time of stress and insecurity and unpredictability. It’s a beautiful talent and I can’t wait for you to hear about how she does it.

View Details

The difference between success and failure isn’t dramatic.

The difference between success and failure is actually, tiny. At least, it’s tiny in the moment. In the moment when you choose to focus on all the initiatives you haven’t started yet, or all the different ways you feel like you’re falling behind…

Or, the moment when you choose to take the one next step that matters most. The one that will move your #1 goal forward.

Taking that step? That usually a pretty small step, that’s everything.

When you decide to take control of the many options in front of you and choose just ONE to focus on…

Oh, sister…that’s when the magic starts to happen and the overwhelm disappears.

But how do you actually do that? - I’ll lay out the 4 steps you’ll need to take to know that you’re choosing the best next project, for you.

View Details

What if I told you that feeling good wasn’t as hard as this year may have to lead us to believe?

What if you could feel even a little bit better, even when things are really hard?

It sounds pretty amazing, right? Like, it’s too good to be true? I know I’ve had my days, and I'm sure you have too, where you just want to pack it in, pull the covers over your head and start again tomorrow.

Well, after hearing this conversation with Dr. Peggy, you might change your mind…

View Details

It’s election day in the United States! Holy cannoli! Did we ever think we were going to make it through 2020? And here we are, the first Tuesday in November.

Talk about game on….

So listen, you’re going to have a lot of choices in front of you today, and for the rest of the year. In today’s episode I want to walk you through how to be great in the face of all of it:

The good. The bad. And the ugly.

Let’s talk about the 3 ways you can be great in the face of uncertainty, because we all know we’re in for some bumps along the way as we round out the year that just keeps on giving.

View Details

Every once in a while I get to sit down with a client and dive into the truth about what it takes to run a successful business.

This episode was one of my favorites to record because Chef Rama is such good company. She’s one of those people that just makes you feel at home immediately, like everything is right with the world. Especially, when you take the time to enjoy the little things in life - like the smell of cilantro, the magic of cardamom in your tea, or the beauty of layering salt in your food as you cook.

I was excited to bring you this episode because Rama did something extraordinary during the COVID quarantine months.

She lost every client she had when the world shut down. Every one of them. She was a personal chef, after all, so going into people’s houses to cook wasn’t exactly on the table.

But that didn’t stop her. She trusted her instincts, got to work and after just a few short weeks, she ended up increasing her business revenue.

Yes, you read that right. She increased her business revenue, in the middle of a global pandemic in an industry that was designed to be in person.

View Details

Have you noticed how hard it is to concentrate these days? It’s a little crazy, right?

We have our usual beeps, dings, and noises, letting us know that other people would like our attention, but given the rate at which new information is available this year, it can feel even more frantic.

You know what shiny ball syndrome is, right? It’s something that creative people, powerful people, and passionate people suffer from quite frequently. And this year, it seems to have reached a fever pitch.

What if you could avoid that? What would that be like?

In this episode, I’ll be sharing with you the number one secret to avoiding shiny ball syndrome and how you can get yourself back on track you find yourself distracted from the work you need to be doing.

You know, the work that will actually change the trajectory of your business or your life.

View Details

COVID has changed how we connect with each other, and as a business owner, that means your social media strategy has to keep up. Your audience expects you to be human, a real person they can connect with, understand, and be inspired by. Oh, and P.S. that doesn’t mean you have to do it all yourself.

In this episode, I got to sit down with the founder of My Friend Betty Says, Betty Galvan. My Friend Betty is a Digital Marketing Studio with a team of killer social media experts who, get this is almost 90%, Latina. How cool is that?

I was so excited to sit down and chat with her about how she’s making sure she has a seat at the table (any table she wants to be a part of, by the way), and she’s done it with style and grace.

She’s grown her business from scratch, while raising 3 boys, volunteering in her community, and is now an honoree Board of Trustee member for the Diversity, Inclusion, and Equity Taskforce for my boys' school.

She’s a force to be reckoned with while remaining personable, approachable, and honest.

View Details

Should you travel for the holidays? Will the kids be in school? What’s going to happen to the economy?

There are truly so many unknowns right now. We can’t predict what will happen next, we can’t even pretend to know because it’s impossible to know, honestly.

As we talked about in Episode 27, we never really did know what would happen. It was all an illusion. At any moment everything can change, and that’s always been true.

But after this year, the illusion of predictability has been removed. And know that we know that, how on earth do we make plans? How are you, as a business owner, supposed to know how to plan? Or set goals? Or get prepared?

In this week’s episode, I walk you through a quick exercise you can use daily as you sit down to your desk to get to work.

If you’d like more support around planning the rest of your 2020, I’d like to invite you to a special workshop with me, where we will plan out the rest of your year, together, real time. You’ll walk out with a clear plan for how to approach each day, to get you to the results you really want.

Click here to save your spot!

We have limited seating, so if you know this is for you, make sure you sign up today.

Enjoy this episode and I’ll see you in class!

View Details

You've seen those marketing strategies, heck, you might've even purchased a course or booked a call after seeing one.

Those guys with the air pods. Those ladies who rent private airplanes for a photoshoot. Those ads that tell you your broken, you need a guru, or that because you aren’t making a million dollars while you sleep, there’s something wrong with you.

It feels gross because it is gross. It plays on your fears, your worries and it’s something this week’s podcast guest is ready to blow up, for good.

When accomplished business owners like you start to wonder, “What else? What’s next?” they call this week’s guest, Carolyn Herfurth. She’s called the business reinvention strategist, and she works with service-based female founders, around the world.

View Details

Have you noticed lately that no one is at fault for anything? Like, literally, anything.

Couldn't get your work done? It’s COVID’s fault.

Don’t like your neighbors? It’s because they’re stupid.

Can get along with people in other religions or political parties? It’s because they don’t get it.

Can I ask a question here? Where are all the grown-ups? Where’s the accountability and responsibility? Is everyone really this small? Can we not handle bumps, bruises, and challenges anymore?

For years I’ve been calling our phones “Weapons of Mass Distraction” and now, I know more than ever, that’s absolutely what they are.

In this week’s episode, I tell you the 3 red flags that will let you know you’ve slipped into victimhood thinking. Whenever you hear yourself say these things (either out loud or in your own head), you’ll know you’re slipping into submission, you’re allowing your life to be taken over by childlike thinking and other people’s agendas.

This move towards accountability is going to take all of us. Every single one of us is going to have to look at where we pacify ourselves with our phones, where we avoid having tough conversations to go through the vapid “tap-tap, tap-tap” that’s so seductive.

I also give you a quick exercise you can use whenever you find yourself wanting to avoid your responsibilities, whether it’s grocery shopping, preparing your next meal, or getting ready for a huge presentation.

Every step in the right direction matters. For all of us. This will start with you, and it will grow.

View Details

In this week’s episode, I share some of my favorite memories of Fall, and why I love it even now.

But these last 4 months of the year can get really hectic and overly busy. It’s not the time to allow yourself to be swept up in the “business” of the season, or to pretend that you don’t have absolute control over how you end this year – the craziest of all years.

There are 3 steps I share with you in this podcast and a little recipe that creates the feeling of “home” for me every Fall.

These steps are designed to create a feeling of control and bring some clarity and peace to a time of year that can feel overwhelming and disorienting.

Happy Fall!

View Details

You’re not “just” a mom.

I’m really happy to be able to bring you this week's conversation about being a mom and learning more about how we view ourselves inside of our daily lives.

This week’s guest is Amy Collins. She’s a motherhood mentor and author of the book Infant Inspiration

A book for new mothers who can kind of feel inundated with all of that conflicting information out there not to mention the perfect social media images of what motherhood is supposed to look like.

Amy sparks thoughtful conversations, a lot like the one you’re about to hear, to help women build a solid foundation for their journey through motherhood. She helps women have more fun and increase our confidence as “mom,” which we all know positively affects the entire family, but it also influences our perceptions of ourselves and what we are capable of accomplishing and how we view ourselves.

I hope this episode reignites your understanding of motherhood and has you examine the role your mother played in your life, the role other mothers played in your life, and the role you and other mothers will play in your children’s lives.

Infant Inspiration: An Enlightening Perspective on How Newborns Teach Mothers Essential Life Lessons

View Details

Our outer world is a reflection of our inner world. We have beliefs, and those beliefs give us our thoughts, and those thoughts lead to actions, and those actions lead to our results.

This entire chain begins with our beliefs, and heres the hard truth: Most of us don’t examine our beliefs. We tend to base them on what we’ve experienced and what we’re taught by our teachers, parents, colleagues, friends, and advisors. Once they are locked in, we tend not to question them.

Money is evil. Men are smarter and better at business than women. I’m not a morning person. I can’t negotiate.

Those beliefs dictate our thoughts. Now that we’re thinking a certain way, we act a certain way. And how we act based on those beliefs might be holding us back. Shatter those beliefs. You don’t need them. I promise you, there is a world of beauty, excitement, joy, and exquisite success beyond what you’ve imagined. But you have to take the actions that will get you there. Listen to this episode to learn how to break down the internal and external systems at play in your life and how to bridge the gap to success.

Show Notes: https://sarahwalton.com/causing-results/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thesarahwalton/

View Details

Did you know that women are more wired for burnout than men are? Eeek. What a thing to say, right?

But it’s true. And a lot of that has to do with the fact that we’re living inside of a paradigm of activity, structure, timing and competition, that was created by men. We didn’t really have much of a say when all of this was designed, but we’re expected to live in it as if we did.

But there’s some really great news here, too. It’s actually possible for us to live and breathe and work in a way that has us use the power of our cycles, yep – those cycles, the power of our bodies and to work with the flow of our internal wisdom, instead of against it.

I love being a woman like absolutely love it. And so does this week’s guest, Dorit Palvanov.

Dorit is a thought leader in women’s bodies and female leadership. She knows it’s her life’s work to teach women about the wisdom of the female body, and the power within it.

She has this reverent way about her that I think you’re going to really enjoy!

View Details

Last week we saw the nomination of a powerful woman, a ½ black ½ asian woman, for vice-president here in the US.

And we knew what would happen next, right? I mean, a powerful woman was just put into the spotlight, so we pretty much know what follows. Boy did it happen quickly.

Women on women crime. It was almost instant and it was horrifying and quite frankly, enraging, to witness.

Women on women crime isn’t as outwardly violent as it sounds, but the invisible damage it causes is almost impossible to quantify.

In this episode, I’ll be sharing what I’m seeing and we’ll talk about 3 important aspects to women on women crime.

View Details

In today’s episode, you’re going to get to listen in on a conversation I had with Lisa Simone Richards.

Lisa is a publicist for online coaches who want to stand out and feel confident, and she’s clearly walking the talk.

She shows her coaches how to become influential and stand out as true experts in their industries. When she's not speaking on stages across North America or shooting national TV segments, you can find her swinging a kettlebell, at a dog park, or baking her next experiment in the kitchen – she’s a woman after my own heart, for sure.

We kick it off by talking about race, what she’s learned about her own family’s history with race, and then she shares a story she hasn’t really shared before. Incredibly vulnerable and totally real.

During our conversation we’ll also talk about how you can uncover your own hidden stories, learn how to put vulnerability over perfection (which is exactly what she does during the interview) and how you can put yourself out there more.

Sounds pretty good, right? I’d say so! So…let’s get to it!

View Details

“Sarah, I can’t focus. I think there’s something wrong with me.”

I’ve heard this more over the last month than I’ve heard in my 13 years of 1:1 coaching.

There’s nothing wrong with you, I promise. But you do need to give your brain time to heal from the current trauma.

Please note: That is not an excuse to “do nothing” or “run away” mentally and pretend that today doesn’t count or that time isn’t really passing right now.

This day is as real as any other day you’ve ever been alive. It matters. But you’re fighting the reality of today, wishing it wasn’t like this and you’re trying to adjust to a new reality while doing that.

In this episode I walk you through one of my most personal and favorite mediations, to help you start each day with a new sense of connectedness, heart-centered focus, and a profound relationship to reality.

It’s truly unscripted and straight from my heart to your ears.

View Details

In this episode, we’re doing a deep dive into the most overlooked resource in your business.

You wanna know what it is?

It’s your body. Yep, your body.

So to help us all learn more about the science behind these beautiful bodies of ours, I sat down with Allison Jordan, owner, and founder of Better Belly Therapies.

Allison is a functional diagnostic nutrition practitioner and gut health specialist. She’s also the author of Stop Stomach Pain: How to Heal Your Gut and End Food Restrictions.

She uses innovative methods to help men and women decrease food restrictions, increase energy, and enjoy their work and family more than ever before.

In the conversation you’re about to hear, Allison talks about the 3 kinds of stress, how it's not always visible, and sometimes we don't realize that our body has undergone something stressful because we only think about psychological stress and not physical stress or biochemical stress.

Let's get to it!

View Details

Today I want to talk to you about attaching meaning where it doesn't belong.

If you have no idea what I'm talking about, it might be because you’re not aware of the fact that you’re attaching meaning to absolutely everything that happens all day long, every day.

the meaning that you’re attaching to things is dictating how you see the world.

We don’t realize it, but we’re selective about what we attach meaning to, and what we don’t, based on what we know about the world, what our views are, and our past experiences.

And in this episode, it’s my intention to help you see where you may be attaching meaning to things that are zapping your energy, making you feel sluggish and tired, and even stealing your joy.

Let's get to it!

View Details

I don’t know about you, but I feel like I hear “Give back” really often, but I don’t always know what that means or how to get started. And I know I’m not alone in that.

How do you choose where to give back? Can you only give back financially? What about time? Which causes actually matter to you? How can you help those who are in your own community?

ACK! So many questions and so much to do, which makes me so excited to bring you this conversation with Amanda Hall and Lisa Friesel founders of Girls With Goals Who Give. Honestly, they make answering all these questions really simple.

In today’s conversation, you’re going to learn how these two amazing women came together and you’ll hear us talking about having a gritty mindset (one of my favorite topics!), what they view is the art of true connection and what giving really means, in all of its many forms.

View Details

Today I want to talk to you about something that most people dismiss, but it’s very real.

A few weeks ago, I was on a beautiful morning walk. The morning summer air was still cool and crisp and sweet. I could hear the birds chirping as I watched the sun pour through the trees.

These are scenes that normally make me laugh and smile as I walk on and enjoy the morning.

But suddenly I realized I’d been saying, “Uh, whatever.” A lot. Or worse, “I don’t care.”

I realized I didn’t care as much about my work, my plans for the day, what my kids were up to, or any new plans.

I was totally apathetic. And the second I realized it, it hurt. I don’t live my life that way. I love being engaged with my projects and my family. I love watching my clients and students “pop” with new insight as they take new actions.

It took a day or so for me to figure out what was going on.

I was totally burned out. Completely fried.

In today’s episode, I’ll share with you the symptoms I felt, what I did to pull myself out of it and how you can watch out for burnout in yourself and your loved ones, too. From what I’ve been hearing from friends, family, my students, and clients, and my colleagues, this is at a fever pitch right now.

So let’s talk about what it really feels like and what you can do to help yourself, and others, heal it.

View Details

In this episode, I got to sit down with former corporate chick, Romi Neustadt. Romi was first a lawyer, then a PR executive who traded in the billable hour to become an entrepreneur, a business coach, and a speaker. She’s figured out how to juggle being a wife, a mom, a professional success, and a healthy human without losing her mind. (Which is pretty dang inspiring!) And she’s on a mission to help other women do it too. Romi’s first book, Get Over Your Damn Self: The No-BS Blueprint to Building a Life-Changing Business received a GOLD AWARD from the Nonfiction Authors Association. Her latest book, You Can Have It All, Just Not at the Same Damn Time, was published earlier this year by Portfolio | Penguin Random House. Romi has been featured in Forbes, Inc., Fast Company and Success, and has appeared on Fox Business News and morning shows around the country.

In this interview, you will hear how honestly Romi answers questions. She doesn't hide anything, and she doesn't pretend like life is perfect. Romi doesn't expect anyone else to copy the way she's chosen to live her life, which I think is so important! A lot of the times when we have a successful woman to look up to or be inspired by it can feel like we have to be exactly like them. And I think what makes Romi so different is she is sure to say over and over, "Don't do this the way I did it. Find your own path. Your life doesn't have to look like my life." As women, we need to hear that message more often than not. Because there's so much out there of women saying "I made a million dollars in five minutes and you can too, and here's my perfect life." And that makes us feel bad if our life doesn't look a certain way.

Romi gives us permission to not participate in that narrative and I'm so grateful for her voice inside of our community for that reason.

I really hope you enjoy this conversation. I advise that you take away the parts that she talks about self-care, taking the time to understand your vision, and my favorite part, her one-word process!

View Details

Podcasts are a labor of love, as my friend Abby says, and we love bringing you this content and we hope you’re loving it, too! One of the ways you can truly say thank you is to share what you’re learning, taking a second to rate the podcast and let other people know you’re tuning into it. We love our listeners!

I also want to let you know that I’m running a 3-month Business Accelerator this summer from July through Sept to help you get set up for a great holiday season in an uncertain time. The goal of the BA is to help you tackle that one really serious project. This is for those seeking high accountability and serious progress.

I’ll only be working with a small handful of women, and over ½ the spots are already taken. So if you’re interested in joining us, you can email us at support@sarahwalton.com.

And all of this leads me beautifully into this week’s episode, stop running your business out of fear.

There are a lot of people running their lives and their businesses out of fear right now.

Will I say the right thing? Will I do the right thing? What if no one cares? What if people think I’m stupid? What if I fail? What if I don’t do this the “right” way?

We put so much “stuff” in front of actually getting the work done, don’t we? We allow things to take us off course, freak us out, or distract us from doing the work that might actually make us successful.

But, wait a second. What is fear, anyway? Where does it come from? Why do we react the way we do and what can we do about staying on track?

In today’s episode, we’re going to dive into all of that. Let's get to it!

View Details

If you’re a woman in today’s world, chances are you’ve tried to lose weight. More than once. Or twice, or even three times. And we know what we’re supposed to do, right? But for some reason, it doesn’t come easily. Sometimes it’s easier to hide than it is to stand out – maybe you’ve run into something like this in your business life?

The longer I’m in the business game, the more convinced I am that health and business are linked. Over the last 2 and ½ years I’ve taken on my health like crazy and I can’t begin to tell you what a difference it makes in my day-to-day life. I don’t think it’s any coincidence that as I’ve become more healthy, my business has exploded. I know there’s a connection, which is why I am SO excited to bring you today’s interview with Chitra Rochlani.

Chitra is a weight loss and body transformation coach, and you’re going to love hearing her story.

Listen in as we discuss how Chatri has pivoted her business due to COVID and how she’s keeping herself, and her clients, healthy and strong in today’s unpredictable environment.

Let’s get to it.

View Details

It's time to listen.

Our economic differences were laid bare by COVID. Then the festering wound of our racial divide was ripped open once again and had peroxide poured inside.

I’ve been asked more times than I can count, “Sarah, what do we do? How can we make a difference? How can any of this change?”

Let’s talk about exactly what you can do to make things better because if I know anything, I know this:

If you want to be successful in life, you can’t do it alone.

And the only way to make sure any kind of success or progress is real and lasting is to make sure you’re aware of your perspective.

I’m going to get into how to do that, specifically, in this episode. Buckle up. I'm not holding any punches in this one.

The stakes for our world, and your life, have never been higher. It’s time to listen. Let’s go.

View Details

Some incredible women of color I encourage you to listen to this week:

@AlishiaMcCullough
@jessicawilson.msrd
@rachrodgersesq
@seekwisdompcw

And a great podcast about uncomfortable conversations: https://lawannmoses.com/podcast/

Listen. Learn. We stand with you.

View Details

Get ready for a special VIP backstage pass to one of my favorite live events.

What you’re about to hear is a passage from Day 2, where I talk about passion.

If you’ve ever heard me talk about passion before, you know how important this is to me.

The story you’re about to hear is one I’ve never shared outside of that conference. And even as we were decided whether or not to share it, I started to tear up.

It’s a deeply personal story, and it means a lot to me to be able to share it with you. Truth be told, it’s not 100% my story, and I’ve waited years to share it so I could make sure I do so with respect and integrity.

There are a few moments in life when we get reminded how important it is to listen to our guides, to our intuition or our higher power.

And in fact, to NOT pay attention to those things, is to make sure we miss out on some of the most important, most touching and most deeply moving moments of life.

View Details

Most people I talk to want to be better humans. Like, better, overall humans.

They want to eat better, love more deeply, have more fun and make more money. They want to know that what they do matters, that they can maintain some kind of constant growth and that they have what they need to keep going.

And in my work, I've come to realize there are really 3 things that support women. most when it comes to ongoing growth and happiness.

I share all about it, in this episode.

View Details

Why are some people wealthy?

How do others break out of extreme poverty (looking at you Tony Robbins and Oprah) and others seem to be stuck there?

Is there some secret sauce? It is all about who you know? Or maybe because they're super smart?

What if I told you that none of that has anything to do with it. Listen in to find out what you need to know to break through and start earning the money you want.

View Details

Want to start a YouTube Channel? So many people watch YouTube and think, "I wanna do that! I want my own YouTube channel!"

But what does it really take to have your own channel?

Ever wonder what your day-to-day life would look like as a YouTube influencer? What about a handy list of the mistakes most people make when getting started?

Ah…yes please!

In today’s episode, you YouTube lovers are going to get your wish. I sat down with my friend of 20 years, Michele Wang.

Michele is one of the funniest people I know. And when she stopped by my house about 4 years ago to take me out to lunch for my birthday, she told me she was going to start a YouTube channel.

“A what now?” I said.

“Yeah, I want to review luxury make up. It’s something that’s been interesting to me for a long time, and I think there’s a whole in the made up space for luxury.”

And I’m happy to report, that today Michele is a luxury beauty and lifestyle content creator and influencer.

She’s got a diverse background in tech, training and knitwear design, and she’s really found a home for her passion in YouTube and Instagram.

Her content mainly focuses on new beauty product reviews and demos on YouTube and new luxury beauty releases on Instagram.

She recently surpassed the 100K subscriber milestone on YouTube and at almost 30K followers on Instagram, and now she’s starting to diversify her content and grow into the lifestyle segment with more vlogs and fashion content.

In our conversation, Michele talked about how she learned to give her audience what they wanted, not what she thought they should want – one of my absolute favorite marketing and content creation lessons, I can’t wait for you to get to that part.

We also cover:

What she wishes she’d known when she started
What surprised her as she got going
How she spends her time on a day-to-day basis
How she reviews and responds to her comments (hint: it’s on the daily, and you won’t believe why some people call her inauthentic)

There is one thing you’re going to hear from Michele that I think makes her truly stand out.

She’s seriously fearless.

By the end of this episode, who knows….maybe you’ll feel a little bit fearless, too.

View Details

What on earth made you act like that? Why did you say that? What's wrong with you?

If you're like most human beings, you might have thoughts like this in the shower, or when you first wake up.

So what the heck is that about? What's motivating thoughts like this and do they drive you to make meaningful change?

Or do they just make you feel awful?

Let's dive in, together, to learn a little bit more about what's motivating you.

View Details

You’ve heard it before, especially if you run a business…

But content is king.

Yeah yeah…that’s all swell and everything, but did your neck just twitch? Did your heart sink just a little bit when I said that? If so, you’re totally not alone.

I mean, what the heck is content anyway?

Do you really need to have an email list? Are you supposed to be on every single platform?

Why do you have to produce content? What if you don’t even know what it means to “produce content”?

Oh boy, I feel you sister. I really do. And that’s one of the reasons I’m so excited to bring you this week’s episode with content expert, Abby Herman.

View Details

How’s your life in quarantine been going? What will you miss? How do you want to design your life after quarantine?

As I started writing this episode for you, I’m sitting outside with my family, my husband and I are sitting on a bench as we watch our kids ride their bikes, happily and with such freedom. Rarely do they have to stop playing to yell the warning known by kids everywhere, “CAR!”

I’ll be honest, this last week has been filled with joyful moments for me, much like the one I’m enjoying now.

I’m a planet lover, and the stories around the world of the magic of less pollution and reports of beautiful acts of kindness have warmed my heart, as I’m sure they’ve warmed yours, too.

I know the danger and the unknowns are still out there, and I don’t mean to diminish them. But something pretty incredible is happening, too.

What if this is the biggest gift we could receive? What if you got to start over, from scratch and design your life, the way you want it? In this episode, we'll talk about exactly how to do that.

View Details

Have you ever worried that in order to master your career, to be a woman who “makes it” to the top, you’ll have to be super tough, hard and maybe even masculine?

Do you worry that you’ll have to change somehow if you’re successful? Or that you’ll have to play inside the “boys club” to reach certain heights?

I mean, I know I’ve had those concerns before. But, the more we see women rise in ranks, the less I worry. We’re hearing more and more about women who lift each other up, who take the time to learn about what’s needed for their staff and their teams.

And they’re not just learning about leadership, they’re taking on leadership with a whole new perspective.

In this episode, I got to chat with one of those awesome women. Ashley Collins, USANA Health Sciences’ Executive Vice President of Marketing and Public Relations.

Grab a pen and paper and get ready to take some notes as Ashley shares what she's learned as she's grown her own career.

View Details

Celebrating your birthday during the COVID-19 shelter in place? Check out how Sarah went back to the basics for her birthday. Now, more than ever, it's the perfect time to take stock in what matters most to you, and plan out your year. While we can never control all of the events around us, we can still strive for our personal best and we can make plans around small projects. Most importantly, we can choose how to show those we love that they matter.

View Details

In this episode, Sarah sits down with productivity expert and founder of Life is Organized, Mridu Parikh.

She’s spent almost a decade as a Professional Organizer, in-home and coaching clients around the world.

Now Mridu help ambitious women go from overwhelmed and overloaded to in control, (and confident that nothing will fall through the cracks), so they can thrive at work and at home.

This one's for all the moms who are suddenly home-schooling, attending video conferences, trying new recipes and managing this new normal.

I’ve been talking a lot recently about how we’ll have a “before” the virus and an “after” the virus perspective on life. Much like our ancestors did about World War II, they were always very clear about life “before the war” and “after the war”.

As we edited and planned to release this episode, at the beginning of week 2 of our own quarantine, it was abundantly clear that this was a “before the virus” interview.

Listen for what life was like for you before we started this quarantine, when Mridu talks about all the “dings” and “beeps” that can make us feel so distracted, notice if that’s still happening for you.

Have things changed a little bit? Does it feel the same for you? How can you apply what she teaches us to how you’re living now and the distractions we’re facing now?

View Details

Sarah and 3 of her closest friends flew to Denver Colorado to see Oprah on her 2020 Vision tour...and this is what happened...

Listen in as Sarah and her friends, Jaime, Amanda and Michelle, sit down in a park in Boulder Colorado to reflect on what happened, what it was like to meet Oprah and their biggest take-aways from Oprah's tour.

The even took place just as COVID-19 was beginning to really expand its reach inside the United States.

We're releasing this episode now, with the hopes that it will inspire those who are quarantined, or stuck at home, to use their talents, expertise and experience to make the most of a tough situation...just like Oprah did.

View Details

What if I get sick? What if someone I love gets sick? How am I going to survive with my kids home all day, every day? What if we get quarantined?

These questions can roll around in your head and cause enormous stress and anxiety.

If you're feeling that, you're normal. In this episode, Sarah brings you Karen Foote, a Spiritual Intuitive Healer with over 20 years of experience.

Learn some fast tips and tricks to stay calm, stay grounded and make the best decisions for yourself and your family during this time.

We end the episode with a powerful, yet simple, meditation that you can use any time you feel swept up in the panic.

View Details

It seems like being able to disagree and still be friends is a lost art these days.

Can we have different political views and still be kind? Can I tell you that I think you're wrong and still go out for coffee next week?

This interview is about this topic, and so much more. Allyson Reynolds and Tiffany Sobwy, the voices behind The Sisterhood Podcast, sat down with Sarah for a candid, funny and honest interview about how they make their show, and their friendship, work.

View Details

Are you so sick of this idea that you have to "find your purpose" before you can get moving? In this episode, Sarah gives you express permission, to stop looking.

There are steps to living a fulfilled life, absolutely. But waiting to find your purpose first? That's just madness.

Listen in as Sarah breaks down the 3 steps you'll need to take to start living you life ON purpose, instead of waiting to feel like you're "qualified" to have the life you want.

View Details

Ugh. It’s the worst right? You’re going about your day, doing what you know you’re good at (or at least feel like you’re faking you’re good at) and BAM!

You see someone killing it (or so it seems), and your heart drops. Your shoulders droop just a little bit lower than they were and you exhale…

A long, bummed exhale filled with the mean thoughts you tell yourself when you think no one’s listening.

(Ahem, you are listening, and it matters.)

That’s the kind of critique that happens when you feel like someone else’s success means something about where YOU are right now.

I know you get that that’s not true, but I know you’ve also probably felt that exact thing.

“Why are they so much better than I am?” “Ugh, I wish I could do that like she does.”

That, my dear, is self-critique, and it opens the door to your feelings of inadequacy. Other critics love to jump on that.

In this episode, we're going to talk about what critique really means, when it matters, and when it doesn't.

By the end of the episode, you'll know how to laugh (instead of cry!) when someone has something to say that feels negative - even when that "someone" is you.

View Details

Let's be honest. The things you remember most about other people are their stories. You might even end up retelling them!

We love stories. We connect through stories and we make huge decisions based on stories.

So do you know how to tell your story?

You might be thinking, how do I write my own story? What if it's too painful for me to share my story? I don't even know what my story is.

In this episode, Sarah shares the behind the scenes crafting of her story, how she shares it, how to work through painful stories and how to share your story in a way that connects, inspires and excites.

She holds nothing back in this one, so get ready to learn.

View Details

How the heck are you supposed to stand out these days? It’s crowded out there, and if you’re an entrepreneur, the pressure to stand out is no joke.

If you’re suffering from clone syndrome, you’re actually prohibiting your potential clients and customers from finding you.

I sat down with Mallika Malhotra of MIkiFoto + Co to ask her about her branding expertise. She’s a brand photographer, branding mentor and author of The Brand Photography Playbook.

She’s a strong believer in getting out of your comfort zone, taking action and implementing ideas, after all, women are leaders.

We also talk about how often you should freshen up your brand. As a business owner, it’s your job to make sure your message is consistently relevant. I love how she talks about your brand as a living breathing representation of you. It’s not something you set up once and leave alone for years at a time. How does it represent you? Why does it represent you and how can you make sure that representation stays relevant?

Mallika even shares how she’s evolved her own brand, which is pretty cool, because it’s the same for all of us right? Our brand is an organic changing thing that moves with us as we grow.

Finally, we’ll also talk about how to avoid being a schizophrenic in your branding by changing too quickly, following every single trend and confusing your audience. (Which is a disaster for your bottom line.)

View Details

When I say you’re not special, I’m talking about how we humans tend to hide behind our wounds, which keeps us disconnected from each other.

Let’s talk about why that’s a mistake and what to do about it.

Last week, when Kobe Bryant was killed in that helicopter crash, we were reminded that tragedy doesn’t discriminate.

You can be wealthy, healthy, handsome, well-known, inspiring, exciting, admired and tragedy doesn’t discriminate. This is the other side of not being special.

Finally, we’ll talk about the importance of choosing your words – all your words. Don’t give in to slang, and don’t use words that dehumanize other people, or you.

We’ll wrap up with 3 challenges for you to take on this week. Game on!

View Details

Often we don’t get what we want because of 3 reasons:

We focus on too many things at once
We don’t clearly define what we want or why we want it.
We believe the lies we tell ourselves instead of retraining our brain for new habits

We all have a lot of things we want to accomplish, especially as heart-centered entrepreneurs.

Once you master this process, you'll be amazed at how efficiently - and predictably - can bring idea after idea after goal to life.

View Details

Going through a rough time? Ever gone through a rough time?

What if you could start to feel better, almost immediately, no matter what you're struggling with right now?

Oh, and the best part? It's FREE.

Got your attention? Listen in to learn the 5 simple exercises you can do every day to change your life.

Dr. Peggy DeLong, known as The Gratitude Psychologist sat down with Sarah Walton to go through each exercise and explain the brain science behind it. Enjoy.

View Details

In this episode, Business Mentor Sarah Walton takes you behind the scenes on day 3 of her live conference, Power, Passion and Profit.

This VIP Pass episode will allow you to listen in on Sarah's definition of money, and what's actually going on when you think you've "lost" your money, or you don't have enough of it or you're afraid to make more.

Sarah can turn into a "preacher" when it comes to her conferences, so hang on to your hats and glasses and buckle up.

View Details

Game on, girlfriend! Today we’re starting something special.

Speaking at women’s business conferences is one of the singular joys of my life. When I get the chance to meet people afterward, I’m always asked, “Where’s your podcast?”

After years of hearing comments like this and knowing I have so much to say about where women are right now, it occurred to me that it’s impossible to have TOO MUCH support. So, I want to say WELCOME! My name is Sarah Walton, and I’m a business coach, author, and mentor. I would be honored and thrilled to be one of the sources you turn to as we figure out how to navigate the social change happening right now. I promise to be just as honest with you about what I’m going through as I prepare the best content and interviews I can to support you.

I want to be the personyou turn to when you’re saying, “I don’t know if I can do this.” I want to be the person you turn to when you aren’t believing in yourself. I want to be the person you turn to when you’re not sure you’re on the right path, and I will be here to remind you that you have a reason for being here. You have something that other people need, you have life lessons that others need, and you have a vision that needs to be shared. When I say game on, that’s what I’m talking about. You have been given the talents, the hobbies, the experiences you’ve been given because somebody out there needs you. That is a promise.

Full show notes: https://sarahwalton.com/almosts
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thesarahwalton/

The Game On Girlfriend Podcast: Recent Episodes

Sarah Walton